UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

 REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13d OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31,

2024

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to OR

 SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report:

Commission file number 001-40865

Wallbox N.V.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

The Netherlands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Carrer del Foc, 68Barcelona, Spain 08038

(Address of principal executive offices)

Enric Asunción

CEOTelephone: +1(404) 574‑1504

investors@wallbox.com Wallbox N.V.Carrer del Foc, 68Barcelona, Spain 08038

(Name, Telephone, E‑mail and /or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange <br>on which registered
Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.12 per share	WBX	New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to purchase Class A Shares	WBXWS	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report. As of December 31, 2024, the registrant had 237,362,279 Class A Shares and 13,500,793 Class B Shares outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  No 

Note‑Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer		Accelerated filer	x	Non‑accelerated filer	
				Emerging growth company	

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards † provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive‑based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D‑1(b). 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 U.S. GAAP	 International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board	 Other

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17  Item 18 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  No 

		Page
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION		1
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS		4
PART I		5
	Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers	5
	Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable	5
	Item 3. Key Information	5
	Item 4. Information on the Company	33
	Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments	46
	Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects	46
	Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees	62
	Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions	72
	Item 8. Financial Information	75
	Item 9. The Offer and Listing	76
	Item 10. Additional Information	76
	Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	82
	Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities	83
PART II		84
	Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies	84
	Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds	84
	Item 15. Controls and Procedures	84
	Item 16. [Reserved]	85
	Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert	85
	Item 16B. Code of Ethics	85
	Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services	85
	Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees	86
	Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers	86
	Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant	86
	Item 16G. Corporate Governance	86
	Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure	87
	Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	87
	Item 16J. Insider Trading Policies	87
	Item 16K. Cybersecurity	87
PART III		90
	Item 17. Financial Statements	90
	Item 18. Financial Statements	90
	Item 19. Exhibits	90
SIGNATURES		93
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

We report under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

General Information

Our consolidated financial statements are reported in the reporting currency of the Euro (€), which are denoted “Euros,” “EUR” or “€” throughout this Annual Report on Form 20‑F (“Annual Report”). Also, throughout this Annual Report:

except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “Wallbox,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” and “our business” refer to Wallbox N.V., a Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap), in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries as a consolidated entity;
the terms “€,” “EUR,” “Euro” or “euro” refer to the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended; and
the terms “dollars,” “USD” or “$” refer to U.S. dollars.

Certain figures in this Annual Report may not recalculate exactly due to rounding. This is because percentages and/or figures contained herein are calculated based on actual numbers and not the rounded numbers presented.

Defined Terms and Key Performance Indicators in this Annual Report

Throughout this Annual Report, we use a number of defined terms and provide information about a number of key performance indicators used by management. Definitions are as follows, and additional information about our key performance indicators is discussed in more detail in Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—‍Key Operating and Financial Metrics.”

“Board” means the board of directors of Wallbox.

“Business Combination” means the business combination on October 1, 2021, of Wallbox Chargers S.L. with the special purpose acquisition company, or SPAC, Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp. II pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, as a result of which Wallbox N.V. became a publicly traded company on the NYSE.

“Business Combination Agreement” means the Business Combination Agreement, dated June 9, 2021, by and among Wallbox B.V., Merger Sub, Kensington and Wallbox Chargers S.L.

“Class A Shares” means the ordinary shares A, nominal value €0.12 per share, of Wallbox.

“Class B Shares” means the ordinary shares B, nominal value €1.20 per share, of Wallbox.

"Class C Shares" means the ordinary shares C, nominal value €1,08 per share, of Wallbox.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“DCGC” means the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

“ESPP” means the Wallbox N.V. Amended and Restated 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan.

“EVs” mean electric vehicles.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“FCPA” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

“General Meeting” means the general meeting (algemene vergadering) of Wallbox, being the corporate body, or where the context so requires, the physical meeting of shareholders of Wallbox.

“IAS” means the International Accounting Standard.

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

“Incentive Plan” means the Wallbox N.V. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

“JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

“Kensington” means Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp. II, a Delaware corporation.

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

“Private Warrants” means the 8,933,333 warrants originally issued to certain shareholders of Kensington in a private placement transaction that occurred concurrently with the closing of Kensington’s initial public offering that were converted into warrants to purchase one Class A Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, at the closing of the Business Combination.

“Public Warrants” means the 5,750,000 warrants originally issued to public shareholders of Kensington in connection with its initial public offering that were converted into warrants to purchase one Class A Share at a price of $11.50, subject to adjustment, at the closing of the Business Combination.

“Sarbanes‑Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Shares” means Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares.

“Warrants” means Private Warrants and Public Warrants.

Non‑IFRS and Other Financial and Operating Metrics

We have included in this Annual Report certain financial measures not based on IFRS, including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (together, the “Non‑IFRS Measures”), as well as operating metrics, including Gross Margin. See the definitions set forth below for a further explanation of these terms.

Management uses the Non‑IFRS Measures:

as measurements of operating performance because they assist us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis, as they remove the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;
for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget and financial projections;
to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our strategic initiatives; and
to evaluate our capacity to fund capital expenditures and expand our business.

The Non‑IFRS Measures may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, because not all companies and analysts calculate these measures in the same manner. We present the Non‑IFRS Measures because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance, and we believe they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies. Management believes that investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by including the Non‑IFRS Measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations. By providing the Non‑IFRS Measures, together with reconciliations to IFRS, we believe we are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing our strategic initiatives.

Items excluded from the Non‑IFRS Measures are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. The Non‑IFRS Measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as an alternative to, or a substitute for loss for the year, revenue or other financial statement data presented in our consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance. Some of the limitations are:

such measures do not reflect all our expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
such measures do not reflect changes in our working capital needs;
such measures do not reflect our share based payments, income tax benefit/(expense) or the amounts necessary to pay our taxes;
although depreciation and amortization are not included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and such measures do not reflect any costs for such replacements; and
other companies may calculate such measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Due to these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business and are in addition to, not a substitute for or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the Non‑IFRS Measures we use may differ from the non‑IFRS financial measures used by other companies and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with

IFRS. Furthermore, not all companies or analysts may calculate similarly titled measures in the same manner. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our IFRS results and using the Non‑IFRS Measures only as supplemental measures.

We define our Non‑IFRS Measures and other financial and operating metrics as follows:

“Gross Margin” is defined as revenue less changes in inventory, raw materials and other consumables used.

“EBITDA” is defined as a result of loss for the year before income tax credit, financial income, financial expenses, amortization and depreciation, change in fair value of derivative warrants and foreign exchange gains/(losses). "Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities" and "Foreign exchange gains/(losses)" were added to the definition of EBITDA, as management believe it presents a more useful measure to evaluate the Company's performance.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as a result of loss for the year before income tax credit, financial income, financial expenses, amortization and depreciation, change in fair value of derivative warrants and foreign exchange gains/(losses) further to take into account the impact of certain non‑cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These non‑cash and other items include, but not are limited to, share based payment plan expenses, certain one-time expenses related to a reduction in workforce initiated in January 2023, certain non-cash expenses related to the ESPP plan launched in January 2023, any negative goodwill arising from business combinations and other items outside the scope of our ordinary activities.

Refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Reconciliations of Non‑IFRS and Other Financial and Operating Metrics” included elsewhere in this Annual Report for reconciliations of our Non‑IFRS measures to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.

Market and Industry Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this Annual Report concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position and market opportunity, is based on our management’s estimates and research, as well as industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. We believe the information from these third‑party publications, research, surveys and studies included in this Annual Report is reliable. Management’s estimates are derived from publicly available information, their knowledge of our industry and their assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations which are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in this Annual Report under Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute “forward‑looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend such forward‑looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward‑looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements contained in this Annual Report other than statements of historical fact should be considered forward‑looking statements, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, impact of the reduction in workforce efforts, business strategy and plans, potential outcomes of our partnerships and transactions, market growth and objectives for future operations. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “focus,” “forecast,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward‑looking statements, though not all forward‑looking statements use these words or expressions. These statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Although we believe that these estimates and forward‑looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control, and are made in light of the information currently available to us.

Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward‑looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in Part I., Item 3, “Key Information,” D. “Risk Factors” herein. Accordingly, you should not rely on these forward‑looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof.

We undertake no obligation to publicly revise any forward‑looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date hereof. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward‑looking statements were reasonable at the time made, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward‑looking statements. You should carefully consider the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section in connection with the forward‑looking statements contained herein and any subsequent written or oral forward‑looking statements that may be issued by us or persons acting on our behalf.

perceptions about EV features, quality, driver experience, safety, performance and cost;
perceptions about the limited range over which EVs may be driven on a single battery charge and about availability and access to sufficient public EV charging stations;
competition, including from other types of alternative fuel vehicles (such as hydrogen fuel cell vehicles), plug‑in hybrid EVs and high fuel‑ economy internal combustion engine (“ICE”) vehicles;
increases in fuel efficiency in legacy ICE and hybrid vehicles;
volatility in the price of gasoline and diesel at the pump;
EV supply chain disruptions including but not limited to availability of certain components (such as semiconductors, microchips and lithium), ability of EV OEMs to ramp‑up EV production, availability of batteries, and battery materials;
concerns regarding the stability of the electrical grid;
the decline of an EV battery’s ability to hold a charge over time;
availability of service for EVs;
consumers’ perception about the convenience, speed, and cost of EV charging;
government regulations and economic incentives, including adverse changes in, or expiration of, favorable tax incentives related to EVs, EV charging stations or decarbonization generally;
political and social movements against EV adoption;
relaxation of government mandates or quotas regarding the sale of EVs;
the number, price and variety of EV models available for purchase;
inflationary pressures on the cost of EVs and the cost of financing EV purchases; and
concerns about the future viability of EV manufacturers.

In addition, sales of vehicles in the automotive industry can be cyclical, which may affect growth in acceptance of EVs. It is uncertain how macroeconomic factors will impact demand for EVs, particularly since they can be more expensive than traditional gasoline‑powered vehicles, when the automotive industry globally has been experiencing a recent decline in sales. Furthermore, because fleet operators often make large purchases of EVs, this cyclicality and volatility in the automotive industry may be more pronounced with commercial purchasers, and any significant decline in demand from these customers could reduce demand for EV charging and our products and services in particular.

While many global OEMs and several new market entrants have announced plans for new EV models, the lineup of EV models, with increasing charging needs, expected to come to market over the next several years may not materialize in that timeframe or may fail to attract sufficient customer demand. In addition, market entrants in the EV market may not ultimately succeed, which could reduce market demand, and several startup EV makers have recently filed for bankruptcy. Demand for EVs may also be affected by factors directly impacting automobile prices or the cost of purchasing and operating automobiles, such as sales and financing incentives, prices of raw materials and parts and components, cost of fuel and governmental regulations, including tariffs, import regulation and other taxes. Volatility in demand may lead to lower vehicle unit sales, which may result in reduced demand for EV charging solutions and therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

As regulatory initiatives have required an increase in the mileage capabilities of cars and consumption of renewable transportation fuels, such as ethanol and biodiesel, consumer acceptance of EVs and other alternative vehicles has been increasing. However, the EV fueling model is different from gasoline and other fuel models, requiring behavior changes and education of businesses, consumers, regulatory bodies, local utilities, and other stakeholders. Further developments in, and improvements in affordability of, alternative technologies, such as renewable diesel, biodiesel, ethanol, hydrogen fuel cells or compressed natural gas, proliferation of hybrid powertrains involving such alternative fuels, or improvements in the fuel economy of the ICE vehicles, whether as the result of regulation or otherwise, may materially and adversely affect demand for EVs and EV charging stations in some market verticals. Regulatory bodies may also adopt rules that substantially favor certain alternatives to petroleum‑based propulsion over others, which may not necessarily be EVs. Local jurisdictions may also impose restrictions on urban driving due to congestion, which may prioritize and accelerate micro mobility trends and slow EV adoption growth. If any of the above cause or contribute to automakers reducing the availability of EV models or cause or contribute to consumers or businesses to no

longer purchase EVs or purchase fewer of them, it would materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

The U.S. federal government, European states and some state and local governments provided incentives to end users and purchasers of EVs and EV charging stations in the form of rebates, tax credits, and other financial and behavioral incentives, such as payments for regulatory credits. The EV market relies on governmental rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives to significantly lower the effective price of EVs and EV charging stations, and these incentives have been reducing over the past year. In the United States, for example, with the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act, the Biden administration committed over $369 billion towards climate investments, representing the largest single investment in this area in the country’s history. The package included both consumer and corporate incentives and loans with the aims of reducing emissions by 40% by 2030. However, the outcome of the 2024 U.S. presidential election has introduced increased uncertainty regarding these incentives. Early actions by the current U.S. administration indicate a potential departure from prior federal support for electric vehicles, including reconsideration of funding programs and national targets. Accordingly, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of administrative, regulatory, or legislative policy under the current or future U.S. administration. Any reduction in rebates, tax credits or other financial incentives could negatively affect the EV market and adversely impact our business operations, expansion potential and financial results.

Furthermore, new tariffs and policy incentives favoring equipment manufactured by or assembled at American factories, could put us at a competitive disadvantage if we are not able to develop our U.S. manufacturing capacity on the timelines we currently expect or at all, including by increasing the cost or delaying the availability of charging equipment, by challenging or eliminating our ability to apply or qualify for grants and other government incentives, or by disqualifying us from the ability to compete for certain charging infrastructure buildout solicitations and programs, including those initiated by federal government agencies. Moreover, given the political nature of these policies and programs, a future U.S. administration or future governments in any of the jurisdictions that are material for our operations and business, could make policy or legislative changes that put us at competitive disadvantage, make it prohibitively costly or unattractive for us to pursue existing business initiatives, or negatively impact demand for our products and services.

Similarly, even if new legislation incentivizes EV adoption, we cannot predict what form such incentives may take at this time. If we are not eligible for grants or other incentives under such programs, while our competitors are, it may adversely affect our competitiveness or results of operation.

Political and economic uncertainty and macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results could be materially impacted by changes in the overall global macroeconomic environment and other economic factors that impact our cost structure and revenue results. Changes in economic conditions, including supply chain constraints, logistics challenges, labor shortages, and steps taken by governments and central banks, as well as other stimulus and spending programs, have, in the past, led to (and could, in the future, lead to) higher inflation, resulting in an increase in costs, currency volatility and changes in fiscal and monetary policy, including increased interest rates and reduced consumer spending. In a higher inflationary environment, we may be unable to raise the prices of our products and services sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation. Moreover, negative macroeconomic conditions such as evolving tariff policies, rising trade tensions—particularly between the U.S. and China—and increased scrutiny of imports from certain regions, may result in new or heightened tariffs, export controls, or other trade restrictions. Geopolitical instability (such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the ongoing conflict in the Middle East) and related sanctions could continue to have significant ramifications on global financial markets, including volatility in the U.S. and global financial markets that could adversely impact our ability to obtain financing in the future on terms acceptable to us. These inflationary pressures and other negative macroeconomic conditions could impact our revenues and resulting margins and could have an adverse impact on results of operations and could cause the market value of our common shares to decline and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Failure of banks or other financial institutions could adversely affect our cash, cash equivalents and investments and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

We maintain our cash at financial institutions, so if banks and financial institutions enter receivership or become insolvent in the future due to financial conditions affecting the banking system and financial markets, our ability to access our cash, cash equivalents and investments, including transferring funds, making payments or receiving funds, may be threatened and could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and historical growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth. Furthermore, the expected continued growth and expansion of our business may place a significant strain on management, business operations,

financial condition and infrastructure and corporate culture, and we may not successfully anticipate our business and personnel needs. For example, in January 2023, we implemented cost‑saving initiatives that were maintained throughout 2024 to better align our cost structure with the current demand environment. These cost-saving initiatives will continue through 2025. The main initiatives that we have implemented during this period have focused on workforce reduction and operational cost savings. These initiatives are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including whether we have targeted the appropriate areas of the business and at the appropriate scale. In addition, these cost‑saving initiatives could take more time and be more costly than anticipated and could place substantial demands on management, which could lead to the diversion of management’s attention from other business priorities. Any reduction in workforce may yield unintended consequences and costs, such as attrition beyond the intended reduction in workforce, the distraction of employees and reduced employee morale, which could, in turn, adversely impact productivity, including through a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge or inefficiency during transitional periods. Any of these impacts could also adversely affect our reputation as an employer, make it more difficult for us to hire new employees in the future and increase the risk that we may not achieve the anticipated benefits.

As our business and company evolves, our information technology systems and our internal control over financial reporting and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations and may allow data security incidents that may interrupt business operations and allow third parties to obtain unauthorized access to business information or misappropriate funds. We may also face risks to the extent such third parties infiltrate the information technology infrastructure of our contractors.

To manage our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage growth effectively could result in difficulty or delays in attracting new customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or enhancing existing products and services, loss of customers, information security vulnerabilities or other operational difficulties, any of which could adversely affect our business performance and operating results. Our strategy is based on a combination of growth and maintenance of strong performance, and any inability to scale, maintain customer experience related to our charging products or charging stations may impact our growth trajectory and results of operations.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.

Estimates of future EV adoption, the total addressable market for our products and services and market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third‑party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. This is especially so during periods of macroeconomic volatility, among other factors outside our control. Management’s estimates and forecasts relating to the size and expected growth of the target market, market demand and EV adoption may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, estimates regarding the current and projected market opportunity for public and residential charging or our market share related to that opportunity are difficult to predict. The estimated addressable market may not materialize in the timeframe of the projections, if ever, and, even if the markets meet the size estimates and growth estimates, our business could fail to grow at similar rates.

We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to continue to face significant competition in our markets.

The EV charging market is relatively new, and we currently face competition from a number of EV charging companies and may face increasing competition from other competitors that may enter the space including but not limited to OEMs, utilities, tech companies, solar companies that branch into EV charging, and other new entrants. The principal competitive factors in the industry include consumer awareness and brand recognition of our residential charging products; technical features of chargers in respect of both hardware and software; relationships with localities and utilities; charger connectivity to EVs and ability to charge all standards; software‑enabled services offering and overall customer experience; brand, track record and reputation; access to component vendors and OEMs, service providers, installation professionals; and policy incentives and pricing.

We have varying levels of penetration in our markets and those markets are characterized by unique competitive dynamics. For example, the European EV charging market can be characterized as fragmented.

There are many small and local players, with only a limited number of parties having sufficient scale and funding to be competitive in the long term. From a competitive perspective, the North American market has high barriers to entry due to strict certification and validation requirements. Therefore, this market differs from Europe as the market is less fragmented. Similar to the European market, the APAC market can be characterized as a highly fragmented market with less than a handful of players that have gained significant scale in the industry. From a technology and pricing perspective, EV charging solutions in APAC are cost‑competitive as they can be manufactured at a lower cost point. Our growth in each of our markets requires differentiating ourselves as compared to our competition. If we are unable to penetrate, or further penetrate, the market in each of the geographies in which we operate or intend to operate, our future revenue growth and profits may be impacted. In addition, there are competitors, in particular those with limited funding, experience or commitment to quality assurance, which could cause poor experiences, hampering overall EV adoption or trust in any particular provider. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with different commercial objectives and imperatives and greater available resources.

Additionally, future changes in charging preferences; the development of inductive EV charging capabilities; battery chemistries, ultralong‑range batteries or energy storage technologies, industry standards or applications; driver behavior or battery EV efficiency may develop in ways that limit our future share gains in certain high promising markets or slow the growth of our addressable market. We may face competition from other EV charging technologies, such as battery swapping technology or wireless / inductive charging, or technologies which may be developed in the future. Competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than us to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements, and may be better equipped to initiate or withstand substantial price competition.

The EV charging business may become more competitive, pressuring future increases in utilization and margins. Competition is still developing and is expected to increase as the number of EVs sold increases. New competitors or alliances may emerge in the future that secure greater market share, have proprietary technologies that drivers prefer, more effective marketing abilities and/or face different financial hurdles, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Further, our current strategic initiatives may fail to result in a sustainable competitive advantage for us. Future competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of our current or future target markets, which could create price pressure or erode our market share. In light of these factors, current or potential customers may utilize charging services of competitors. If we fail to adapt to changing market conditions or continue to compete successfully with current charging product providers or new competitors, our growth will be inhibited, adversely affecting our business and results of operations.

A loss or disruption with respect to our supply or manufacturing partners could negatively affect our business.

We rely on a limited number of vendors and OEMs for manufacturing of components of our charging products which at this stage of the industry is unique to each supplier and thus singularly sourced with respect to components. This reliance on a limited number of vendors and OEMs increases our risks. In the event of production interruptions or supply chain disruptions including but not limited to availability of certain key components such as semiconductors, which have experienced supply shortages that have significantly affected the overall automotive industry, we may not be able to take advantage of increased production from other sources or develop alternate or secondary vendors without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Thus, our business would be adversely affected if one or more of our vendors or OEMs is impacted by any interruption at a particular location. The lack of component parts and delays experienced by our vendors and OEMs have necessitated us having to seek other sources and increase our inventory of component parts.

As the demand for EV charging increases, vendors and OEMs may not be able to dedicate sufficient supply chain, production, or sales channel capacity to keep up with the required pace of charging product and infrastructure expansion. Global supply chains continue to experience a period of unprecedented disruption, in addition to which, as the EV market grows, the industry may be exposed to deteriorating design requirements, undetected faults or the erosion of testing standards by charging equipment and component suppliers, which may adversely impact the performance, reliability and lifecycle cost of the chargers. If we or our suppliers experience a significant increase in demand, or if we need to replace an existing supplier, it may not be possible to supplement service or replace them on acceptable terms, which may undermine our ability to make sales and timely deliveries of chargers. For example, it may take a significant amount of time to identify a vendor that has the capability and resources to supply components in sufficient volume.

In addition, we conduct business in jurisdictions that have, or are considering adopting, supply chain regulations. Our adherence to any such regulations and efforts to mitigate risks associated with our supply chain is likely to increase our compliance costs. Additionally, our evaluation of suppliers' adherence to these regulations may be an extensive process and may not fully mitigate these risks. The thorough process of vetting vendors for their quality, reliability, and ethical standards also means that losing a key vendor or OEM could negatively impact our business and financial performance.

Further, should the U.S. Government require that charging equipment be manufactured in the U.S. in order to access federal financial support or secure contracts with the federal government, we may have to source components from alternative vendors or OEMs or work with current vendors and OEMs to develop additional manufacturing capacity in the U.S. to participate in the covered federal programs.

If we are unable to attract and retain key employees our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be harmed.

We are dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering, sales and business development personnel, our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be harmed. Furthermore, the loss of such key personnel could negatively impact the operations and financial results of our business.

From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. We also do not maintain any key person life insurance policies.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel including, software engineers and other employees with the technical skills in design and engineering that will enable us to deliver quality EV charging products and energy management solutions. Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may experience difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in our market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources.

Volatility in the price of shares may, therefore, negatively impact our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity‑based compensation may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join us. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could harm our business.

Our customers are not under long‑term contract and our customer orders may fluctuate.

We do not have commitments greater than one year from any of our customers, and we may not be able to retain customers or attract new customers that provide us with revenue that is comparable to the revenue generated by any customers we may lose. The duration of the contracts we do have with our distribution partners is typically one year and such contracts may contain termination clauses and do not provide for minimum volumes or other commitments to purchase our chargers. Because our customers do not have long‑term contracts, it may be difficult for us to accurately predict future revenue streams. We cannot provide assurance that current customers will continue to use our products or services or that we will be able to replace departing customers with new customers that provide us with comparable revenue. We have also experienced customer concentration in the past, with Iberdrola representing 3.0% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022, 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2024 being surpassed in 2024 by Free2Move representing 4.4%. The loss of a key customer, including but not limited to Iberdrola or Free2Move, could have a material impact on our business.

We expect to expend resources to maintain consumer awareness of our brands, build brand loyalty and generate interest in our products. Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase or maintain our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

Our ability to grow our customer base, achieve broader market acceptance, grow revenue, and achieve and sustain profitability will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing operations and activities, which will require significant investment. We had €4.8 million, €10.4 million and €23.9 million in marketing expenses in each of the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and although we're currently under a cost reduction policy, we expect to expend more resources in the future in order to build consumer awareness of our brands. We rely on our business development, sales and marketing teams to obtain new customers and grow our retail business. We plan to continue to expand in these functional areas but we may not be able to recruit and hire a sufficient number of competent personnel with requisite skills, technical expertise and experience, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our sales capabilities. The hiring process can be costly and time‑consuming, and new employees may require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity. Recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as anticipated, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, incentivizing and retaining a sufficient number of qualified personnel attaining desired productivity levels within a reasonable time. Our business will be harmed if investment in personnel related to business development and related company activities does not generate a significant increase in revenue.

We rely on third‑parties that we do not control for many aspects of our business, marketing and distribution channels, and our failure to manage and maintain relationships with such third‑parties, or any failure by such third‑parties to promote or maintain the brand and quality of our products, could harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, we are dependent on third parties for installations, which are subject to risks associated with cost overruns and delays. Third parties may improperly install our products, which may result in additional costs to us and may adversely affect our brand, reputation and business.

We sell our EV charging solutions through various channels. We have built and maintain an ecosystem of partner channels including, installers, resellers and value‑ add distributors. We provide marketing materials, training and support to our partners to improve sales and enters

into contracts with such parties governing certain aspects of their conduct; however, we do not ultimately control such parties. Our failure to manage and maintain relationships with such third‑parties, or any failure by such third‑parties to promote or maintain the brand and quality of our products, could harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business.

Additionally, outside of the installation services our subsidiary COIL provides in North America, we do not typically install our charging products or charging stations. We offer installation service through our certified installer network that are intended to ensure installation according to local governmental and industrial standards; however, these installation services are often offered through third parties that we do not control. The installation of charging products, particularly our charging stations, is generally subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with state and local laws and ordinances. Installations are subject to risks associated with cost overruns and delays. Third parties may improperly install our products, which may damage or break our products and give the end‑user the perception the product is faulty and may adversely affect our brand, reputation and business.

Our business model is predicated on the presence of qualified and capable installation professionals in the new markets it intends to enter. There is no guarantee that there will be an adequate supply of such partners.

A shortage in the number of qualified contractors may impact the viability of the business plan, increase risks around the quality of works performed and increase costs if outside contractors are brought into a new market.

Negative publicity or product quality issues, whether real or perceived, could tarnish our reputation and our brand image. Failure to maintain, enhance and protect our brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any failure to meet customer specifications could result in reduced net sales and income.

We are dependent on consumer adoption of our products. If we do not continue to offer a high quality product and user experience, our business, brand and reputation will suffer.

A failure or inability by us to meet customer specifications or consumer expectations could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract new business and result in delayed or lost sales. Our ability to create, maintain, enhance and protect our brand image and reputation and consumers’ connection to our brand depends in part on our design and marketing efforts. Negative publicity or product quality issues, whether real or perceived, could tarnish our reputation and brand image. Failure to maintain, enhance and protect our brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any failure to meet customer specifications could result in reduced revenues and increased net losses.

Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks and other network disruptions could result in security and privacy breaches, loss of proprietary information and interruption in service, which would harm our business.

Computer malware, viruses, physical or electronic break‑ins and similar disruptions could lead to interruption and delays in our services and operations and loss, misuse or theft of data. Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks or denial of service, against online networks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems. Any attempts by cyber attackers to disrupt our services or systems, if successful, could harm our business, introduce liability to data subjects, result in the misappropriation of funds, be expensive to remedy and damage our reputation or brand. Insurance may not be sufficient to cover significant expenses and losses related to cyber‑attacks. Even with the security measures we have implemented, our facilities and systems, and those of our third‑party service providers, could be vulnerable to security breaches, computer viruses, lost or misplaced data, programming errors, scams, burglary, human errors, acts of vandalism, or other events. Efforts to prevent cyber attackers from entering computer systems are expensive to implement, and we may not be able to cause the implementation or enforcement of such preventions with respect to our third‑party vendors. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of systems and technical infrastructure may, in addition to other losses, harm our reputation, brand and ability to attract customers, even if such actions do not result in any actual security breach or loss of data.

There are several factors ranging from human error to data corruption that could materially impact the efficacy of any processes and procedures designed to enable us to recover from a disaster or catastrophe, including by lengthening the time services are partially or fully unavailable to customers and users. It may be difficult or impossible to perform some or all recovery steps and continue normal business operations due to the nature of a particular cyber‑attack, disaster or catastrophe or other disruption, especially during peak periods, which could cause additional reputational damages, or loss of revenues, any of which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

There can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information.

Growing our customer base depends upon the effective operation of our mobile applications with mobile operating systems, networks and standards that are beyond our control.

We are dependent on the interoperability of our mobile applications with mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Google’s Android and Apple’s iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade our products’ functionality or give preferential treatment to competitive products could adversely affect the usage of our applications on mobile devices. Additionally, in order to deliver high quality

mobile products, it is important that our products work well with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks or standards.

In addition, a portion of our software platform depends on our interest in and partnership with Electromaps, S.L. an electromobility and EV charging management platform (“Electromaps”). We are dependent on Electromaps for a portion of our revenues and to build consumer awareness of our brand and products. Widespread adoption of charging payment mobile platforms or other charging solutions as a competitor with, or an alternative to, Electromaps may negatively impact its business, operating results and financial condition. In order to execute on its business model, Electromaps will need to develop a network of operators of charging stations with integrated payment infrastructure and generate sufficient downloads of its mobile application to take advantage of network effects.

Disruption of operations, including as a result of natural disasters, at our manufacturing sites or those of third‑party suppliers could prevent us from filling customer orders on a timely basis and adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Events beyond our control could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Disruption to our platform resulting from natural disasters, atmospheric changes and extreme weather events (whether as a result of climate change or otherwise), including fires, floods, droughts, storms, extreme temperatures, sea level rise and earthquakes, as well as other events such as political events, war, terrorism, pandemics, or other events could impair our ability to continue to provide our products and services. Similarly, disruptions in the operations of our key third‑parties, such as data centers, servers or other technology providers, could have a material adverse effect on our business. If any of these events were to occur, our business, results of operations, or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our business is significantly dependent on our ability to meet labor needs, and we may be subject to work stoppages at our facilities or at the facilities of our supply and manufacturing partners, which could negatively impact the profitability of our business.

The success of our business depends significantly on our ability to hire and retain quality employees, including at our manufacturing and distribution facilities, many of whom are skilled. We may be unable to meet our labor needs and control our costs due to external factors such as the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the workforce of the markets in which we operate, unemployment levels, demand for certain labor expertise, prevailing wage rates, wage inflation, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs, adoption of new or revised employment and labor laws and regulations, and the impacts of man‑made or natural disasters, atmospheric changes and extreme weather events, including as a result of climate change, and health pandemics. Should we fail to increase our wages competitively in response to increasing wage rates, the quality of our workforce could decline. Any increase in the cost of labor could have an adverse effect on our operating costs, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to hire and retain skilled employees, our business could be materially adversely affected.

If our employees or the employees of our manufacturing and supply partners were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown in the future, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, which could interfere with our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and could have other negative effects, such as decreased productivity and increased labor costs. Any interruption in the delivery of our products could reduce demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our Company.

We may have to initiate product recalls or withdrawals or may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions and/or incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business.

As a manufacturer, marketer and retailer, we may initiate product recalls or withdrawals, or may be subject to seizures, product liability or other litigation claims and adverse public relations if our products are defective or alleged to cause injury, or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations in the manufacture, sale or distribution of any products, whether caused by us or someone in our manufacturing or supply chain. We also offer warranties on many of our products which may result in additional payments in the future if our products prove to be defective.

A product recall, withdrawal or seizure could result in destruction of product inventory and inventory write‑off, negative publicity, temporary facility closings for us or our contract manufacturers or OEMs, supply chain interruption, fines, substantial and unexpected expenditures, which would reduce operating profit and cash flow. In addition, a product recall, withdrawal or seizure may require significant management attention. Product recalls may materially and adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands, hurt the value of our brands and lead to decreased demand for our products and decline in price charged for our products. Product recalls, withdrawals or seizures also may lead to increased scrutiny by federal, state or international regulatory agencies of our operations and increased litigation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be subject to various product liability claims, particularly as we expand in the United States. Any such product liability claims may also include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability, or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection laws. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our existing products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. In addition, our inability to

obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations which, if not met, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We and our operations, as well as those of our contractors, suppliers, and customers, are subject to certain environmental laws and regulations, including laws related to the use, handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes as well as electronic wastes and hardware, whether hazardous or not. These laws may require us or others in our value chain to obtain permits and comply with procedures that impose various restrictions and obligations that may have material effects on our operations. If key permits and approvals cannot be obtained on acceptable terms, or if other operational requirements cannot be met in a manner satisfactory for our operations or on a timeline that meets our commercial obligations, it may adversely impact our business.

Throughout the world, electrical appliances are subject to various mandatory and voluntary standards, including requirements in some jurisdictions, including the United States, that products be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. or other similar recognized laboratories. In the United States, we are required to undergo certification and testing of compliance with UL standards, as well as other national and industry specific standards. We endeavor to have our products designed to meet the certification requirements of, and to be certified in, each of the jurisdictions in which they are sold. Compliance with such certifications could be costly and if we or our products were to fail to comply with any such certifications, we could be limited in our ability to sell and market our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex and may be subject to change, such as through new requirements enacted at the supranational, national, sub‑national, and/or local level or new or modified regulations that may be implemented under existing law. The nature and extent of any changes in these laws, rules, regulations and permits may be unpredictable and may have material effects on our business. Future legislation and regulations or changes in existing legislation and regulations, or interpretations thereof, including those relating to hardware manufacturing, electronic waste, or batteries, could cause additional expenditures, restrictions and delays in connection with our operations as well as other future projects, the extent of which cannot be predicted. For example, California adopted more stringent regulation of EV charging and, in February 2023, the U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Department of Energy included minimum standards and “Buy America” requirements for EV chargers funded by certain U.S. federal programs.

Further, we currently rely on third parties to ensure compliance with certain environmental laws, including those related to the disposal of hazardous and non‑hazardous wastes. We generally do not manufacture the components of our charging products. Rather, our employees and contractors engage in assembly of charging products at our facilities primarily using components manufactured by OEMs. Nonetheless, any failure to properly handle or dispose of wastes, regardless of whether such failure is our or our contractors, may result in liability under environmental laws in the United States, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and state analogs, under which liability may be imposed without regard to fault or degree of contribution for the investigation and clean‑up of contaminated sites, as well as impacts to human health and damages to natural resources. We may also generate or dispose of solid wastes, which may include hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Certain components of our chargers may be excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations, provided certain requirements are met. However, if these components do not meet all of the established requirements for the exclusion, or if the requirements for the exclusion change, we may be required to treat such products as hazardous waste, which are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in the laws and regulations, or our ability to qualify the materials it uses for exclusions under such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our operating expenses. Additionally, we may not be able to secure contracts with third parties to continue their key supply chain and disposal services for our business, which may result in increased costs for compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

We have a significant presence in international markets and plan to continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to a number of risks that could affect our future growth.

Expansion in existing or new international markets requires additional management attention and resources in order to tailor our solutions to the unique aspects of each country. In addition, we face the following additional risks associated with our expansion into international locations:

challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences;
longer payment cycles in some countries;
credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;
compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations, including laws and regulations with respect to privacy, consumer protection, spam and content, and the risk of penalties to our customers and individual members of management if our practices are deemed to be non-compliant;
compliance with changing energy, electrical, and power regulations;
compliance with new or changed climate, sustainability or other similar foreign regulations;
unique or different market dynamics or business practices;
currency exchange rate fluctuations;
foreign exchange controls;
political and economic instability;
export restrictions;
potentially adverse tax consequences; and
higher costs associated with doing business internationally.

These risks could harm our international expansion efforts, which could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are susceptible to risks associated with an increased focus by stakeholders and regulators on environmental and social matters, including climate change, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Climate-related events, including the increasing frequency of extreme weather events and their impact on critical infrastructure in the United States and elsewhere, have the potential to disrupt our business and those of our third-party suppliers, and customers, and may cause us to experience higher attrition, losses and additional costs to maintain or resume operations or provide services.

There are also increasing regulatory expectations on certain environmental, social and governance-related matters, which will likely lead to increased costs as well as scrutiny that could heighten all of the risks identified in this risk factor. For example, in several jurisdictions, we are subject to sustainability-related regulation with respect to our operations and our supply chain, and this may increase our costs or negatively impact our sourcing options. Further, there is an increased focus, including by governmental and nongovernmental organizations, investors, customers, and other stakeholders, on certain environmental and social matters, including increased pressure to expand disclosures related to the physical and transition risks related to climate change or to establish sustainability goals, such as the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, as well as on gender diversity, all of which could expose us to market, operational and execution costs or risks. Our inability to comply with these and other sustainability requirements in the future could adversely affect sales of and demand for our products and services.

On January 5 2023, Directive (EU) 2022/2464 (the “CSRD”) entered into force introducing extensive sustainability reporting obligations. While the directive is already in effect, its reporting requirements will apply to the Company as of financial year 2025. In addition, the European legislator is currently considering a proposal for a corporate sustainability due diligence directive, which, if passed, would introduce, inter alia, additional environmental and human rights due diligence requirements in respect of our business operations and value chain.

Certain of our existing environmental and sustainability initiatives may be costly and may not have the desired effect, and many of our environmental and sustainability-related actions, statements and commitments are based on expectations, assumptions, or third-party information that we currently believe to be reasonable but which may subsequently be determined to be erroneous or not in keeping with best practice. We may also be unable to complete certain initiatives or targets, either on timelines/costs initially anticipated or at all. If we fail to, or are perceived to fail to, comply with or advance certain environmental and sustainability initiatives (including the manner in which we complete such initiatives), we may be subject to various adverse impacts, including reputational damage and potential stakeholder engagement and/or litigation, even if such initiatives are currently voluntary. Additionally, certain of our customers, business partners, and suppliers may be subject to the issues and expectations identified in this risk factor, which may augment or create additional risks, including risks that may not be known to us.

If we do not obtain adequate capital funding or improve our financial performance, we may not be able to continue as a going concern.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2024 included herein contains an explanatory paragraph posing doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern as a result of recurring losses from operations and there remains an inherent uncertainty in relation to the achievement of forecasted operating cash flows, the ability to raise additional capital as well as renewing short-term credit lines and meeting covenants or obtaining waivers. This report is dated May 6, 2025. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), which contemplate that we will continue to operate as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements do not contain any adjustments that might result if we are unable to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern will be determined by our ability to continue generating revenues from our operations, which will enable us to fund our expansion plans and realize our business objectives.

We have acquired businesses and may acquire other businesses and/or companies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy, we have made and may make future investments in or acquisitions of complementary companies, products or technologies. These activities involve significant risks to our business. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, they may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position. Any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our partners and clients, which could have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating employees or technologies acquired, our financial condition and results of operations, including revenue growth, could be adversely affected. Any acquisition and subsequent integration will require significant time and resources. We may not be able to successfully evaluate and use the acquired technology or employees, or otherwise manage the acquisition and integration processes successfully. As such, we cannot assure you that our investments in acquired businesses will be successful or that such endeavors will result in the realization of the synergies, cost savings and innovation that may be possible within a reasonable period of time, if at all. We will be required to pay cash, incur debt and/or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or result in dilution to shareholders of the Shares. Our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses of our cash, including investments in sales and marketing and product development organizations, and in infrastructure to support scalability. The issuance or sale of equity or convertible debt securities to finance any such acquisitions would result in dilution to shareholders. If we incur debt, it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also impose covenants or other restrictions that could impede our ability to manage our operations.

Our indebtedness could adversely restrict our ability to operate, affect our financial condition, prevent us from complying with requirements under our debt instruments and prevent us from paying cash distributions to our shareholders.

We have outstanding indebtedness and the ability to incur more debt. As of December 31, 2024, our total loans and borrowings was €198.5 million, including €9.1 million outstanding under our loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. from April 2021 (as described below), €19.4 million outstanding under the BBVA Facility Agreement (as defined below) for a term loan commitment, €14.9 million under the loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. from December 2022 (as described below), €35 million under the October 2023 Facility Agreements (as defined below), €15 million under the HSBC Facility Agreement from March 22, 2024 (as described below) and working capital lines amounting to €88.6 million. Some of these loan agreements require that we comply with various affirmative and negative covenants. Refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Transactions.”

The restrictions under our indebtedness may prevent us from engaging in certain transactions which might otherwise be considered beneficial to us and could have other important consequences to unitholders. For example, they could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, limit our ability to make distributions; to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general partnership requirements; to engage in future acquisitions, construction or development activities; to access capital markets (debt and equity); or to otherwise fully realize the value of our assets and opportunities because of the need to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness or to comply with any restrictive terms of our indebtedness; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate; and place us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to our competitors that have less debt.

We may incur additional indebtedness (public or private) in the future under our existing agreements, by issuing debt instruments, under new credit agreements, under joint venture credit agreements, under new credit agreements of our unrestricted subsidiaries, under finance leases or synthetic leases, or a combination of any of these. Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of any existing or future indebtedness would constitute an event of default. If an event of default occurs, the lenders or noteholders will have the right to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness and foreclose upon the collateral, if any, securing that indebtedness.

In addition, from time to time, some of our subsidiaries for which we may act as guarantor may have substantial indebtedness, which will include affirmative and negative covenants and other provisions that limit their freedom to conduct certain operations, events of default, prepayment and other customary terms.

Our results of operations may fluctuate.

Our results may fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition to the other risks described herein, our results of operations to fluctuate due to, including but limitation:

the timing and volume of new sales;
fluctuations in costs;
the timing of new product rollouts;
weaker than anticipated demand for charging products and stations, whether due to changes in government incentives and policies or due to other conditions;
fluctuations in sales and marketing, business development or research and development expenses;
supply chain interruptions and manufacturing or delivery delays;
the timing and availability of new products relative to customers’ and investors’ expectations;
the impact of health pandemics on our workforce, or those of our customers, suppliers, vendors or business partners;
disruptions in sales, production, service or other business activities or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
unanticipated changes in federal, state, local, or foreign government incentive programs, which can affect demand for EVs;
seasonal fluctuations in EV purchases;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
difficulties in developing effective marketing campaigns in unfamiliar international markets;
political, social, and economic instability, including the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine, potential conflict between China and Taiwan, terrorist attacks, and security concerns in general; and
credit market crises or other adverse market conditions or macroeconomic factors.
the technology used, the ability to keep up with advancements, and the obsolescence of the technologies.

Fluctuations in operating results and cash flow could, among other things, give rise to short‑term liquidity issues. In addition, revenue, and other operating results may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have an adverse effect on the price of Class A Shares.

Exchange rate fluctuations between the Euro and other currencies may negatively affect our earnings.

We currently have sales denominated in currencies other than the Euro. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of these foreign currencies has had and in the future could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets. In addition, those activities may be limited in the protection they provide us from foreign currency fluctuations and can themselves result in losses.

We and our subsidiaries may be significantly impacted by changes in tax laws and regulations or their interpretation.

Governments in the various jurisdictions in which we and our subsidiaries are established and/ or operate continue to review, reform and modify tax laws, regulations, treaties, interpretations, policy initiatives and tax authority practices, and how we are treated for tax purposes is subject to changes. We are unable to predict whether a tax reform may be proposed or enacted in the future (including with retroactive effect) or whether such changes would have a significant impact on our business, but such changes could result in material changes to the taxes that we are required to provide for and pay in various jurisdictions.

When tax laws and regulations change, or when new tax laws and regulations are introduced and implemented, such changes or new laws and regulations may be unclear in certain respects and could be subject to further potential amendments and technical corrections, and

may be subject to interpretations and implementing regulations by the relevant governmental authorities, any of which could mitigate or increase certain adverse effects of the tax changes or of the new tax laws and regulations. Existing tax laws and regulations could also be interpreted or applied in a manner adverse to us or our subsidiaries.

We have incurred and are likely to continue incurring significant tax losses, the use of which may be limited under Spanish and other tax laws, and may be further limited in the future in case of changes in the applicable tax laws or their interpretation by the competent tax authorities. Similarly, we expect to obtain future tax savings from tax credits generated in Spain and in other jurisdictions in which we operate, and such tax losses and credits may eventually be rendered unavailable should a change in tax laws (or in their interpretation) take place. In particular, we are entitled to a significant amount of tax credits with respect to R&D costs under Spanish tax laws. We expect to be able to use such R&D tax credits in future fiscal years to reduce our cash tax liabilities. If the Spanish tax laws and regulations with respect to such R&D credits change in a manner that is detrimental to our position (e.g. by limiting the amount of tax credits that may be applied in a given fiscal year, by amending the criteria currently used to assess the amount of tax credits that may be claimed, or even by derogating the current tax regime), our overall tax expenses may increase. Any increase in our tax expenses due to a forfeiture, limitation or non‑availability of tax losses and credits could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may also be subject to reviews or audits by tax authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, and although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, if the applicable taxing authorities disagree with the positions taken on our tax returns or if they deem us not be otherwise compliant with all applicable tax laws and regulations, tax authorities may carry out enforcement actions against us. Enforcement actions may be administrative, civil or criminal in nature, and could result in litigation, payments of additional taxes, penalties, interest or other sanctions. Any such non‑compliance with applicable tax laws and regulations and their consequences to us may impact our operations, or even our ability to operate in such jurisdictions, and may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the FCPA and other anti‑corruption laws, as well as export control laws, import and customs laws, trade and economic sanctions laws and other laws governing our international operations.

We are subject to the FCPA and other anti‑bribery laws in countries where we conduct activities, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (“Bribery Act”). These laws generally prohibit companies their employees, and third‑party intermediaries acting on their behalf from promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments of anything of value to government officials, political parties, and private‑sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any improper advantage. In addition, the FCPA requires U.S. issuers to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and to implement a system of internal accounting controls. Other anti‑corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, prohibit commercial bribery of private parties as well as the acceptance of bribes. We operate a global business and may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state‑owned or government controlled entities, including in jurisdictions that pose a heightened risk of anti‑corruption violations, and we may participate in relationships with third parties whose conduct could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA other anti‑corruption laws, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the U.S., U.K. and authorities in the European Union and its member states, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes on certain countries, regions, and persons, import and customs requirements, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. Trade Control Laws are often the subject of frequent change and compliance with these laws regarding the import and export of our products may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets, and, in some cases, prevent the export of our products to some countries altogether.

We have policies and procedures designed to promote compliance with anti‑bribery and Trade Control Laws. However, we cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from liability for acts committed by employees, agents or business partners. If we are not in compliance these laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil fines and penalties, disgorgement, injunctions, debarment from debarment from government contracts, collateral litigation, as well as other sanctions and remedial measures. These consequences could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of potential violations of these laws could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

The ongoing military action between Russia and Ukraine has in the past and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On February 24, 2022, Russian military forces launched an offensive in Ukraine. Prior to this time, for the year ended December 31, 2021, we had aggregate net sales of €58.9 thousand in Ukraine and Russia. As a result of the conflict, beginning in February 2022, we stopped marketing our products in Russia, and do not intend to pursue new opportunities with customers in that country. Although the length, impact

and outcome of the ongoing military conflict is still unpredictable, this conflict could lead to significant market and other disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices and supply of energy resources, instability in financial markets, supply chain interruptions, political and social instability, changes in consumer or purchaser preferences as well as an increase in cyberattacks and espionage.

Additionally, as a result of the conflict in Ukraine, governmental authorities in the United States, the European Union and the United Kingdom, among others, launched an expansion of coordinated sanctions and export control measures in the region. Such sanctions and other measures, as well as the existing and potential further responses from Russia or other countries to such sanctions, tensions and military actions, could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our operations could be particularly vulnerable to potential interruptions in the supply of certain critical materials, such as nickel, palladium, semiconductors, and wire harnesses, which are used in assembly of automobiles and/or the assembly of our chargers. Any interruption to the delivery or the availability of these materials could significantly impact our ability to conduct our operations.

In light of the recent developments, the geopolitical landscape has shifted, with the U.S. reconsidering its stance on aid to Ukraine and European nations pushing for a more unified defense strategy. The ongoing diplomatic efforts, including discussions between the U.S. and Russia, could influence global economic conditions and supply chain stability. We are actively monitoring the situation in Ukraine and assessing its impact on our business, including our business partners and customers. To date we have not experienced any material interruptions in our infrastructure, supplies, technology systems or networks needed to support our operations. We have no way to predict the progress or outcome of the conflict, as the conflict, and any resulting government reactions, are developing and beyond our control. The extent and duration of the military action, sanctions and resulting market disruptions could have a substantial impact on the global economy and our business for an unknown period of time.

Increases in component costs, shipping costs, long lead times, supply shortages, and supply changes has disrupted and could in the future disrupt our supply chain and factors such as wage rate increases, inflation and interest rate increases can have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Meeting customer demand partially depends on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of components for our products. We are subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that our suppliers discontinue or modify components used in our products. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in design, quantities, and delivery schedules. Our ability to meet demand has been, and may in the future be, impacted by our reliance on the availability of components from these suppliers. We may experience component shortages, and the predictability of the availability of these components may be limited, which may be heightened during periods of health pandemics or geopolitical conflict. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from suppliers of these components, we may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time‑consuming, difficult, and costly and we may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our ability to fill our orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts or components, or the inability to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would harm our ability to timely ship our products to our customers. Moreover, volatile economic conditions may make it more likely that our suppliers and logistics providers may be unable to timely deliver supplies, or at all, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to timely locate alternative suppliers of comparable quality at an acceptable price. In addition, international supply chains may be impacted by events outside of our control and limit our ability to procure timely delivery of supplies or finished goods and services. We have seen, and may continue to see, increased congestion at ports that we rely on for our business. In many cases, we have had to secure alternative transportation, or use alternative routes, at increased costs to run our supply chain.

The global economy has recently experienced a period of high inflationary pressures; however, these pressures have begun to ease in 2024. While hostilities in Ukraine or the Middle East could still create some inflationary effects, the overall impact on fuel costs and global supply chains has moderated. In the past, we have been affected by inflation and we may still face adverse impacts if costs for supplies, materials and labor rise again. Additionally, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which may reduce the consumer or commercial demand for our products, increase the borrowing cost of EVs for consumers, or increase our financing costs. In an inflationary environment, depending on other economic conditions, we may be unable to raise prices enough to keep up with the rate of inflation, which would reduce our profit margin. Increases in the prices of components could negatively affect our margins. Changes in prices are dependent on a number of factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors that may affect commodity prices; changes in supply and demand; general economic conditions; significant political events; labor costs; competition; import duties, tariffs, anti‑dumping duties and other similar costs; currency exchange rates and government regulation; and events such as natural disasters and widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases and health pandemics. If we are unable to increase our prices or experience a delay in our ability to increase our prices or to recover such increases in our costs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Technology, Intellectual Property and Infrastructure

We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which may be time‑consuming and expensive, and our business could be adversely affected.

From time to time, the holders of intellectual property rights may assert their rights and urge us to take licenses, and/or may bring suits alleging infringement or misappropriation of such rights. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate the risk of potential suits or other legal demands by competitors or other third parties. Accordingly, we may consider entering into licensing agreements with respect to such rights, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur, and such licenses and associated litigation could significantly increase our operating expenses. In addition, if we are determined to have or believe there is a high likelihood that we have infringed upon or misappropriated a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to cease making, selling or incorporating certain key components or intellectual property into the products and services we offers, to pay substantial damages and/or royalties, to redesign our products and services, and/or to establish and maintain alternative branding. In addition, to the extent that our customers and business partners become the subject of any allegation or claim regarding the infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights related to our products and services, we may be required to indemnify such customers and business partners. The scope of these indemnity obligations varies, but may, in some instances, include indemnification for damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. Even if we are not a party to any litigation between a customer or business partner and a third party relating to infringement by our products, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for us to defend our products against intellectual property infringement claims in any subsequent litigation in which we are a named party. If we were required to take one or more such actions, our business, prospects, brand, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could result in substantial costs, negative publicity, reputational harm and diversion of resources and management attention.

The increasing adoption of artificial intelligence in our operations presents potential risks, and failure to effectively implement AI could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We are actively assessing the potential integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into our platforms, products, and services while monitoring developments in this rapidly evolving field. However, AI presents a range of challenges, uncertainties, and potential unintended consequences that may affect our ability to adopt and leverage these technologies effectively. Any future implementation of AI may require additional resources, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will deliver meaningful benefits.

The evolving nature of AI, combined with rapid technological advancements and increasing competition, creates uncertainty about how these technologies may impact our industry. Competitors may develop more advanced, efficient, or cost-effective AI-driven solutions, which could affect our market position. Additionally, AI-related regulatory frameworks are still emerging, and new laws or compliance requirements could impose operational constraints, increase costs, or require changes to how AI is utilized. The long-term impact of these regulatory shifts remains uncertain and could influence our strategic decisions.

Furthermore, we may rely on third-party providers that incorporate AI into their products and services, which could limit our oversight and control over these technologies. AI models, whether developed by third parties or potentially adopted in the future, could be subject to errors, biases, or security vulnerabilities, leading to flawed decision-making, operational disruptions, or reputational risks.

Any of these factors, whether related to AI adoption, third-party dependencies, or regulatory developments, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain patents or otherwise protect our technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.

Our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on, and plan to continue relying on, a combination of trade secrets (including know‑how), employee and third‑party nondisclosure agreements, copyright, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to retain ownership of, and protect, our technology. As of December 31, 2024, we have one granted design patent in the U.S.A. and we have filed: (a) two international patents which are currently in national phase before the relevant authorities and (b) two design patent applications in the USA which are currently under examination by the relevant authorities. Failure to adequately protect our technology and intellectual property could result in competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our competitive advantage and a decrease in revenue which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

The measures we take to protect our technology intellectual property from unauthorized use by others may not be effective for various reasons, including the following:

the scope of any issued patents that may result from the pending patent application may not be broad enough to protect proprietary rights;
the costs associated with enforcing patents, trademarks, confidentiality and invention agreements or other intellectual property rights may make enforcement impracticable;
current and future competitors may circumvent patents or independently develop similar inventions, trade secrets or works of authorship, such as software;
know‑how and other proprietary information we purport to hold as a trade secret may not qualify as a trade secret under applicable laws; and
proprietary designs and technology embodied in our products may be discoverable by third parties through means that do not constitute violations of applicable laws.

Intellectual property and trade secret laws vary significantly throughout the world. Some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions may be costly, difficult or even impossible. Therefore, our intellectual property rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the United States.

Any issued patent which may result from the pending patent application may come to be considered “standards essential.” If this is the case, we may be required to license certain technology on “fair, reasonable and non‑discriminatory” terms, decreasing revenue. Further, competitors, vendors, or customers may, in certain instances, be free to create variations or derivative works of our technology and intellectual property, and those derivative works may become directly competitive with our offerings. Finally, we may not be able to leverage, or obtain ownership of, all technology and intellectual property developed by our vendors in connection with design and manufacture of our products, thereby jeopardizing our ability to obtain a competitive advantage over our competitors.

The EV industry is evolving as are the standards governing EV charging and the current lack of industry standards could result in future incompatibilities and issues that could require significant resources and or time to remedy.

The EV industry is evolving as are the standards governing EV charging which have not had the benefit of time‑tested use cases. These immature industry standards could result in future incompatibilities and issues that could require significant resources and or time to remedy. Utilities and other large market participants also mandate their own adoption of specifications that have not become widely adopted in the industry, which may hinder innovation or slow new product or new feature introduction.

In addition, automobile manufacturers may choose to develop and promulgate their own proprietary charging standards and systems, which could lock out competition for EV chargers, or may produce proprietary chargers that compete with our chargers. Such automobile manufacturers may use their size and market position to influence the market, which could limit our market and reach to customers, negatively impacting our business.

Further, should regulatory bodies later impose a standard that is not compatible with our infrastructure or products, we may incur significant costs to adapt our business model to the new regulatory standard, which may require significant time and expense and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our revenues or results of operations.

Our technology, the technology of Electromaps, or services provided by COIL, could have undetected defects, errors or bugs in hardware or software which could reduce market adoption, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers, and/or expose us to product liability and other claims that could materially and adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to claims that chargers have malfunctioned and persons were injured or purported to be injured due to latent defects. Any insurance that we carry may not be sufficient or it may not apply to all situations. Similarly, to the extent that such malfunctions are related to components obtained from third‑party vendors, such vendors may not assume responsibility for such malfunctions. Any of these events could adversely affect our brand, reputation, operating results or financial condition.

Our software platform is complex and includes a number of licensed third‑party commercial and open‑source software libraries. Our software may contain latent defects or errors that may be difficult to detect and remediate. We are continuing to evolve the features and functionality of our platform through updates and enhancements, and as we do, we may introduce additional defects or errors that may not be detected until after deployment to customers. In addition, if our products and services, including any updates or patches, are not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance and disruptions in service may result.

Any defects or errors in product or services offerings, or the perception of such defects or errors, or other performance problems could result in any of the following, each of which could adversely affect our business and results of our operations:

expenditure of significant financial and product development resources, including recalls, in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects;
loss of existing or potential customers or partners;
interruptions or delays in sales;
equipment replacements;
delayed or lost revenue;
delay or failure to attain market acceptance;
delay in the development or release of new functionality or improvements;
negative publicity and reputational harm;
warranties, sales credits or refunds;
exposure of confidential or proprietary information;
diversion of development and customer service resources;
breach of warranty claims;
legal claims under applicable laws, rules and regulations; and
the expense and risk of litigation.

We also face the risk that any contractual protections we seek to include in our agreements with customers are rejected, not implemented uniformly or may not fully or effectively protect from claims by customers, resellers, business partners or other third parties. In addition, any insurance coverage or indemnification obligations of suppliers for our benefit may not adequately cover all such claims, or cover only a portion of such claims. A successful product liability, warranty, or other similar claim could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditure of funds in litigation, divert management’s time and other resources and cause reputational harm.

Interruptions, delays in service, communications outages or inability to increase capacity at third‑party data center facilities could impair the use or functionality of our subscription services, harm our business and subject us to liability.

We currently serve customers from third‑party data center facilities operated by Amazon Web Services as well as others. Our services are housed in third‑party data. Any outage or failure of such data centers could negatively affect our product connectivity and performance. Our primary environments are operated by Amazon, and any interruptions of these primary and backup data centers could negatively affect our product connectivity and performance. Any incident affecting a data center facility’s infrastructure or operations, whether caused by natural disasters or extreme weather events (whether as a result of climate change or otherwise), such as fires, floods, droughts, storms, extreme temperatures, sea level rise, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, breach of security protocols, computer viruses and disabling devices, failure of access control mechanisms, natural disasters, war, criminal act, military actions, terrorist attacks and other similar events could negatively affect the use, functionality or availability of our services. Climate change may increase the likelihood of these risks and the severity of their impact by resulting in certain natural disasters occurring more frequently or with greater intensity, which could disrupt our operations, or the operations of our third parties or suppliers.

Any damage to, or failure of, our systems, or those of our third‑party providers or suppliers, could interrupt our operations or hinder the use or functionality of our services. Impairment of or interruptions in our services may reduce revenue, subject us to claims and litigation, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions, and adversely affect renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Our business will also be harmed if customers and potential customers believe our products and services are unreliable.

The EV charging market is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations. Any delays in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and our financial results.

Continuing technological changes in battery and other EV technologies could adversely affect adoption of current EV charging technology, continuing and increasing reliance on EV charging infrastructure and/or the use of our products and services. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to develop and introduce a variety of new capabilities and innovations to our existing product offerings, as well as introduce a variety of new product offerings to address the changing needs of the EV charging market.

As EV technologies change, we may need to upgrade or adapt our charger technology and introduce new products and services in order to serve vehicles that have the latest technology, in particular battery technology, which could involve substantial costs. Even if we are able to keep pace with changes in technology and develop new products and services, our research and development expenses could increase, our gross margins could be adversely affected in some periods and our prior products could become obsolete more quickly than expected.

We cannot guarantee that any new products will be released in a timely manner, or at all, or achieve market acceptance. Delays in delivering new products that meet customer requirements could damage our relationships with customers and lead them to seek alternative products or services. Delays in introducing products and innovations or the failure to offer innovative products or services at competitive prices may cause existing and potential customers to use our competitors’ products or services.

If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop products or cannot otherwise successfully develop products or services that meet customer requirements on a timely basis or that remain competitive with technological alternatives, our products and services could lose market share, our revenue will decline, we may experience higher operating losses and our business and prospects will be adversely affected.

We expect to incur research and development costs and devote significant resources to developing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability.

Our future growth depends on penetrating new markets, adapting existing products to new applications and customer requirements, and introducing new products that achieve market acceptance. We plan to incur significant research and development costs in the future as part of our efforts to design, develop, manufacture and introduce new products and enhance existing products. Further, our research and development program may not produce successful results, and our new products may not achieve market acceptance, create additional revenue or become profitable.

We may be unable to leverage customer data in all geographic locations, and this limitation may impact research and development operations.

We rely on data collected through our mobile application. We use this data in connection with, among other things, determining the placement for our charging stations. Our inability to obtain necessary rights to use this data or freely transfer this data could result in delays or otherwise negatively impact our research and development and expansion efforts and limit our ability to derive revenues from value‑add customer products and services.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection and information security and may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity if we are unable to comply with such obligations.

We collect, process, store, and use a wide variety of data from current and prospective customers and other individuals, including personal information. Federal, state, local and foreign governments and agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and in which customers operate, have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage, processing, and disclosure of information regarding consumers and other individuals, which could impact our ability to offer services in certain jurisdictions. Laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure, security, and other processing of individuals’ information can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security are significant. In addition, some companies, particularly larger enterprises, often will not contract with vendors that do not meet these rigorous standards and may impose onerous data-related obligations on vendors. Accordingly, the failure, or perceived inability, to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may limit the use and adoption of our products and services, reduce overall demand, lead to regulatory investigations, litigation, and significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for actual or alleged noncompliance, or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business. Moreover, if we or any of our employees or contractors fail or are believed to fail to adhere to appropriate practices regarding customers’ data, it may damage our reputation and brand.

Additionally, existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may be interpreted in new and differing manners in the future, and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations could result in increased regulation, increased costs of compliance and penalties for non‑compliance, and limitations on data collection, use, disclosure, and transfer for us and our customers. Further, California adopted the

California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) and the California Attorney General has begun enforcement actions. Further, on November 3, 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) which amends and expands the CCPA. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are applicable to the businesses of customers may adversely affect ability and willingness to process, handle, store, use, and transmit certain types of information, such as demographic and other personal information.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups, the technology industry, and other industries have established or may establish various new, additional, or different self‑regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on technology companies. Customers may expect that we meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other standards established by them or third parties. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our solutions and adversely affect our business.

Personal data information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous non‑U.S. jurisdictions around the world. We operate in the European Union, where the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“GDPR”), imposes strict requirements on controllers and processors of personal data. These include higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals, a strong individual rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications and restrictions on the transfer of personal data outside of the European Economic Area.

Following its departure from the European Union, the United Kingdom has adopted a separate regime based on the GDPR ("UK GDPR") that imposes similarly onerous requirements. Companies that violate the EU or UK regime can face regulatory investigations, private litigation, prohibitions on data processing, and fines of up to the greater of 4% of their worldwide annual revenue or 20 million Euros (for the EU) or £17.5 million (for the U.K.). Other EU and UK data protection laws and evolving regulatory guidance restrict the ability of companies to market electronically, including through the use of cookies and similar technologies, and companies are increasingly subject to strict enforcement action including fines for non‑compliance. As a result, operating our business or offering our services in European or other countries with onerous data protection laws would subject us to substantial compliance costs, potential liability (including class actions) and reputational damage, and may require changes to the ways we collect and use consumer information.

A number of data protection laws (including the GDPR, the UK GDPR and the CCPA) have introduced mandatory breach reporting to regulators and, under certain circumstances, to the individuals whose personal data was compromised in the breach.

Many other jurisdictions are considering or are about to adopt data protection regulations, which are sometimes inconsistent or conflicting. While we strive to monitor and comply with this complex and ever‑ changing patchwork of laws, a failure or perceived or alleged failure to comply with applicable data privacy requirements in one of the jurisdictions could result in litigation and proceedings against us by governmental entities, customers, or others, fines and civil or criminal penalties, limited ability or inability to operate our business, offer services, or market our business in certain jurisdictions, negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation, and reduced overall demand for our products and services. Such occurrences could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our general liability insurance may not cover all potential claims to which we are exposed and may not be adequate to indemnify us for the full extent of our potential liabilities. In addition, we could be adversely affected if data privacy regulations are expanded (through new regulation or through legal rulings) to require major changes in our business practices.

We rely on the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to offer and promote our apps. If such platform providers change their terms and conditions to our detriment, our business may be adversely affected.

The Apple App Store and the Google Play Store are the primary distribution, marketing, promotion and payment platforms for our apps, including myWallbox and Electromaps. Any deterioration in our relationship with Google or Apple could harm our business and adversely affect the value of our shares.

We are subject to these platforms’ standard terms and conditions for app developers, which govern the promotion, distribution and operation of apps. These platforms have policies governing, for example, treatment of virtual credits and gifts, use of user data, personal and sensitive information and advertising identifiers, as well as ones relating to advertising (including deceptive, disruptive and inappropriate ads) and interference with app and device functionality. Each platform has broad discretion to change and interpret its terms of service and other policies with respect to us and those changes may be unfavorable to us. A platform provider may also change its fee structure, add fees associated with access to and use of its platform, alter how we are able to advertise on the platform, change how the personal information of our users is made available to app developers on the platform or limit the use of personal information for advertising purposes. Our business could be harmed if a platform provider modifies its current terms of service or other policies, including fees, in a manner adverse to us.

If we violate, or if a platform provider believes we have violated, these terms and conditions (or if there is any change or deterioration in our relationship with these platform providers), the particular platform provider may discontinue or limit our access to that platform, which could prevent us from making its apps available to or otherwise from serving our mobile customers. Any limit or discontinuation of our access to any platform could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws, rules and regulations that govern public companies. As a public company, we are subject to significant obligations relating to reporting, procedures and internal controls, and our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage such obligations. These obligations and scrutiny will require significant attention from our management and could divert their attention away from the day‑to‑day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, the Dodd‑Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time‑consuming and costly.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of control over financial reporting. As a result, we are required to disclose material changes in internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. To achieve compliance with Section 404, we are engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue taking steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

We have identified material weaknesses in the past and, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in the future, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. As a result, the market price of our shares could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to litigation including shareholder suits or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We identified material weaknesses in connection with our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses may not be successful in a timely manner, or at all, and we may identify other material weaknesses.

As previously reported, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, our management and independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, which relates to: (i) lack of sufficient personnel in the finance team with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience in the application of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in relation to complex accounting transactions, and also in the application of other IFRS matters such as goodwill impairment testing, (ii) IT general controls have not been sufficiently designed or were not operating effectively, including controls over the completeness and accuracy of reports used in controls, and (iii) accounting policies and practices are not designed appropriately to establish an effective structure of internal controls. Thus, policies and procedures specifically with respect to the review, supervision and monitoring of the accounting and reporting functions were not operating effectively and/or documented accordingly. To address these material weaknesses, we have made and continue to make a number of changes to our program and controls as set forth in Item 15, “Controls and Procedures.”

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm has not been engaged to express, nor have they expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We are currently in the process of remediating these material weaknesses and we are taking steps that we believe will address their underlying causes, however, we cannot predict the ultimate timing or success of our remediation plan. We have also enlisted the help of external advisors to provide assistance in the areas of internal controls and IFRS accounting in the short term, and are evaluating the longer‑term resource needs of our accounting staff, including IFRS expertise. These remediation measures may be time‑consuming and costly, and might place significant demands on our financial, accounting and operational resources.

These actions and planned actions are subject to ongoing management evaluation and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles before we are able to determine that the controls are operating effectively and the material weaknesses have been remediated. In addition, there is no assurance that we will be successful on implementing all measures and internal controls in a timely manner.

Assessing our procedures to improve our internal control over financial reporting is an ongoing process. We can provide no assurance that our remediation efforts will be successful or that we will not have material weaknesses in the future. Any material weaknesses we identify could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements.

Our internal control over financial reporting will not be effective if we cannot detect or prevent material errors at a reasonable level of assurance. Our past or future financial statements may not be accurate and we may not be able to timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of Class A Shares.

As a public company, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing, implementing, testing and maintaining effective internal controls is a continuous effort that will require us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments. In this regard, we need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing whether such controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

Our internal control over financial reporting is currently not effective and as such it could not detect or prevent material errors at a reasonable level of assurance. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (“Section 404”), to furnish a report by our management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment is required to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation and testing. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. In addition, pursuant to Section 404, once we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will be required to include in the annual reports that we file with the SEC an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Furthermore, as a public company, we may, during the course of our testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, or during the subsequent auditing by our independent registered public accounting firm, identify deficiencies which would have to be remediated to satisfy the SEC rules for certification of our internal controls over financial reporting. As a consequence, we have to disclose in periodic reports we file with the SEC significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our system of internal controls. The existence of a material weakness would preclude management from concluding that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, and would preclude our independent auditors from issuing an unqualified opinion that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. In addition, disclosures of this type in our SEC reports could cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reporting and may negatively affect the trading price of Class A Shares, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary to produce reliable financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we have deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting, it could negatively impact our business, results of operations and reputation.

Our failure to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are required to provide management’s attestation on internal controls. Management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements. If we are not able to implement the additional requirements of Section 404(a) in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to assess whether our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence and the market price of the Class A Shares.

Our failure to comply with Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company could lead to a potential delisting from the NYSE

On November 21, 2024 the company received a notification from the NYSE that it is not in compliance with Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company Manuel. This is because the average closing price of the Company's Class A ordinary shares (the ''Class A Shares") was less than $1.00 over a consecutive 30 trading-day period. On December 2, 2024, the Company notified the NYSE that it intends to cure the share price deficiency and to regain compliance with the NYSE continued listing standards. The company can regain compliance at any time within six-month period following receipt of the NYSE notice if, on the last trading day of any calendar month during the cure period the Company has a closing share price of at least $1.00 and an average closing share price of at least $1.00 over the 30 trading-day period ending on the last trading day of that month.

The company intends to consider all available alternatives to cure the share price non-compliance to return to compliance with the NYSE continued listing standards. The notice does not affect its normal course of its business operations and has no immediate impact on the listing of the Class A Shares, which continue to be listed and traded on the NYSE during this period, subject to the Company's compliance with the other applicable NYSE listing standards.

Risks Related to Class A Shares

The market price of Class A Shares may be volatile, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The market price of Class A Shares could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of many factors, including, without limitation:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;
variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts or others;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, changes in significant customers, acquisitions or expansion plans;
our involvement in litigation;
our sale of Class A Shares or other securities in the future;
market conditions in our industry;
changes in key personnel;
the trading volume of our Class A Shares;
changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and
general economic, industry and market conditions, including, for example, the effects of recession or slow economic growth in the U.S. and abroad, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, corruption, political instability, acts of war, including the Russia/Ukraine conflict or public health crises.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of Class A Shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our management’s attention and resources could be diverted.

An active trading market for Class A Shares may not be sustained to provide adequate liquidity.

An active trading market may not be sustained for Class A Shares. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling Class A Shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration.

The market price of Class A Shares could be negatively affected by future sales of Shares.

From time to time, we may look to fund our operations or enter into strategic transactions or acquisitions that provide for consideration in the form of our Class A Shares. To the extent that we issue Class A Shares or instruments that settle in Class A Shares, your ownership interest could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. Further, sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of Shares or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of Class A Shares to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities.

For example, in April 2023, we entered into the Equity Distribution Agreement (as defined below), pursuant to which we established an at-the-market program allowing certain banks, acting as our sales agents, to sell, from time to time, up to an aggregate of $100.0 million Class A Shares in sales made by any method permitted that is deemed an “at the market offering” as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act, or, in negotiated transactions or block transactions. Additionally, during 2024, we consummated a private placement transaction and issued 36,334,277 Class A Shares and during 2023 we consummated multiple private placement transactions and issued an aggregate of

29,193,089 Class A Shares. Refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B.Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity.”

We do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on the Shares. We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance operations and expand our business.

The Board may determine which part of the profits shall be reserved, with due observance of our policy on reserves and dividends. The General Meeting may resolve to distribute any part of the profits remaining after reservation. If the Board decides to make a part of the profits available for distribution of dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our directors may deem relevant. In addition, the Dutch law imposes restrictions on our ability to declare and pay dividends. Payment of dividends may also be subject to Dutch withholding taxes.

The number of issued Shares and outstanding Shares and outstanding Warrants may fluctuate substantially, which could lead to adverse tax consequences for the holders thereof.

It may be that the number of issued and outstanding Shares and outstanding Warrants fluctuates substantially. This may have an impact on interests and certain thresholds that are relevant for investors’ tax purposes and positions, which are dependent on their respective circumstances. The potential tax consequences in this regard could potentially be material, and therefore, investors should seek their own tax advice with respect to the tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the Shares and/or Warrants.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding Class A Shares, the market price and trading volume of Class A Shares could decline.

The trading market for Class A Shares can be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for Class A Shares would be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our results of operations fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The dual class structure of Shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain of our shareholders and limiting our other shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of Class A Shares may view as beneficial.

Class B Shares have ten (10) votes per share, while Class A Shares have one (1) vote per share. Our co‑founders, Enric Asunción Escorsa and Eduard Castañeda, own all of the Class B Shares and collectively control approximately 38% of the voting power of our capital stock. Even though our co‑founders are not party to any agreement that requires them to vote together, they may have interests that differ from those of our other shareholders and may vote in a way with which our other shareholders disagree and which may be adverse to their interests.

We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of Class A Shares or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple‑class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, pursuant to which companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock are excluded. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, our dual class structure may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices or any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could adversely affect the value and trading market of Class A Shares.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (1) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (2) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (3) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q containing unaudited financial

and other specified information. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20‑F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10‑K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year and U.S. domestic issuers that are large accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10‑K within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation FD, which is intended to prevent issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of all of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of a company that is not a foreign private issuer.

As a foreign private issuer, and as permitted by the listing requirements of the NYSE, we follow certain home country governance practices rather than the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

As a foreign private issuer, we have the option to follow certain home country corporate governance practices rather than those of the NYSE, provided that we disclose the requirements we are not following and describe the home country practices we are following. We intend to rely on this “foreign private issuer exemption” with respect to NYSE rules requiring shareholder approval. We may in the future elect to follow home country practices with regard to other matters. As a result, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2025. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if (1) more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are owned by U.S. residents and (2) a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents, or we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms including financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders will become subject to the short‑swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the listing rules of the NYSE. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer.

We are an “emerging growth company” and you cannot be certain whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make Class A Shares less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors may find the common stock less attractive because we will continue to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Class A Shares, and the stock price may be more volatile.

An EGC may elect to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards. With us making this election, Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to non‑public business entities. As a result, the financial statements contained herein and those that we will file in the future may not be comparable to companies that comply with public business entities revised accounting standards effective dates. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.235 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which would occur if the market value of our equity securities held by non‑affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non‑convertible debt securities during the prior three‑year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of Kensington’s initial public offering, or March 2, 2026.

As we are a holding company with no operations we rely on operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of its own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers, including for dividends or payments in respect of any indebtedness we may incur, from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. Any agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries may impose restrictions on our

subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from such subsidiaries and us may be limited in our ability to cause any joint ventures to distribute our earnings to it. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

Investors may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the Shares and/or Warrants.

The tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the Shares and/or Warrants may differ from the tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and disposal of securities in another entity and may also differ depending on such an investor’s respective circumstances including, without limitation, where such an investor is a tax resident. Any such tax consequences could be materially adverse to an investor and, therefore, each investor should seek its own tax advice in respect of the tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the Shares and/or Warrants.

Risks Relating to Our Incorporation in the Netherlands

We are a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of stockholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions and may not protect investors in a similar fashion afforded by incorporation in a U.S. jurisdiction.

We are a public limited liability company incorporated under Dutch law. Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association, internal rules and policies and by the laws governing companies incorporated in the Netherlands. The rights of shareholders may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. The role of the management board in a Dutch company is also materially different, and cannot be compared to, the role of a board of directors in a corporation incorporated in the United States. In the performance of their duties, our management board is required by Dutch law to consider the interests of our company and the sustainable success of our business, with an aim to creating long‑term value, taking into account the interests of our shareholders, employees and other stakeholders, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a shareholder.

Provisions of Dutch law and our amended and restated articles of association may delay, prevent or make undesirable an acquisition of all or a significant portion of our shares or assets.

Under Dutch law, various protective measures are possible and permissible within the boundaries set by Dutch law and Dutch case law, among which, in accordance with the DCGC, shareholders having the right to put an item on the agenda under the rules described above shall exercise such right only after consulting the Board in that respect. If one or more shareholders intend to request that an item be put on the agenda that may result in a change in our strategy (for example, the dismissal of Directors), the Board must be given the opportunity to invoke a reasonable period to respond to such intention. Such period shall not exceed 180 (hundred eighty) days (or such other period as may be stipulated for such purpose by Dutch law and/or the DCGC from time to time). If invoked, the Board must use such response period for further deliberation and constructive consultation, in any event with the shareholders(s) concerned, and must explore the alternatives. At the end of the response time, the Board must report on this consultation and the exploration of alternatives to the General Meeting. The response period may be invoked only once for any given General Meeting and shall not apply: (a) in respect of a matter for which a response period has been previously invoked; or (b) if a shareholder holds at least 75% of our issued share capital as a consequence of a successful public bid. The response period may also be invoked in response to shareholders or others with meeting rights under Dutch law requesting that a General Meeting be convened, as described above.

Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights under Dutch law who individually or jointly represent at least 10% of our issued share capital, may request the Board to convene a General Meeting setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If the Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that such meeting can be held within 6 (six) weeks after the request, the requesting shareholder(s) and or other persons with meeting rights may at their request be authorized by the competent Dutch court in preliminary relief proceedings to convene a General Meeting. The court shall refuse the application if it does not appear that the applicant(s) has/have previously requested the Board to convene a General Meeting and the Board has not taken the necessary steps so that the General Meeting could be held within 6 (six) weeks after the request. Such a request to the Board is subject to certain additional requirements. Additionally, the applicant must have a reasonable interest in the meeting being held.

Further thereto, in May 2021, a bill came into force that introduces a statutory cooling‑off period of up to 250 days during which the General Meeting would not be able to dismiss, suspend or appoint members of the Board (or amend the provisions in the Articles of Association governing these matters) unless these matters were proposed by the Board. This cooling‑off period could be invoked by the Board in the event:

shareholders, using either their shareholder proposal right or their right to request a General Meeting, propose an agenda item for the General Meeting to dismiss, suspend or appoint a Director (or to amend any provision in the Articles of Association dealing with those matters); or
a public offer for has been announced or made without agreement having been reached with on such offer, provided, in each case, that in the opinion of the Board such proposal or offer materially conflicts with the interests of and its business.

The cooling‑off period, if invoked, ends upon the earliest of the following events:

the expiration of 250 days from:
in case of shareholders using their shareholder proposal right, the day after the deadline for making such proposal for the next General Meeting has expired;
in case of Shareholders using their right to request a General Meeting, the day when they obtain court authorization to do so; or
in case of a public offer as described above being made without agreement having been reached with on such offer, the first following day;
the day after a public offer without agreement having been reached with us on such offer, having been declared unconditional; or
the Board deciding to end the cooling‑off period earlier.

In addition, one or more shareholders that may (jointly) exercise the shareholder proposal right at the time that the cooling‑off period is invoked, may request the Enterprise Chamber (Ondernemingskamer) of the Amsterdam Court of Appeals (Gerechtshof Amsterdam) for early termination of the cooling‑off period. The Enterprise Chamber must rule in favor of the request if the shareholders can demonstrate that:

the Board, in light of the circumstances at hand when the cooling‑off period was invoked, could not reasonably have come to the conclusion that the relevant shareholder proposal or hostile offer constituted a material conflict with the interests of and its business;
the Board cannot reasonably believe that a continuation of the cooling‑off period would contribute to careful policy‑making;
if other defensive measures, having the same purpose, nature and scope as the cooling‑off period, have been activated during the cooling‑off period and are not terminated or suspended at the relevant shareholders’ written request within a reasonable period following the request (i.e., no ‘stacking’ of defensive measures).

During the cooling‑off period, if invoked, the Board must gather all relevant information necessary for a careful decision‑making process. In this context, the Board must at least consult with shareholders representing at least 3% of our issued share capital at the time the cooling‑off period was invoked and with our works council, if applicable. Formal statements expressed by these stakeholders during such consultations must be published on our website to the extent these stakeholders have approved that publication.

Ultimately one week following the last day of the cooling‑off period, the Board must publish a report in respect of its policy and conduct of affairs during the cooling‑off period on our website. This report must also remain available for inspection by our shareholders and others with meeting rights under Dutch law at our office and must be tabled for discussion at the next General Meeting.

Finally, in this respect, certain provisions of the Articles of Association may also make it more difficult for a third‑party to acquire control of our Company or effect a change in the composition of the Board, including that suspension or dismissal of directors other than at the proposal of the Board will require a two‑thirds majority of the votes cast, representing more than one half of our issued capital.

Shareholders may not be able to participate in future issues of Shares.

Under Dutch law, the General Meeting is authorized to issue Shares or to grant rights to subscribe for Shares and to restrict and/or exclude statutory pre‑emptive rights in relation to the issuance of Shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares. The General Meeting may designate the Board competent to issue Shares (or grant rights to subscribe for Shares) and to determine the issue price and other conditions of the issue for a specified period not exceeding five years (which period can be extended from time to time for further periods not exceeding five years) and, for a period of 5 years commencing on the date of completion of the Business Combination, the Board has been irrevocably authorized to issue Shares (and to grant rights to subscribe for Shares).

Further thereto, each shareholder has a pre‑emptive right in proportion to the aggregate amount of its Shares upon the issuance of Shares (or the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares). This pre‑emptive right does not apply to: (i) Shares issued to our employees or a subsidiary of ours as referred to in Section 2:24b Dutch Civil Code, (ii) Shares that are issued against payment other than in cash; and (iii) Shares issued to a person exercising a previously granted right to subscribe for Shares.

The pre‑emptive rights in respect of newly issued Shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the General Meeting. Pre‑emptive rights may also be limited or excluded by a resolution of the Board if the Board has been designated thereto by the General Meeting for a specific period and with due observance of applicable statutory provisions, and the Board has also been designated to issue Shares. A resolution of the General Meeting to limit or exclude pre‑emptive rights or a resolution to designate the Board thereto, can only be adopted at the proposal of the Board, and requires a majority of at least two‑thirds of the votes cast, if less than half of our issued share capital is present or represented at the General Meeting. Unless otherwise stipulated at its grant the designation may not be withdrawn.

If the resolution of the General Meeting to issue Shares or to designate the authority to issue Shares to the Board is detrimental to the rights of holders of a specific class of Shares, the validity of such resolution of the General Meeting requires a prior or simultaneous approval by the group of holders of such class of Shares.

For a period of 5 years commencing on the date of completion of the Business Combination, the Board has been irrevocably authorized to limit or exclude pre‑emptive rights in respect of Shares.

We are not obligated to and may not comply (but will then explain such non‑compliance) with all the best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. This may affect your rights as a shareholder.

We will be subject to the DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions on corporate governance that regulate relations between the management board and the general meeting of shareholders and matters in respect of financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual reports (which are filed in the Netherlands) whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. If a company does not comply with those provisions (for example, because of a conflicting NYSE requirement), the company is required to give the reasons for such non-compliance. The DCGC applies to Dutch companies listed on a regulated market in the EU or a comparable other system, such as the NYSE.

We acknowledge the importance of good corporate governance. However, we do not comply with all the provisions of the DCGC, to a large extent because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and U.S. securities laws, or because we believe such provisions do not reflect customary practices of global companies listed on the NYSE. Any such non-compliance may affect your rights as a shareholder, and you may not have the same level of protection as a shareholder in a Dutch company that fully complies with the DCGC.

We are organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, and, as such, the rights of shareholders and the civil liability of our directors and executive officers will be governed in certain respects by the laws of the Netherlands. The ability of shareholders to bring actions or enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers may be limited. Claims of U.S. civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.

We are organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, and, as such, the rights of our shareholders and the civil liability of our directors and executive officers are governed in certain respects by the laws of the Netherlands. The ability of our shareholders in certain countries other than the Netherlands to bring an action against us, our directors and executive officers may be limited under applicable law. In addition, substantially most of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for shareholders to effect service of process within the United States upon us or our directors and executive officers or to enforce judgments against us or them in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, it is not clear whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us or any of our directors and executive officers in an original action based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the United States and the Netherlands do not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Accordingly, a judgment rendered by any federal or state court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. securities laws, would not automatically be recognized and enforced by the competent Dutch courts. However, if a person has obtained a final and conclusive judgment for the payment of money rendered by a court in the United States that is enforceable in the United States and files a claim with the competent Dutch court, the Dutch court will generally give binding effect to such foreign judgment insofar as it finds that (i) the jurisdiction of the U.S. court has been based on a ground of jurisdiction that is generally acceptable according to international standards, (ii) the judgment by the U.S. court was rendered in legal proceedings that comply with the Dutch standards of proper administration of justice including sufficient safeguards (behoorlijke rechtspleging) and (iii) the judgment by the U.S. court is not incompatible with a decision rendered between the same parties by a Dutch court, or with a previous decision rendered between the same parties by a foreign court in a dispute that concerns the same subject and is based on the same cause, provided that the previous decision qualifies for acknowledgment in the Netherlands and except to the extent that the foreign judgment contravenes Dutch public policy (openbare orde).

Based on the lack of a treaty as described above, U.S. investors may not be able to enforce against us or our directors, representatives or certain experts named herein who are residents of the Netherlands or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

Under the Articles of Association, and certain other contractual arrangements between us and our directors, we indemnify and hold our directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. There is doubt, however, as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such indemnity provisions in an action brought against one of our Directors in the United States under U.S. securities laws.

Dutch, Spanish and European insolvency laws are substantially different from U.S. insolvency laws and may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws.

Pursuant to European Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 20 May 2015, on insolvency proceedings, which forms part of both Dutch and Spanish insolvency laws, Spanish courts will have jurisdiction to entertain the main insolvency proceeding of a Dutch public limited liability company that, such as us, has its “center of main interest” located in Spain. If Spanish courts declare the opening of the main insolvency proceeding of a Dutch public limited liability company, Dutch courts will have to recognize such declaration and Spanish insolvency law will apply, subject to the exceptions set forth under the European Regulation (EU) 2015/848, as interpreted by the Court of Justice of the European Union. Dutch courts could have jurisdiction to try a non‑main insolvency proceeding following our operations in The Netherlands. Depending on the status of the declaration on insolvency in Spain, the Dutch insolvency proceeding would be secondary or autonomous. Under Spanish law, substantive consolidation is exceptional. As a result, if we were declared insolvent, we would likely not consolidate our assets and liabilities, subject to the coordination of both insolvency proceedings and the rules established for insolvency proceedings of members of a group of companies under the European Regulation (EU) 2015/848.

Our tax residency might change if the tax residency of dual resident entities is, in the new Dutch‑Spanish Tax Treaty, determined by way of reaching mutual agreement.

We intend to be managed and operate so as to be treated exclusively as a resident of Spain for tax purposes as from our date of incorporation, on the basis that we have our place of effective management in Spain. As a result of our incorporation under Dutch law, we will however also remain a tax resident of the Netherlands for Dutch corporate income tax and withholding tax purposes and, thus, will be considered tax resident in both the Netherlands and Spain (i.e. a so‑called ‘dual resident entity’). By virtue of the current convention between the government of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the government of the Kingdom of Spain for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on income and on capital (the “Dutch‑Spanish Tax Treaty”), in such case we will be considered a resident for purposes of the Dutch‑Spanish Tax Treaty in the country where we are effectively managed. As noted above, we expect to have our tax residency since our incorporation (and to maintain it afterwards) in Spain. The Dutch‑ Spanish Tax Treaty is currently being renegotiated and may include a provision pursuant to which the tax residency of dual resident entities is determined by way of the Netherlands and Spain reaching mutual agreement, in line with the criterion applied in the OECD‑sponsored Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“MLI”). The current Dutch‑Spanish Tax Treaty is not a “Covered Tax Agreement” (as defined under the MLI) and it is therefore uncertain whether the Dutch and Spanish Tax Authorities may favor such an approach under the new Dutch‑Spanish Tax Treaty. Such outcome can nevertheless not be ruled out. In such case, the competent authorities of the Netherlands and Spain would endeavor to determine by mutual agreement the sole tax residency of us. During the period in which a mutual agreement between both states is absent, we may not be entitled to any relief or exemption from tax provided by the new Dutch‑Spanish Tax Treaty. During such period, there would also be a risk that both Spain and the Netherlands would levy dividend withholding tax on distributions by us, in addition to the risk of double taxation on our profits.

Both Spanish and Dutch dividend withholding tax may have to be withheld in case of distributions to unidentified shareholders.

As noted above under “—Risks Related to Class A Shares—we do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future,” we do not expect to distribute dividends in the foreseeable future. However, should that happen, the Netherlands will not ‑ regardless of the fact that we are intended to be a tax resident of Spain on the grounds of our place of effective management ‑ be prevented from levying Dutch dividend withholding tax if we distribute profits to Dutch resident shareholders and to non‑Dutch resident shareholders that have a permanent establishment in the Netherlands to which their respective shareholding is attributable. In order to avoid levying Dutch dividend withholding tax on such future dividend distributions, we may set up procedures to identify our shareholders, in order to assess whether there are Shareholders in respect of which Dutch dividend withholding tax may have to be withheld. If the identification cannot be made upon the payment of a distribution, both Spanish and Dutch dividend withholding tax may have to be withheld on payments made to our shareholders that fail to provide us, on a timely basis, with the information that maay be required in order to prevent the applicability of Dutch dividend withholding taxes. Likewise, there is no guarantee that the procedure that we may put in place to identify our shareholders (which shall be required in order to assess the applicability of both Spanish and Dutch withholding taxes) will be fully effective.

Risks Related to U.S. Federal Income Taxation

If we are a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, U.S. holders of Class A Shares or Warrants could be subject to adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

If we are or become a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds Class A Shares or Warrants, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences may apply to such U.S. holder. A non‑U.S. corporation, such as us, will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look‑through rules, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year produce or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities, net gains from the

sale or exchange of property producing such income and net foreign currency gains. We do not believe that we will be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year and do not expect to become one in the future. However, PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the fair market value of its assets from time to time, as well as on the application of complex statutory and regulatory rules that are subject to potentially varying or changing interpretations.

If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. holder of Class A Shares or Warrants may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as taxation at the highest tax rate in effect (for individuals or corporations, as appropriate) on capital gains and on certain actual or deemed distributions, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements. Please refer to Item 10, “Additional Information-–E. Taxation.” U.S. holders of Class A Shares and Warrants should consult with their tax advisors regarding the potential application of these rules.

Item 4. Information on the Company

A.History and Development of the Company

Corporate Information

Wall Box Chargers, S.L. was incorporated as a Spanish limited liability company (sociedad limitada) on May 22, 2015. Wallbox B.V. was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) on June 7, 2021 solely for the purpose of effectuating the Business Combination.

On October 1, 2021 we closed the Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2021, as amended, by and among Wallbox B.V., Merger Sub, Kensington and Wallbox Chargers S.L. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we converted into a Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) and changed our legal name to Wallbox N.V. Our commercial name is “Wallbox.” In October 2021, we listed our shares and warrants on NYSE under the symbol “WBX” and “WBX.WS” respectively.

We are registered in the Commercial Register of the Netherlands Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel) under number 83012559. Our official seat (statutaire zetel) is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and the mailing and business address of our principal executive office is Carrer del Foc 68, 08038 Barcelona, Spain. Our telephone number is +34 930 181 668. Our agent for service of process in the United States is:

Wallbox USA Inc.

800 W. El Camino Real, Suite 180

Mountain View, CA 94040

Our website address is www.Wallbox.com. We may use our website as a means of disclosing material non‑public information. Such disclosures will be included on our website in the “Investor Relations” section or at investors.wallbox.com. Accordingly, investors should monitor such sections of our website (www.Wallbox.com), in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference herein. We have included our website address in the Annual Report solely for informational purposes. Our SEC filings are available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. This site contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on that website is not part of this Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference herein.

For a discussion of important events in the development of our business, see Item 4, “Information on the Company — B. “Business Overview.” For a discussion of our principal capital expenditures and divestitures, refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” included within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

B.Business Overview

Overview

We believe we are a global leader in intelligent electric vehicle charging and energy management solutions. Founded in 2015, we create smart charging systems that combine innovative technology with outstanding design and that manage the communication between user, vehicle, grid, building and charger.

Our mission is to facilitate the adoption of electric vehicles today to make more sustainable use of energy tomorrow. By designing, manufacturing, and distributing charging solutions for residential, business, and public use, we intend to lay the infrastructure required to meet the demands of mass EV ownership everywhere. We believe our customer‑centric approach to our holistic hardware, software, installation and service offering allows us to solve existing barriers to EV adoption as well as anticipate potential future opportunities. We are committed to creating solutions that will not only allow for faster, simpler EV charging but that will also change the way the world uses energy. In our pursuit to accomplish this vision, the Company has acquired five private businesses to date:

Intelligent Solutions (Acquired in February 2020): We believe Intelligent Solutions was one of the largest distributors of intelligent charging solutions in Northern Europe, with an extensive partner network of car dealers, installers, and utility companies in Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. Headquartered in Stavanger, Norway, Intelligent Solutions offers a variety of services from hardware to installation service and technical support. We believe this acquisition was a key component in our strategy to expand our business in Northern Europe.
Electromaps (Acquired in September 2020): We believe Electromaps is a leading digital platform for accessing free and paid for electric charging points in southern Europe. The app provides its almost 1 million registered users access to the charging points and ability to make payments directly from their mobile phone, unifying the entire charging infrastructure and improving the electric vehicle driving experience. Through this acquisition, we took our first step into the public electric charging space and plan to continue to foster innovation on the Electromaps platform.
ARES (Acquired in July 2022): ARES is an innovative provider of printed circuit boards and through its acquisition, we expanded our design and manufacturing capabilities and believe this acquisition will improve our innovation cycle time and strengthen our supply chain resilience.
COIL (Acquired in August 2022): COIL is a leading EV charging installer serving the U.S. market, enabling in‑house installation and maintenance solutions for commercial, public and residential charging applications, expanding our addressable market into a large and growing segment.
Albert Buettner GmbH (“ABL”) business (acquired in November 2023): ABL business was a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe.

Our smart charging product portfolio includes Level 2 alternating current (“AC”) chargers (“Pulsar Plus”, “Pulsar Max”, “Pulsar Pro”, “eM4”, and “eMC”) for home and business applications, and direct current (“DC”) fast chargers (“Supernova” and “Hypernova”) for public applications. We also offer the world’s first bi‑directional DC charger for the home (“Quasar”), which allows users to both charge their electric vehicle and use the energy from the car’s battery to power their home or business, or send stored energy back to the grid. Our proprietary residential and business software “myWallbox” gives users and charge point owners complete control over their private charging and energy management activities. Meanwhile, our dedicated semi‑public and public charging software platform, “Electromaps” enables drivers to locate and transact with all public charging stations registered to its brand‑agnostic charger database and also allows charge point operators to manage their public charging stations at scale.

As of December 31, 2024, we had offices across three continents and sold over 1 million chargers across more than 120 countries. Our products are currently manufactured in Spain, Germany and the U.S. We remain committed to increasing our worldwide presence and believe the EV market will continue to grow as the market continues to mature with new EV offerings, continuous roll-out of charging infrastructure and stricter emissions target in specific regions with the aim of reducing CO2.

Through our vertically‑integrated model, we keep development cycles short, enabling an accelerated time to market. Furthermore, we expect our compliance with complex certification requirements paired with our focus on engineering excellence will power our rapid growth as the global supplier of first‑class charging products.

Segments

Management determined that we have three reportable operating segments: (i) Europe‑Middle East and Asia (EMEA), (ii) North America (NORAM), and (iii) Asia‑Pacific (APAC) given our organizational structure and the manner in which our business is reviewed and managed. Our reportable operating segments reflect the principal geographies for our commercial activities around the world, and how we are allocating resources and evaluating operating performance. Refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-–A. Operating Results-–Operating Results by Segment” and Note 7, “Operating Segments,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information about these segments.

The Wallbox Model

Since our inception, we have been progressively building a charging solutions ecosystem, enabling users worldwide to seamlessly manage their energy needs through a combination of hardware, software, and services. During this journey, we have been closely following the EV user and catering to their needs.

The first phase of this journey started in 2016 with the launching of the Pulsar and Commander AC chargers. Our founders analyzed the EV charging market and saw an unserved demand for compact, smart, and efficient residential charging products, based on an estimated 70% charging happening at home. After providing the residential market with these innovative AC chargers, we launched our complementary

software, myWallbox, which enabled users to monitor in real time their EV charging utilization and status, and program the charger to charge during off-peak hours enabling compelling cost savings.

In 2019, as EVs started to become widely adopted and the demand for parking spaces with EV-charging solutions increased, we added the Copper charger to our AC charging portfolio and launched a second generation of our Pulsar and Commander chargers. This new generation of semi-public chargers included multi-user capabilities for fleets, offices, and condominiums, including local load balancing, power sharing, security-locking and payment options for monthly individual invoices, among others.

Also in 2019, we launched our first DC bidirectional charger, Quasar. Quasar is designed to enable users to make flexible use of the energy saved in the battery and discharge the EV battery during peak hours when energy costs are high, sell it back to the grid where regulations allow or discharge the energy stored in their vehicle to power their home during outages. Moreover, Quasar is intended to allow EV owners to self-consume clean energy by using solar surpluses or other renewable sources. This innovative system provides users a way to store excess energy in their vehicles when it is not fully utilized by their homes. We believe that Quasar is a compact, affordable and easy-to-use product that is revolutionizing home charging and energy management. In January 2022, we introduced Quasar 2, our newest bi-directional DC charger specifically intended for the US and European markets and compliant with Combined Charging System (“CCS”) standards. CCS standards are most common in European, whereas Quasar 1 leveraged CHAdeMO charging systems, most used in Asian branded vehicles.

We believe the demand for public charging will continue to grow with the overall EV market. As EVs become less expensive and may therefore penetrate a broader customer demographic, including those who are less likely to own a private parking space, the need for public charging facilities will be further heightened. We aim to address this demand through our first DC fast charger for public use, Supernova. Supernova, which we first introduced in late 2020, is a DC fast charger to be used in semi-public and public environments. The first generation version is designed to be able to charge at speeds of 60 kW. With the latest generation version, Supernova is able to charge at speeds of 220 kW. Supernova offers an internal design, with six independent power modules, makes it reliable, light and easy to install and service.

Expanding its product portfolio for the DC fast charging space, we announced Hypernova at the IAA Mobility fair in 2021. Hypernova is designed to deliver up to 400 kW that allows it to fully charge an electric car in the time it takes to make a rest stop. It also employs advanced software to allow it to optimize available power and adapt to the number of EVs connected, making it an attractive option for public charging along highways and national road networks.

Our offering of public charging solutions is complemented through Electromaps, an online platform that enables users to find publicly available charging ports and pay for their use. The data obtained through this platform is highly valuable to us, given it allows us to monitor public charging trends and analyse potential opportunities for the future deployment of Supernova.

In October 2023, we announced the acquisition of ABL, a recognized company in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe. Wallbox and ABL have a combined number of over one million EV chargers installed worldwide. This transaction is aimed at accelerating our commercial business plan by enhancing our product and certification portfolio, reduce operational risk through reduced capital expenditures and research and development costs, and leverage ABL’s in-house component manufacturing. Refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Transactions.”

During 2024, we have commenced the global roll-out of the Pulsar Pro, which is designed for commercial and multifamily residential use. The charger is equipped with RFID integration, different connectivity options and ISO 15118 readiness ensuring secure and future-ready charging capabilities. As part of the Pulsar Pro product family we have also introduced the Pulsar Pro Socket.

Since 2015, we have been enhancing our hardware and software ecosystem, providing the EV charger user a full suite of EV charging solutions and energy management solutions, catalyzing the EV adoption and sustainable energy use. During these last eight years, we have based our user-centric business model on the following five key pillars:

Make charging technology simple: Our goal is to make every person feel confident and comfortable using a Wallbox product; therefore, even our most advanced technology is easy to use.
Smart solutions: From embedded intelligence that balances the energy use between customer’s car and home, to breakthroughs in vehicle-to-grid (“V2G”) and vehicle-to-home (“V2H”) energy management, our products bring together the best in EV charging technology.
Innovative technology: Innovation is at our core, focusing not just on customers’ needs today, but their needs in the future.
Design-centric solutions: We believe that design is a necessity, not a luxury. A well-designed product makes for a better experience, and this is what we strive for across our entire product portfolio.
Highly compatible charging solutions: Our equipment is compatible with all hybrid and electric car manufacturers across the globe, and we sell our products in countries across six continents.

This business model results in revenues through the: (i) sale of hardware (chargers & accessories); (ii) hardware installation services; (iii) software services (subscription fees from businesses and fleets through myWallbox and commissions obtained from every charging transaction carried out through Electromaps); and (iv) service contracts under the Wallbox Care plan launched in 2023, providing added value services such as commissioning, preventive and corrective maintenance, extended warranty and more.

Portfolio

We offer a broad range of EV charging hardware, software, and services to users in the home, business and public domains. All Wallbox chargers integrate out-of-the-box intelligent software features, which we believe positions us as one of the smartest and most user-friendly solutions on the market. Our software platforms myWallbox and Electromaps allow users to seamlessly manage their energy and make EV charging a seamless, simple experience.

Home & Business

•EV Charging Hardware:

Pulsar Plus, Pulsar Plus Socket, Pulsar Max, Pulsar Max Socket, Pulsar Pro, and Pulsar Pro Socket: AC smart chargers for individual homes or shared spaces with a charging capacity of up to 22 kW. Their key characteristics include Wi-Fi, 4G and Bluetooth connectivity, the smart features available on the Wallbox app, and compatibility with OCPP communication protocols.
Quasar 2: DC bi-directional charger for home-use that allows users to charge and discharge their electric vehicle, enabling them to use their car battery to power their home or sell energy back to the grid. Its V2H (vehicle-to-home) and V2G (vehicle-to-grid) functionalities turn the EV into a powerful energy source. Quasar 2 has a charging capacity of up to 12 kW and a CCS charging
cable. Its key characteristics include 4G, Wi-Fi, Ethernet and Bluetooth connectivity, and the smart features available on the Wallbox app. In 2022, we introduced Quasar 2, our newest bi-directional DC charger specifically intended for the US and European markets and compliant with CCS standards. In January 2025, we received the U.S product certification from UL solutions for the Quasar 2.
Wallbox ABL eM4 Single and Twin: AC smart chargers designed by ABL for fleets and businesses equipped with built-in MID meters and Eichrecht approved variants for charged power monetization and reimbursement. Both eM4 Single and Twin have a charging capacity of up to 22 kW and one or two Type-2 sockets compatible with permanent cable locking. eM4s are hardware ready for ISO 15118 and OCPP 2.0.1, making them compatible with Plug&Charge, the charging authentication technology that allows EVs to identify themselves and start charging by just connecting them to the charging point. In addition, the ABL eM4 Single and Twin AC smart chargers have an RFID card reader with sound feedback and a RGB-LED charging status ring. Other important highlights are its ease of installation thanks to wired and wireless load management for up to a 100 charging points; integrated RCCBs type A; multiple connectivity options as 4G, Wi-Fi and Ethernet and the dedicated commissioning app for installers.
eMC3: AC smart charging pole designed by ABL for public charging, as well as fleets and company parking lots. It is equipped with built-in MID meters and Eichrecht approved variants for charged power monetization and reimbursement. eMC3 has a charging capacity of up to 44 kW, providing a maximum of 22 kW on each of its two Type-2 sockets. It has a RFID card reader and a LED display to indicate its charging points status and charging session information. It also provides for ease of installation as self-standing points, its included MCBs and RCCBs Type B, OCPP compatibility and multiple connectivity options as 4G, Wi-Fi and Ethernet.

•EV Charging Software

The myWallbox platform: A cloud based software designed to provide smart management of our chargers in Residential and Business parking settings such as workplaces, fleets and semi-public parking lots. The myWallbox app and portal include a range of management features available for all of our clients. It allows remote control and over the air updates for continuous improvement and maintenance of Wallbox chargers. The myWallbox key functionalities include:
Manage charging status and information from smart devices
Real-time status, notifications and statistics of our chargers
Remote locking and unlocking our chargers on the myWallbox app
Manage multiple users and chargers using the myWallbox portal
Accessing an integrated payment system to manage charging fees
Accessing a range of intelligent energy management features such as:
Schedules that take advantage of off-peak utility rates
Power Sharing, that allows connecting multiple chargers to the same electrical circuit and balances the power distribution based on each vehicle’s need for power
Dynamic Power Sharing, that measures the live energy usage at home or in the building and automatically adjusts the charge to all connected EVs in harmony with the local grid’s capacity, avoiding blackouts and costly energy bills.

Public EV Charging Hardware

Supernova: DC fast charger equipment designed for public use provides 60 to 220 kW of charging capacity, providing drivers more than 100 miles of range in 10 min. Offering a charging experience in the segment with a competitive cost, Supernova was created to satisfy both EV drivers and charge point operators. Due to its innovative modular design, using six power modules, has shown to be more reliable and efficient, yet significantly lighter than other comparable public chargers, making it easier to transport, install and maintain. A wide array of sensors, real-time data and round-the-clock connectivity can allow for efficient remote and on-site maintenance, reducing costs and simplifying planning and operations. Available with different charging cables, OCPP compatibility and over-the-air software updates, Supernova can easily integrate to any existing charging network and charge any present and future electric vehicle. Supernova offers drivers a seamless charging experience through its interactive lighting system, 10 inch Touchscreen, RFID reader, multiple payment options and wheelchair accessibility. Chargepoint operators can also leverage a custom branding program, wrapping the chargers in their unique logos and color palettes. In addition, chargepoint operators can make use of adjacent services and solutions such as Sirius Energy Intelligence, to optimize available power between
the chargers, Wallbox Care Program, for maintenance and extended warranty, and battery energy storage systems, through our partnership with Pramac. In 2024, Wallbox started to sell the UL certified Supernova in North America and announced that we have obtained the Germany's Eichrecht certification for Supernova.

In addition to the Supernova product, which is currently available, Wallbox has other DC fast charging solutions under development including the Hypernova. The Hypernova concept is a distributed charging system with several dispensers with a centralized power system up to 600kW. In the current design proposal, this future DC fast charging solution can deliver up to 400 kW per dispenser that allows it to fully charge an electric car in under 15 minutes, or the approximate time it takes to make a rest stop, making it ideal for public charging along highways and transcontinental road networks. The Hypernova design, which is still subject to change, is expect to have additional features including integrated cable management, and several authentication and payment options accepted worldwide.

•EV Charging Software

Electromaps: Hardware-agnostic e-mobility service provider (eMSP) and charger management software with close to 1 million registered users which are connected close to 500,000 charge points worldwide as of December 31, 2024 and enables users to find publicly available charging ports. In addition, we have established partnerships in Europe with operators of charging points that allow users to pay for their charging directly via Electromaps. We intend to extend these relationships with charging operators outside of Europe and enable this payment feature globally.
EVectrum: Hardware-agnostic platform for managing chargers used by fleets and public networks to provide charging services in various locations, including retail stores, hotels, public parking spaces, streets and highways. A dedicated EV Fleet charger management solution, EVectrum enables drivers to charge on the go, in-premise and at home. EVectrum allows users to publish on the Electromaps platform any charging point they manage, providing them with an opportunity to sell or rent the chargers to other users. As a hardware-agnostic platform, it can accommodate chargers from different brands.

•Building Energy Management Software

Sirius is an energy management solution that is designed to seamlessly integrate the electric grid with solar, on-site batteries and other renewable energy sources. Sirius is capable of managing various energy sources and can automatically choose the greenest or less expensive one available to meet the building’s demand, as well as storing energy surpluses in EVs or battery walls plugged to the system. With its automated intelligence, Sirius is designed to increase a building’s renewable energy consumption significantly. It is also designed to help solve one of the biggest challenges of large-scale use of most green energy sources: its weather-dependent availability, which often results in supply/demand imbalances and consumption inefficiencies. Sirius is created for creating savings and reducing the carbon emissions impact from our Headquarters in Barcelona. During 2024, 495.8 MWh of the building’s consumption was renewable energy produced by our 425 kW solar installation, composed by 937 panels. Sirius managed to use most of the excess solar energy produced due to Quasar, our bidirectional chargers that allow Sirius to store energy on our fleet of 7 Nissan LEAF cars and the 560 kWh stationary battery available on-site. Because Sirius’ intelligence is designed to select the best time to charge from the grid (i.e. when less expensive) or when to use stored solar energy, the system saves approximately 40% of the annual energy bill.

•Upgrades & Accessories

We provide upgrade options that combine the myWallbox platform with our energy meters and accessories, enabling advanced energy management features and seamless charges:

Energy meter: A power meter that measures the available energy at home or in the building in real time. It enables several energy management features such as Dynamic Power Sharing, as well as new functionalities that are available through remote software updates.
EV charging cables: Cables with Type 2 to Type 2 and Type 2 to Type 1 connectors, available in lengths of 5m and 7m, ensuring compatibility with every electric vehicle.
Pedestals: Standard, Onyx and Eiffel pedestals are free standing mounting solutions that provide an alternative solution to hanging chargers on the wall.
RFID cards: Identification cards allow secure shared access to the chargers. Chargers with an RFID reader can be unlocked by approaching a card to it. RFID cards are compatible with Pulsar Pro, and Quasar.

•Services

We offer necessary services intended to provide tailored end-to-end solutions:

Installation: The certified partners of our installer network, receive training from a team of professional engineers. The in-depth acquired knowledge of our products ensure installations according to local governmental and industrial standards. This also allows us to sell charger and installation bundles through its ecommerce website and on 3rd party marketplaces like Amazon.
Charging network management: Our Charge Point Operators manage the provided charging networks, making sure every charger is operative and providing support and assistance on any charging related doubt or potential issue.
In 2023, we introduced the Wallbox Care Program, specifically designed for fast-charging solutions. This program provides a variety of customizable services aimed at providing an optimal installation, operation, and maintenance of Supernova. The services offered include commissioning, corrective and preventive maintenance, remote support, spare parts, extended warranty, training, and support materials.

Manufacturing and Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We design and manufacture our products in‑house across our factories. We opened our factory in Barcelona, Spain (Zona Franca) in December 2021. We opened a factory in the U.S. in Arlington, Texas in October 2022 to service the North American EV charging market. All chargers manufactured in our facilities are certified to be sold across North America, Europe, Latin America and the APAC region.

On November, 2, 2023, we added two new production facilities to the other two existing facilities through our acquisition of ABL assets, with one facility in Nürnberg, Germany (Lauf an der Pegnitz) and other in Tangier, Morocco.

We source our components and raw materials through a global supply chain, with a majority of the sources currently based in Europe. The components and raw materials needed for our products are impacted by supply constraints, which can result in pressure to increase prices. We look to mitigate these impacts by placing orders in advance with the objective of avoiding material price increases. We also look to our in‑house engineering and validations team to integrate both existing and new suppliers, provide in‑house testing and end‑of‑line validation capabilities, which we believe helps us adapt when there are unexpected market changes and shortages and address the lack of critical components like microchips or lithium. We also work to negotiate preferred vendor status with suppliers of critical components so that we are provided the volume we need. We also incentivize cost reduction and engineering initiatives that allow us to reduce the cost of our hardware, offsetting external variable costs including raw materials and freight.

Customers and Strategic Partnerships

We have established and maintain strong long‑term relationships with a broad range of partners in order to broaden our sales channels across a wide range of customers and geographies. Some of the key types of partners we seek to work with include automotive manufacturers, utility companies, distributors, resellers, installers, enterprises, and eCommerce companies. Some of the key clients we have previously worked

with include automotive OEMs and dealerships, energy companies, value‑added distributors and resellers, installers, enterprises, and e‑commerce.

Of these companies, a significant portion of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2024, come from utility companies, such as Iberdrola, Florida Power & Light Company, Generac Power Systems, and COPEC. We have a longstanding partnership with Iberdrola, a large multinational electric utility and one of our largest institutional investors. In July 2020, Iberdrola entered into a non‑binding letter of intent with us expressing its interest in purchasing 6,500 Supernova chargers through 2022. During 2022, Iberdrola expressed an interest in increasing their order from 6,500 Supernovas to 10,000 public chargers, adding our ultra‑fast powered charger Hypernova. For additional information, please refer to Item 7, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions-–Related Party Transactions.” We intend to leverage our partnership with Iberdrola to assist with global expansion and accelerate the market entrance of our Supernova product.

The majority of our sales during the year ended December 31, 2024 were generated through distributors, resellers, and installers such as Free2Move, Pluginvest, Libra Energy, Osprey, Rexel International, and Platt Electric Supply. Lastly, a smaller portion of our sales during 2024 were from direct sales, split almost evenly between sales to enterprises and e‑commerce sales made directly through our website or via Amazon.

Go‑to‑Market Strategy

Our product focus follows the user. Given that more than 70% of EV charging happens at home, we predominantly focus on home and business solutions, but we sold our first units of Supernova for public charging in the first quarter of 2022.

One of the many ways in which we differentiate ourselves in the EV charging market is the consumer‑focused approach of our product offering. Unlike many of the more traditional industrial‑centric EV charging products, we place a particular focus on compact and appealing product designs and ease‑of‑use for the customers across their whole product experience from purchase to installation to usage.

We sell our EV charging solutions through various channels. The most logical point of sale of a charger is at automotive OEMs and utility companies. We have built and maintain an ecosystem of partner channels including, installers, resellers and value‑add distributors. Additionally, we also sell directly to enterprises and end consumers through e‑commerce sales.

We offer customer purchasing experience across all our channels:

Own channels ‑ Customers can purchase the charger and installation as a bundle with delivery within 48 hours. Customers can also pay in installments.
Partner channels ‑ We provide marketing materials, training and support to our partners to improve sales.

Home & Business Go‑to‑Market Strategy:

We sell EV charging solutions in over 120 countries as of December 31, 2024 and have successfully penetrated several markets that previously had limited EV charging presence.

We intend to enter new markets through partnering with local companies that offer geography specific knowledge, strong installation and charge point operations (CPO) capabilities, and relationships with potential future clients. By leveraging the partner’s local expertise combined with our differentiated solution, we pursue various customers, such as, national utilities, OEMs, auto dealerships, and importers. This enables us to build out a network of installation partners, value‑add resellers and distributors in the region. We accelerate growth in each region through qualified leads, channel marketing and advertising, installation and commercial training. After achieving scale in the market we then establish field offices and continue to seek other B2B opportunities for further expansion.

Public Go‑To‑Market Strategy:

We began the roll‑out of our first public charger, Supernova, in the first half of 2022 and intend to expand this growth through a two‑phase approach:

Partnerships with utilities and local distributors: Given that public chargers will be directly connected to the public grid, we intend to develop strategic agreements with local utilities and their corresponding distributors to carry out the installation of the Supernova. We have already made significant progress on this phase, successfully expanding our collaboration with some of the world's largest utility companies, such as Iberdrola, Ignitis, Atlante, Osprey, Free2Move and Pluginvest.
Building a sales network: The second phase of the Supernova roll‑out comprises the development of a set of commercial agreements with trusted partners that might be interested in acquiring the Supernova to deliver a fast‑charging solution to either their fleets (e.g. a supermarket which has EVs for their delivery service), or for their customers (e.g. a shopping mall that wants to
provide users with the ability to charge their parked car while shopping). We will leverage our already existing commercial agreements on Home & Business chargers to offer these enterprises our new public fast charging solution, Supernova.

Competition

We have approached the market with a differentiated, user‑focused philosophy: we started our journey within the home segment, built out our brand, and subsequently added the business and public segments to our product portfolio, to be able to empower users where they go. With only a very few companies operating globally, we believe we have a competitive position to support the EV driver on the full spectrum of EV charging. We own the entire process in‑house ‑ from design to assembly to certification ‑ which we believe allows us to adapt and respond quickly with a product that fits different customer needs across borders and on a global scale. With our product portfolio of smart charging solutions for residential and work use and fast DC chargers and eMSP solution, we believe we are poised to be a leader in the industry.

Europe

The European EV charging market is characterized as fragmented. There are many small and local players, with only a limited number of parties having sufficient scale and funding to be competitive in the long term. The European market is important as it is expected to grow rapidly, following leading European markets such as Norway and the Netherlands. Even though there are many local parties with a solution, we believe we offer more stylish, compact, lighter, and feature‑rich products, which is appealing for residential charging and caters to the entire continent. In addition to the superior charging solutions and important energy management capabilities, we believe we are well‑positioned in Europe with local offices in several countries complemented by a European‑wide partnership with installers, OEMs, and distributor, as well as the ABL business in Germany.

North America

Although the North American market is still in development from an EV penetration perspective, it is an important market for us to position ourselves early. Namely, as one of the largest automobile markets globally, we believe the North American market has a significant sales volume potential as EV sales are expected to increase steadily. From a competitive perspective, the North American market has high barriers to entry due to strict certification and validation requirements. Therefore, this market differs from Europe as the market is less fragmented with only a few large players: a dynamic that we see as ripe for disruption. With our residential offering, we believe we are well‑positioned to gain market share as we can capitalize well on the consumer‑driven characteristics of this market. Also, we opened a manufacturing facility in October 2022 to produce and distribute Pulsar Plus to the North American market. In 2024, we have also started to offer our public charging solution, the Supernova UL, in the North America market. This opens up a new segment which we believe has a lot of potential.

APAC

The APAC market is expected to continue to be one of the leading EV charging markets in the coming years. China is currently, by far, the leader in EV sales and in the installation of public charging infrastructure. Yet, similar to the European market, the rest of APAC market can be characterized as a highly fragmented market with less than a handful of players that have gained significant scale in the industry. From a technology and pricing perspective, the EV charging solutions are cost‑competitive as they can be manufactured at a lower cost point. However, the charge points in the APAC region tend to have inferior technology in terms of quality, functionalities, capabilities or lack certification standards to operate in other regions. With our innovative, advanced, smart, and seamlessly connected EV charging solution technology with easy‑to‑use functionalities and embedded software, we have developed a differentiated solution for the APAC market. In addition, we have bolstered our position with an office in Shanghai covering China and APAC regions and a new subsidiary in Shanghai after the acquisition of ABL business.

For a breakdown of total revenues for the principal markets where we compete, please refer to Note 7. “Operating Segments,” within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Competitive Strengths

Strong global brand

We have built a brand by taking a very consumer centric approach. We do not white label our products, which we believe allows us to maintain attractive margins and create a recognizable brand. Our award winning product portfolio is third‑party validated by highly regarded international trade organizations, including ADI Delta Awards (2024), Winner of The smarter E AWARD (2023), Winner of European Product Design (2023), Winner of Reddot Product Award (2022), Winner of iF Design Product Award (2022), Winner of Good Design (2021), Best of CES (2020), and Fast World Changing Ideas finalist (2020) amongst others. Our portfolio extends worldwide, demonstrating our ability and speed to adapt and meet the different regulations across regions as well as across segments, providing the same customer centric approach across all use cases, whether at home, work or in public locations. We believe customers can find a Wallbox charger that fits their needs. This effort has led to partnerships with well-recognized brands such as Costco, Kia, Free2Move and Generac to provide our products and services.

Large global total addressable market

We believe the EV market is at an inflection point and is experiencing substantial growth. Mass EV adoption translates to significant charging infrastructure growth. Despite dampened sentiments in EV markets and slower growth the recent years, the growth of the global EV market remained solid with 25% year-over-year growth in 2024 according to Rho Motion. We believe that the EV charging market continues to be a large opportunity with more than 230 million chargers to be sold between 2025 and 2035. This total is dominated by home chargers, with more than 165 million chargers expected to be sold in the same time period and accounting for 71% of the total chargers sales. In addition to these, it is projected that there will be 16 million public chargers, 42 million work place chargers and 10 million depot chargers to be sold during this period. Over $800 billion of cumulative investment would be needed to install all of these chargers. We believe we are positioned to capture and control a large share of this market by leveraging smart charging technology to enable mass EV adoption, fast time to market and robust supply chain to meet demand, global operations and local certifications.

Full‑service technology provider

We have a full suite of EV charging solutions spanning proprietary hardware, software, and services for domestic, business and public charging. Our enterprise grade software platform seamlessly connects across all of the chargers. As of December 31, 2024, through myWallbox, we have managed over 113 million charging sessions and over 2,2622 GWh charged. Additionally, we believe we offer the most innovative features on the market, such as Bluetooth, PV match, gesture control, facial recognition, V2H/V2G, which allows us to maintain high margins.

Powerful business model

Historically we have achieved strong revenue growth, which we attribute to our scalable business model and our having successfully implemented our sales strategy into new geographies. Our in‑house design and manufacturing capability enables us to have very fast development cycles, adapt to the ever‑changing global supply chain and never run out of stock. In‑house certification allows us to expand to new countries and adapt to new local requirements.

Truly global business with strong blue‑chip customers

We serve a variety of customers and have established channel distribution in more than 120 countries as of December 31, 2024. Customers include automotive manufacturers, utility companies, resellers, distributors and installers. We also sell direct to consumers via enterprise or e‑commerce sales through our website or via Amazon.

Uniquely positioned at the intersection of energy and mobility markets

EV owners typically double their home’s energy consumption through charging. We believe our embedded software across our products enables customers to control charging and manage energy. For example, our DC bi‑directional charger for the home, Quasar, allows the battery of an EV to discharge the energy stored in the vehicle and power a home for up to five days. Quasar also allows EV owners producing renewable energy to store the energy in their vehicles when not fully utilized by their home.

Founder‑led company, experienced management team and high‑profile investors

We are led by a management team with expertise across technology, energy, industrial and financial organizations. As of December 31, 2024, we had a team of over 905 individuals, which consisted of mostly software and hardware engineers and a global salesforce. Since the Company’s founding in 2015, we have been able to demonstrate our capabilities in expanding the EV charging business in Europe, North America and Asia. We are backed by global leading strategic and financial investors, including Iberdrola and Generac.

Growth Strategies

We believe our scalable business model will enable us to continue to outperform the growth of the broader EV charging market. We intend to achieve this growth by focusing on the following strategies:

Continue our global expansion: We intend to continue to expand beyond the more than 120 countries (as of December 31, 2024) where we currently sell locally‑certified products by increasing our presence in the core EV markets, and penetrating rapidly developing markets such as APAC and Eastern Europe.
Launch new technologies: We plan to continue to update our product portfolio to include the latest and energy efficient technology—as we have done with the Pulsar Pro and Pulsar Socket product line (upgrades from Pulsar). Additionally, we expect to launch complimentary energy management software features and innovative hardware products, such as ultra‑fast powered (400kW) chargers.
Provide all‑in‑one energy solutions with the charger at the center: Our goal is to unlock the full potential of every EV. There are already several countries (UK, Australia, and Germany amongst others) where we have established partnerships with utilities and energy distributors. These partnerships enable users to connect directly to the grid, “vehicle‑to‑grid” (V2G), allowing them to sell their excess energy. V2G connectivity gives rise to a broad set of energy functionalities that we expect to launch to redefine the future of charging; energy technology will only get smarter, and we intend to spearhead this movement.

Seasonality

For a description of our business seasonality, please refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, unfair competition and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. Our success depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products, technology and know‑how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights.

As of December 31, 2024, we have one (1) granted design patent in the U.S.A. and we have filed: (a) two (2) international patents which are currently in national phase before the relevant authorities and (b) two (2) design patent applications in the USA which are currently under examination by the relevant authorities. Additionally, with the ABL purchase we enhanced our intellectual property portfolio acquiring the certification of the German EV charging calibration-law (Eichrecht). We continue to regularly assess opportunities for seeking patent protection for those aspects of our technology, designs and methodologies that we believe provide a meaningful competitive advantage.

We intend to continue to regularly assess opportunities for seeking patent protection for those aspects of our technology, designs and methodologies that we believe provide a meaningful competitive advantage. If we are unable to do so, our ability to protect our intellectual property or prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights may be impaired.

Government Regulation

Product Certifications

Throughout the world, electrical appliances are subject to various mandatory and voluntary standards, including requirements in some jurisdictions, including the United States, that products be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (“UL”) or other NTRL laboratory. In the United States, we are required to undergo certification and testing of compliance with UL standards, as well as other national and industry specific standards. We endeavor to have our products designed to meet the certification requirements of, and to be certified in, each of the jurisdictions in which they are sold. We provide many of our certifications in‑house depending on the local requirements; although, the requirements for certification vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may require third party certifications in certain jurisdictions.

CPSC

As a marketer and distributor of consumer products, we are subject to the Consumer Products Safety Act and the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, which empower the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) to seek to exclude products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous from the market. Under certain circumstances, the CPSC could require us to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of one or more of our products, or we may voluntarily do so.

OSHA

We are subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (“OSHA”). OSHA establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and various record keeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards, safety in excavation and demolition work and the handling of asbestos, may apply to our operations.

NEMA

The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (“NEMA”) is the association of electrical equipment and medical imaging manufacturers. NEMA provides a forum for the development of technical standards that are in the best interests of the industry and users, advocacy of industry policies on legislative and regulatory matters, and collection, analysis, and dissemination of industry data.

Waste Handling and Disposal

We generally do not manufacture the components of our charging products. Rather, our employees and contractors engage in assembly of charging products at our facilities primarily using components manufactured by OEMs. Nonetheless, we may be subject to laws

and regulations regarding the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and solid wastes, including electronic wastes and batteries. These laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and may impose strict, joint and several liability for the investigation and remediation of areas where hazardous substances may have been released or disposed of. For instance, CERCLA, also known as the Superfund law, in the United States and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred as well as companies that disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. We may handle hazardous substances within the meaning of CERCLA, or similar state statutes, in the course of ordinary operations and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which these hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We also generate solid wastes, which may include hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Certain components of our products are excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations, provided certain requirements are met. However, if these components do not meet all of the established requirements for the exclusion, or if the requirements for the exclusion change, we may be required to treat such products as hazardous waste, which are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in the laws and regulations, or our ability to qualify the materials it uses for exclusions under such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our operating expenses.

Similar laws exist in other jurisdictions where we operate. Additionally, in the EU, we are subject to the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (“WEEE Directive”). The WEEE Directive provides for the creation of a collection scheme where consumers return electrical waste and electronic equipment to merchants, such as us. If we fail to properly manage such electrical waste and electronic equipment, we may be subject to fines, sanctions, or other actions that may adversely affect our financial operations.

General

Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex and may be subject to change, such as through new requirements enacted at the supranational, national, sub‑national, and/or local level or new or modified regulations that may be implemented under existing law. The nature and extent of any changes in these laws, rules, regulations and permits may be unpredictable and may have material effects on our business. Future legislation and regulations or changes in existing legislation and regulations, or interpretations thereof, including those relating to hardware manufacturing, electronic waste, or batteries, could cause additional expenditures, restrictions and delays in connection with our operations as well as other future projects, the extent of which cannot be predicted. For instance, California may adopt more stringent regulation of EV charging and, in February 2023, the U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Department of Energy announced plans to include minimum standards and “Buy America” requirements for EV charger stations funded by certain U.S. federal programs. In addition, various local, state, and national incentives exist or may come to exist to encourage the installation of EV charging stations; nevertheless, the level and duration of such incentives are not guaranteed and may be subject to change over time.

C.Organizational Structure

Please refer to Note 28, “Details of the Subsidiaries,” within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a listing of our significant subsidiaries, including name, country of incorporation, and proportion of ownership interest.

D.Property, Plant and Equipment

Our Facilities

We design and manufacture our products in‑house across our leased factories located in Barcelona, Spain (Zona Franca) which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 624 thousand chargers per year, Arlington, Texas which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 283 thousand chargers per year, Nürnberg, Germany (Lauf an der Pegnitz) which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 302 thousand chargers per year and approximately 20,100 thousand of connectivity components per year and Tangier, Morocco where we produce components for the charger's production. In addition, the Group has a facility to manufacture printed circuit boards ("pcb") in Sant Boi de Llobregat, Barcelona, Spain which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 660 thousand pcb's per year. All chargers manufactured across our facilities are certified to be sold across the United States, the European Union and APAC Region including China.

Our headquarters are located in Barcelona, Spain where we currently lease approximately 11,000 square meters of office space. We believe this space is sufficient to meet our needs for our headquarters in the foreseeable future and that any additional space we may require will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward‑looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in Item 3, “Key Information – D. Risk Factors.” Actual results could differ materially from those contained in any forward‑looking statements.

When we refer to the "Company" we are referring to Wallbox N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Business Overview

We believe we are a global leader in intelligent electric vehicle charging and energy management solutions. Founded in 2015, we create smart charging systems that we believe combines innovative technology with outstanding design with the goal of managing the communication between user, vehicle, grid, building and charger.

Our mission is to facilitate the adoption of electric vehicles today to make more sustainable use of energy tomorrow. By designing, manufacturing, and distributing charging solutions for residential, business, and public use, we intend to lay the infrastructure required to meet the demands of mass electric vehicle ownership everywhere. We believe our customer‑centric approach to our holistic hardware, software, and service offering allows us to solve existing barriers to EV adoption as well as anticipate opportunities soon to come. In our pursuit to accomplish this vision, we have acquired five companies to date:

Intelligent Solutions (controlling interest acquired in February 2020): Intelligent Solutions was one of the largest distributors of intelligent charging solutions in Northern Europe, with an extensive partner network of car dealers, installers, and utility companies in Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. Headquartered in Stavanger, Norway, Intelligent Solutions offers a variety of services from hardware to installation service and technical support. We believe this acquisition was a key component in our strategy to expand our business in Northern Europe.
Electromaps (controlling interest acquired in September 2020): the leading digital platform for accessing free and paid for electric charging points in southern Europe. The app provides its 200,000+ users access to the charging points and ability to make payments directly from their mobile phone, unifying the entire charging infrastructure and improving the electric vehicle driving experience. Through this acquisition, we took our first step into the public electric charging space and plan to continue to foster innovation at Electromaps.
ARES (acquired in July 2022): ARES is an innovative provider of printed circuit boards and through its acquisition, we expanded our design and manufacturing capabilities and believe this acquisition will increase our innovation cycle time and improve our supply chain resilience.
COIL (acquired in August 2022): COIL is a leading EV charging installer serving the U.S. market, enabling in‑house installation and maintenance solutions for commercial, public and residential charging applications.
ABL business (acquired in November 2023): ABL business was a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe. We acquired the operations, personnel and assets (which constitute a business) of ABL, which acquisition also included ABL’s ownership in each of ABL Morocco S.A., which owns a production facility in Tangier, Morocco, ABL (Shanghai) Co. Ltd, and ABL Nederland B.V. The total consideration for this transaction was €14.6 million, consisting of €10.1 million up front cash payment in 2023 with the balance of €4.5 million paid in several installments during 2024. During the last year, the initial strategic advantages of this transaction have been leveraged as cross-selling activities, co-development of products, and operational integration are well underway. One example of these milestones, is the introduction of the Eichrecht certified Supernova DC fast charger. This certification is crucial for any company looking to sell chargers designed for the public segment in Germany.

In connection with the acquisition, on December 15, 2023, Wall Box Chargers entered into an investment and shareholders’ agreement with Greenmobility invest 2 GmbH (a German limited liability company (“GI2”), the majority indirect shareholders of ABL), pursuant to which GI2 acquired a 25.1% interest in the share capital of ABL for an aggregate capital contribution of €8.4 thousand. The Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a put and call option for GI2 and WBX SLU. The Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement is governed by German law. As a consequence of ABL Gmbh not achieving the conditions for executing the aforementioned put and call, Wallbox does not have an obligation to acquire the 25.1% interest in the share capital of ABL and has decided to not execute the option.

Private Placement Equity Offering

On June 15, 2023, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 18,832,432 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $48.6 million (€44.9 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $2.58 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on July 19, 2023.

On December 13, 2023, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 10,360,657 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $31.6 million (€29.3 million) to certain existing investors and Generac Power Systems, Inc (“Generac”) at a price of $3.05 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on January 12, 2024. Concurrently with the closing of the transaction several agreements have been entered into by the Company:

(a) a letter agreement between Generac and the Company, pursuant to which Generac has the following rights: (i) a first right of refusal to purchase or subscribe for any securities, including equity, equity-linked or debt securities or assets that the Company may propose to issue or sell to certain of Generac’s competitors; and (ii) for as long as Generac and its affiliates collectively own at least 3% of the Company’s outstanding share capital: (1) preemptive rights to participate with respect to certain future equity offerings by the Company, to the extent Generac does not have substantially similar antidilution protections in the organizational or charter documents of the Company; and (2) Company shall obtain the consent of Generac prior to approve any changes the Company may propose that adversely affect the rights of Class A Shares; and

(b) a letter agreement between Kariega Ventures, S.L., a major shareholder of the Company, which is controlled by Mr. Asunción, and the Company, pursuant to which Kariega Ventures, S.L., and the Company will agree to take best efforts to support the election of the director nominee set forth by Generac pursuant to its director nomination rights, which director nomination rights Generac shall have for so long as it, together with its affiliates, collectively own at least 3% of the Company’s outstanding share capital.

On August 5, 2024, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 36,334,277 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $45 million (€ 41.4 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $1.24 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on September 5, 2024.

On February 21, 2025, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 26,707,142 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $9.9 million (€ 9.4 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $0.37 per share.

BBVA Facility and Warrant Agreement

On February 9, 2023 (the “BBVA Facility Closing Date”), Wallbox, as guarantor, and its wholly‑owned direct Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (Wall Box Chargers) entered into a Facility Agreement (the “BBVA Facility Agreement”) with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”). The BBVA Facility Agreement provides for an aggregate term loan commitment of €25.0 million (the “BBVA Facility”), which amount was fully drawn down on the BBVA Facility Closing Date and for which we received an amount of €24.6 million after the deduction of fees and expenses. Related to this loan, on November 11, 2024, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower, signed an agreement with the BBVA which included a grace period of 18 months from the last installment payment and without variation of any other terms of the initial agreement. See details in “Framework Agreement caption.

Principal outstanding under the BBVA Facility Agreement shall accrue interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to 1 month EURIBOR plus an amount equal to 8.00% per annum. The BBVA Facility is secured by certain intellectual property rights. The BBVA Facility matures on the fourth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date and under certain circumstances may be extended to mature on the fifth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date. Wall Box Chargers is permitted to prepay the BBVA Facility in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. Upon an event of default specified in the BBVA Facility Agreement that remains uncured after 15 business days, the BBVA Facility may become due and payable in full upon provision of notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. The BBVA Facility Agreement also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants. The BBVA Facility Agreement is governed by Spanish law.

Concurrently with the closing of the BBVA Facility Agreement and in consideration thereof, we entered into a Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) and Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with BBVA (together with its assignees, the “Warrantholder”) pursuant to which we issued to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder subscribed for and acquired, an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A Shares, for an exercise price of $5.32 per share. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, we filed a registration statement on January 12, 2024, which registration statement was declared effective on January 22, 2024, registering the resale of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. The Warrant Agreement provides for a redemption right in our favor when the Class A Shares achieve a value of $11.00 per share.

Syndicated Loan

On October 16, 2023, we, our wholly owned subsidiary, Wallbox USA, Inc. (“Wallbox USA”), and Wall Box Chargers, entered into agreements (the “October 2023 Facility Agreements”) that provide for: (i) a syndicated loan with Instituto de Crédito Oficial E.P.E., Institut Català de Finances, Mora Banc Grup SA and EBN Banco de Negocios, S.A. (“EBN Banco”) as funding entities, EBN Banco as coordinating entity and agent, Wallbox Spain as borrower and Wallbox USA and Wallbox as guarantors; and (ii) a loan with Compañía Española de Financiación Del Desarrollo COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E., as funding entity, EBN Banco as coordinating entity, Wallbox USA as borrower and Wallbox Spain and Wallbox as guarantors. The October 2023 Facility Agreements provide for an aggregate term loan commitment of €35.0 million (the “October 2023 Term Loan”), which aggregate amount was elected to be drawn on October 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, we had €35.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan. We intend to use €30.0 million of the proceeds for investments in manufacturing lines at our charger manufacturing plants in Barcelona and for the development of energy management software and €5.0 million of the proceeds to expand our plant and assembly lines in the United States.

Principal outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan accrues interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to three-month EURIBOR plus an amount equal to 3.25% per annum, provided that, the October 2023 Facility Agreements also include sustainability-linked pricing adjustments and, as to Facility Agreement 2, pricing adjustments related to sales in the United States. This loan will be secured by the property assets that are acquired in Barcelona with the proceeds under the October 2023 Term Loan, the bank accounts related to the October 2023 Facility Agreements and the credit rights under the insurance agreements related to the property assets to be secured. The October 2023 Term Loan matures on the fifth anniversary of October 16, 2023. The relevant borrower is permitted to prepay the October 2023 Term Loan in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the October 2023 Facility Agreements. The October 2023 Facility Agreements also contain covenants that require, based on our audited consolidated financial statements, a total debt to equity ratio ranging from 2.00x or less in 2023 to 1.20x or less in 2026 and thereafter, and a net debt to equity ratio ranging from 1.40x or less in 2023 to 0.90x or less in 2026 and thereafter, as well as other affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2024, we are not in compliance with these financial covenants, however, we have obtained a waiver issued by the bank. Additionally, on April 8, 2025, as part of the Framework agreement explained below, the Group reached an agreement under which the financial covenants have been amended as follows: a total debt to equity ration of 2.70x or less in 2025, 3.20x or less in 2026 and 2.70x in 2027 and thereafter, and a net debt to equity ratio of 2.10x or less in 2025, 2.40x or less in 2026 and 2.00x in 2027 and thereafter.

HSBC Facility Agreement

On March 22, 2024, Wallbox and Wallbox USA Inc, as guarantors, and its wholly‑owned direct Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (“Wall Box Chargers”) entered into a Facility Agreement with Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (“HSBC”). The HSBC Facility Agreement provides for an Asset Based Lending commitment of €15.0 million (the “ HSBC Facility”). As of December 31, 2024, we had €15.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the HSBC Facility. The HSBC Facility is secured by certain stock rights valued at Euros 15 million. The HSBC Facility matures on the third anniversary of the HSBC Facility Closing Date. Wall Box Chargers is permitted to prepay the HSBC Facility in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the HSBC Facility Agreement. Upon an event of default specified in the HSBC Facility Agreement, the HSBC Facility may become due and payable in full upon provision of notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the HSBC Facility Agreement. The HSBC Facility Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants, including without limitation a minimum cash requirement and restrictions on incurrence of additional debt, liens or fundamental changes. The HSBC Facility Agreement also contains financial covenants regarding maintenance as of the end of each closing month of a minimum of Current Ratio (Current Assets/Current liabilities) calculated with some exclusions, of 1.25 and a minimum Inventory Turnover of 400 days. The HSBC Facility Agreement is governed by Spanish law. On December 31, 2024 we obtained a waiver issued by HSBC regarding the compliance with the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness. This waiver sets new covenant levels. On January 30, 2025, we signed an amendment on the initial agreement setting the covenant range of the current ratio at 1.1, and minimum cash required to 45 million.

Framework Agreement

On November 11, 2024, the Group entered into a framework agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Banco Santander, S.A. providing an 18-month grace period on debt repayments. Additionally, as part of the agreement, the financial institutions have committed to maintaining the short-term financing agreements in force at least until June 30, 2026. The agreement included a clause requiring adherence from all relevant lenders (CaixaBank, S.A., EBN Banco de Negocios, S.A., Institut Catala de Finances, Instituto de Crédito Oficial, Mora Banck Grup S.A. and Compañía Española de Financiación del Desarrollo Cofides, S.A.) by May 11, 2025. In accordance with IAS 1, the Group classified €9.4 million of borrowings as current liabilities at year-end, as the right to defer payment beyond 12 months was not in place as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, as of year-end, as a result of this classification, there was a breach of financial covenants which resulted in a balance of €15 million being reclassified as current liabilities.

On April 8, 2025, all those financial institutions adhered to the framework agreement, formalizing the grace period and waiving financial covenant requirements for 2025.

Reporting Segments

For management purposes, we are organized into business units based on geographical areas and therefore have three existing reportable segments. Our segments are:

EMEA: Europe‑Middle East Asia
NORAM: North America
APAC: Asia‑Pacific

Refer to Note 7, “Operating Segments,” included within our consolidated financial statements for further details.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

We believe our performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for it but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this Annual Report titled “Risk Factors.”

Growth in EV Adoption

Our revenue growth is directly tied to the continued acceptance of passenger and commercial EVs, which it believes drives the demand for charging products and infrastructure. The market for EVs is still rapidly evolving and although demand for EVs has grown in recent years, there is no guarantee such demand will continue into the future. Factors impacting the adoption of EVs include but are not limited to: perceptions about EV features, quality, safety, performance and cost; perceptions about the limited range over which EVs may be driven on a single battery charge; volatility in the cost of oil, gasoline, and electricity; availability of services for EVs; consumers’ perception about the convenience and cost of charging EVs; government subsidies for EVs and electricity; the development, prevalence and market adoption of EV fleets; and increases in fuel efficiency of non‑EV transportation. In addition, macroeconomic factors could impact demand for EVs, particularly since EVs can be more expensive than traditional gasoline‑powered vehicles and the automotive industry globally has been experiencing a recent decline in sales. If the market for EVs does not develop as expected or if there is any slow‑down or delay in overall EV adoption rates, this would impact our ability to increase its revenue or grow its business.

Competition

We believe we are currently one of the market leaders in Europe and North America in residential EV charging solutions based on the number of charging units sold compared to EVs sold on a country by country basis. We also provide and derive revenue from installation services and Electromaps, our online platform that enables users to find and pay for publicly available charging ports and manage their charging fleet. We intend to expand our market share over time in our product categories, including public charging stations, leveraging the network effect of its products, our partnership with Iberdrola and the Electromaps platform. Additionally, we intend to expand and grow our revenues via the rollout of the Supernova and Hypernova public charging stations. Nonetheless, existing competitors may expand their product offerings and sales strategies, and new competitors may enter the market. Furthermore, our competition includes competition resulting from acceptance of other types of alternative fuel vehicles, plug‑in hybrid electric vehicles and high fuel‑economy gasoline powered vehicles. If our market share decreases due to increased competition, our revenue and ability to generate profits in the future may be impacted.

Global Expansion

We operate in Europe, North America, Latin America and APAC. Europe and North America are expected to be significant contributors to our revenue in future years with manufacturing capacity added to North America in 2022 and the inorganic growth due to the acquisition of ABL.

The European EV charging market can be characterized as fragmented. There are many small and local players, with only a limited number of parties having sufficient scale and funding to be competitive in the long term. Especially due to the government regulations currently in place, the EV sales are expected to increase in Europe. From a competitive perspective, the North American market has high barriers to entry due to strict certification and validation requirements. Therefore, this market differs from Europe as the market is less fragmented with only a few large players.

Similar to the European market, the APAC market can be characterized as a highly fragmented market with a small number of players that have gained significant scale in the industry. From a technology and pricing perspective, EV charging solutions in APAC are cost‑competitive as they can be manufactured at a lower cost point. Our growth in each of our markets requires us to differentiate ourselves as compared to our competition. If we are unable to penetrate, or further penetrate, the market in each of the geographies in which we operate or intend to operate, our future revenue growth and profits may be impacted.

During this year ended December 31, 2024, our sales in Latin America were not significant, however, we intend to expand our market presence in this region.

Impact of New Product Releases

As we introduce new products, such as the market introduction of our Supernova public charging stations, our profitability may be temporarily impacted by launch costs until our supply chain achieves targeted cost reductions. For example, during our launch of Supernova in 2022 we had a negative Gross Margin of 15.5% in connection with Supernova sales in 2022 based on €7,166 thousand in revenue and €8,278 thousand in changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables. However, in the year ended December 31, 2023 the Gross Margin from our sales of Supernova was positive 17.9% based on €30,511 thousand in revenue and €25,040 thousand in changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables, which continued to improve during the year ended December 31, 2024 ending with a Gross Margin from our sales of Supernova of 30.5% based on €25,598 thousand in revenue and €17,798 thousand in changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables

In addition, we may accelerate our operating expenditures where we see growth opportunities which may impact profitability until upfront costs and inefficiencies are absorbed and normalized operations are achieved. We also continuously evaluate and may adjust our operating expenditures based on our launch plans for our new products, as well as other factors including the pace and prioritization of current projects under development and the addition of new projects. As we attain higher revenue, we expect operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue to continue to decrease in the future as we focus on increasing operational efficiency and process automation.

Government Mandates, Incentives and Programs

The U.S. federal, state and local government, European member states, and China provide incentives to end users and buyers of EVs and EV charging products in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. These governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives significantly lower the effective price of EVs and EV charging products or stations to customers. However, the outcome of the 2024 U.S. presidential election has introduced increased uncertainty regarding these incentives. Early actions by the current U.S. administration indicate a potential departure from prior federal support for electric vehicles, including reconsideration of funding programs and national targets. Accordingly, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of administrative, regulatory, or legislative policy under the current or future U.S. administration. Any reduction in rebates, tax credits or other financial incentives could reduce the demand for EVs and for charging infrastructure, including infrastructure offered by us.

Penetration into the Public Charging Market

We commenced commercialization of the Supernova, our first DC fast charger for public use, during the first quarter of 2022. We have signed letters of intent (“LOI”) to collaborate with some of the world’s biggest utility companies for delivery of Supernova, and expect in the future to expand beyond utilities into additional distribution channels. One example includes Iberdrola which announced its intention to potentially acquire up to 10,000 public fast chargers from Wallbox as part of its sustainable mobility plan to deploy more than 150,000 chargers in homes, businesses and public road networks. In addition, we continue to introduce new versions of our Supernova product line with higher charging capacity which now can also be sold in North America and in Germany as we have all relevant certifications in place. Our offering of public charging solutions is complemented through Electromaps, an online platform that enables users to find publicly available charging ports and pay for their use. We have established partnerships in Europe with operators of charging points that allow users to pay for their charging directly via Electromaps. We intend to extend these relationships with charging operators outside of Europe and enable this payment feature globally.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal in nature. Typically, consumers purchase more EVs in the second half of the year, particularly in the fourth quarter, and the seasonal variation in the timing of sales of our residential products tends to be correlated with sales of EVs. As a result, sales in the second half, and particularly in the fourth quarter, would, after adjusting for our growth, be higher than in the first half of the fiscal year and our results of operations may be subject to seasonal fluctuations as a result.

Impact of the war between Russia and Ukraine

As a result of the war between Russia and Ukraine, the U.S. and certain allies in Europe imposed sanctions on Russia and could impose further sanctions against it. Russia could respond in kind. Sanctions imposed by any of these countries could disrupt our supply of critical components among our manufacturing facilities in Barcelona as well as our production and the sales of EVs. As a result of the war, we stopped marketing our products in Russia, and will not pursue new opportunities with customers in that country. Although such sales in the Ukraine region have not been significant to our business, further disruptions could negatively affect our ability to provide critical components to affiliates or produce finished goods for customers, which could increase our costs, require capital expenditures and harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Recently, the geopolitical landscape has shifted, with the U.S. reconsidering its stance on aid to Ukraine and European nations pushing for a more unified defense strategy. The ongoing diplomatic efforts, including discussions between the U.S. and Russia, could influence global

economic conditions and supply chain stability. Additionally, heightened tensions and evolving sanctions policies may create further unpredictability in international trade and regulatory compliance.

We continue to monitor the situation closely and assess its potential impact on our business.

The Global Economic Environment

Certain factors in the global economic environment that may impact our global operations include, among other things currency fluctuations, capital and exchange controls, global economic conditions including inflation, interest rates, monetary policy, restrictive government actions, changes in intellectual property, legal protections and remedies, trade regulations, tax laws and regulations and procedures and actions affecting approval, production, pricing, and marketing of, reimbursement for and access to our products, as well as impacts of political or civil unrest or military action, including the current conflict between Russia and Ukraine, tensions between China and the U.S., the U.K., the EU, the middle east and India, terrorist activity, unstable governments and legal systems, inter‑governmental disputes, public health outbreaks, epidemics, pandemics, natural disasters or disruptions related to climate change. During 2022, global supply chains experienced disruptions that impacted and continues to impact delivery rates of electric vehicles. As a result, in January 2023, we announced cost reduction measures balanced between operating and personnel expenses, impacting approximately 15% of our workforce. We have continued with these cost reductions measures in 2024 as we continue to right size the organisation to match the current market demand environment, and these initiatives will continue through 2025.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Our revenue consists of retail sales and sales from distributors, resellers and installers customers of charging solutions for EVs, which includes electronic chargers and other services. We recognize revenue from contracts with customers when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

Sale of Chargers and other related products

Revenue related to the sale of chargers consists of sales of public and home & business charging devices, as well as accessories. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer.

Sale of Services

Revenue related to the rendering of services consists of installation and software services, including commissions obtained from every charging transaction carried out through Electromaps; although, at this time, such revenue consists primarily of installation services.

Revenue from contracts with customers for installation services is generally recognized when the services have been completed to the customer (at a point in time given the short period that the service is rendered). Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those services. For installation contracts where the time required to complete execution is longer, the revenue recognition for each period is calculated taking into account the percentage of completion at the end of each financial period, considering the work in progress and the costs incurred until this date compared to the budgeted costs.

Changes in Inventories and Raw Materials and Consumables Used

This account consists of changes in inventory due to consumption of finished goods, raw materials and other consumables. Inventory consists of electric chargers and related parts, which are available for sale or for warranty requirements. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by the weighted average cost method. Inventory that is sold to third parties is included within changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used. We periodically review for slow‑moving, excess or obsolete inventories. Products that are determined to be slow‑moving, excess or obsolete, if any, are written down to net realizable value.

Employee Benefits

Employee benefits consist primarily of wages and salaries, share‑based payment plan expenses and social security. We have 5 different share‑based plans: (i) 2018 Legacy Stock Option Program for Founders; (ii) 2020 Legacy Stock Option Program for Employees (“ESOP”); (iii) 2018 Legacy Stock Option Program for Management (“MSOP”); (iv) Wallbox N.V. Amended & Restated 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and (v) Wallbox N.V. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (“RSU”). For the MSOP, ESOP and RSU we record share‑based payments based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date. It is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. The estimated fair value of the award granted after the Business Combination is based on the market

price of our common stock listed on the NYSE on the date of grant. Employee benefits also includes the impact from Coil and Ares earn‑outs to sellers as it is linked to their continued provision of services in future.

For the 2018 Legacy Stock Option Program for Founders, we record share‑based payments based on the estimated fair value using the American option chain and considering the conditions established in the plan. This plan is considered fully vested from their date of concession.

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses primarily consist of professional services, marketing expenses, external temporary workers expense, delivery expense, insurance premiums and other expenses, including leases of machinery with lease terms of twelve months or less and leases of office equipment with low value, including IT equipment.

Amortization and Depreciation

Depreciation, amortization and accretion relates to our intangible assets, right‑of‑use assets, property and equipment.

Impairment of non-current assets

Impairment of assets consists of the impairment expenses booked in the period as a result of the impairment tests performed.

Net Other income

Net other income consists of all other income and expenses linked to activities that are outside the core of our operating activities and may include income or losses related to gain or loss of assets, liabilities, and grants.

Operating Loss

Operating loss consists of our revenue and net other income less changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used, employee benefits, other operating expenses and amortization and depreciation.

Financial Income and Financial Expenses

Financial income consists of interest income on outstanding cash positions and fair value adjustments of derivative instruments and valuation of financial instruments. Financial expenses consist of interest expense on loan and borrowings including leases, fair value adjustments on the convertible bonds, valuation of financial instruments and the unwinding effect on the put option liabilities.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Warrant Liabilities

Public and Private Warrants originally issued by Kensington to its public shareholders and its sponsors were converted on the closing date of the Business Combination, into a right to acquire one Class A Share (a “Wallbox Warrant”) on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the closing date. These warrants were considered part of the net assets of Kensington at the time of the Business Combination. In addition, during 2023, Wallbox issued new warrants as part of the facility agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. ("BBVA") entered into in February 2023. On February 9, 2023 the Company signed an agreement with BBVA granting BBVA an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A shares for an exercise price of 5.32 USD per share (the "BBVA Warrants"). The BBVA warrants are exercisable until February 9, 2033 unless earlier redeemed by the Company pursuant to the warrant agreement.

On July 30, 2024, Wallbox and Generac entered into warrant agreements (the “Warrant Agreements”), pursuant to which we issued to Generac (together with its assignees, the “Warrant holder”), and the Warrant holder subscribed for and acquired, (a) an aggregate of 11,135,873 warrants exercisable until May 8, 2029 (type 1) and (b) an aggregate of 1,967,098 warrants exercisable until July 30,2028 (type 2), in each case for an equal number of our Class A Shares, at an exercise price of up to 3.05 USD per Class A Share (which exercise price may be lowered at the sole discretion of the Company prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Warrant Agreements). The Warrant Agreements also provide for a redemption right in our favor when the reported trading price of our Class A Shares is at least 6.00 USD per share on each of twenty (20) trading days within the thirty (30) trading-day period ending on the third business day prior to the date when the notice of redemption is given.

According to management’s assessment, the Public and Private Warrants, BBVA Warrants and Generac Warrants fall within the scope of IAS 32 and have been classified as a derivative financial liability. In accordance with IFRS 9 guidance, derivatives that are classified as financial liabilities shall be measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value to be recognized in profit and loss.

Foreign Exchange Gains /(Losses)

Foreign exchange gains (losses) consist of realized and unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency transactions and outstanding balances at year‑end.

Share of Loss of Equity‑Accounted Investees

Share of loss of equity‑accounted investees consists of recognized losses attributable to our 50% interest in Wallbox‑Fawsn Joint Venture started on June 15, 2019, and over which we have joint control and a 50% economic interest. The principal activity of the joint venture in China is the manufacture and sale of charging solutions with a clear focus on the automotive sector. On May 24, 2023, the Company sold its 50% interest in the JV for a consideration of €390,000.

Income Tax Credit

Income tax credit relates to a percentage of research and development (“R&D”) related expenses that are expected to be eligible for tax deductions. As a deduction as a result of our tax residency in Spain, the tax credit is available as a deduction for certain eligible R&D expenses, including IT and product development.

Loss for the Year

Loss for the year consists of our operating loss, net financial loss, share of loss of equity‑accounted investees and income tax credit.

A.Operating Results

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023				%
	( in thousands, except percentages)
Sales of goods			€	129,416				13	%
Sales of services				14,353				23	%
Revenue				143,769				14	%
Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used		)		(95,503	)	)		13	%
Employee benefits		)		(81,236	)			(12	)%
Other operating expenses		)		(59,788	)			(10	)%
Amortization and depreciation		)		(28,443	)	)		33	%
Impairment of assets		)		—		)		—
Net other income				14,260		)		(100	)%
Operating loss		)		(106,941	)	)		25	%
Financial income				1,472				32	%
Financial expenses		)		(15,247	)	)		55	%
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities				6,476		)		(83	)%
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)		)		1,466		)	n/m
Net Financial Result		)		(5,833	)	)		323	%
Loss before Tax		)		(112,774	)	)		41	%
Income tax credit				703				856	%
Loss for the year		)		(112,071	)	)		35	%

All values are in Euros.

n/m = not meaningful

Revenues

Sales of goods revenue increased by €16,806 thousand, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the increase of sales of our AC and DC chargers in our main markets and the contribution of ABL sales for the full year. Sales of DC chargers has grown more quickly than the sales of AC chargers.

Sales of services revenue increased by €3,368 thousand, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in fees from installation services offered by us, including in connection with the services offered by COIL.

Operating Loss

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by (12,417) thousand, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. These expenses increased at a lower rate than our revenues, primarily as a result of efficiency gains that led to improvements in the Gross Margin of our products.

Employee benefits expense decreased by €9,748 thousand, or (12)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, despite 2024 including a full year of employee benefit expenses for ABL employees. This is primarily due to the workforce reduction measures that reflects the improvements achieved in terms of personnel cost efficiency.

Other operating expenses decreased by €5,699 thousand, or (10)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the impact of our programs for cost reductions started in 2023.

Amortization and depreciation increased by €(9,430) thousand, or 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to investments in machinery and tools for the manufacturing facilities of the Company and the acquisition of ABL at the end of 2023.

Impairment of assets of €26,415 thousand corresponds to the impairment of Nordics CGU, ABL CGU and Wallbox Europe CGU following the impairment tests performed.

Net other income decreased by €(14,235) thousand, or (100)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the negative goodwill recognized in 2023 related to ABL acquisition.

Net Financial Result

Financial income increased by 473 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily resulting from the increase in the interest rate of our financial investments.

Financial expenses increased by €(8,433) thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the impact of the interest and bank fees and expenses incurred as a result of the amounts drawn down under our available lines of credit during 2024.

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities decreased by €(5,395) thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the change in fair value of derivative warrants and the issuance of new Generac warrants.

Foreign exchange gains decreased by €(5,510) thousand for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to fluctuations in USD against the Euro.

Income Tax Credit

Income tax credit increased by €6,020 thousand, or 856%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the reversal of the deferred tax liability for an amount of Euros 4,829 thousand, related to the intangible assets recognized in 2023 as part of the ABL's business combination, which have been impaired as a result of the impairment test performed in fiscal year 2024, and an increased amount of tax credits receivable for certain R&D expenses. No deferred tax assets were recorded for losses carried forward and as a result no regular corporate income charge is recorded in both years.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

For a discussion of the financial results and condition for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, please refer to “Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects—A. Operating results—Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022” of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2023 filed on March 21, 2024.

Operating Results by Segments

EMEA Segment

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for EMEA for the years ending December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023				%
	( in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue			€	121,858				10	%
Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used		)		(81,453	)	)		10	%
Employee benefits		)		(61,103	)			(5	)%
Other operating expenses		)		(50,717	)			(11	)%
Amortization and depreciation		)		(25,478	)	)		38	%
Impairment of assets		)		—		)		—
Net other income				14,176		)		(97	)%
Operating loss		)		(82,717	)	)		45	%

All values are in Euros.

Revenue increased by €12,513 thousand, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the increase of sales of our AC and DC chargers in our main markets and the contribution of ABL sales. Sales of DC chargers has grown more quickly than the sales of AC chargers.

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by (8,488) thousand, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. These expenses increased primarily as a result of the increase in sales in this segment.

Employee benefits expense decreased by €2,789 thousand, or (5)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to reflecting the improvements achieved in terms of personnel cost efficiency.

Other operating expenses decreased by €5,701 thousand, or (11)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the impact of our programs for cost reductions started in 2023.

Impairment of assets of €26,415 thousand corresponds to the impairment of Nordics CGU, ABL CGU and Wallbox Europe CGU following the impairment tests performed.

Net other income decreased by €13,804 thousand, or 97%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the negative goodwill recognized in 2023 related to ABL acquisition.

NORAM Segment

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for NORAM for the years ending December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023				%
	( in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue			€	25,770				45	%
Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used		)		(17,197	)	)		54	%
Employee benefits		)		(19,393	)			(33	)%
Other operating expenses		)		(10,318	)			(7	)%
Amortization and depreciation		)		(2,755	)			(6	)%
Net other income		)		119		)	n/m
Operating loss		)		(23,774	)			(39	)%

All values are in Euros.

n/m = not meaningful

The increase in revenues of €11,647 thousand, or 45% for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 is driven by the strong AC and DC sales in the North America market.

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by (9,372) thousand, or 54%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. These expenses increased primarily as a result of the increase in sales in this segment, expenses associated with the accelerated launch of new products and changes in product mix.

Employee benefits expense decreased by €6,491 thousand, or (33)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the reduction in personnel in this region as part of the reduction cost program started in 2023.

Operating loss decreased by 9,159 thousand, or (39)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the impact of cost reduction program started in 2023.

APAC Segment

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for APAC for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023				%
	( in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue			€	1,713				3	%
Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used		)		(615	)	)		54	%
Employee benefits		)		(740	)			(63	)%
Other operating expenses		)		(543	)			(33	)%
Amortization and depreciation		)		(210	)			(99	)%
Net other income				(1	)			(100	)%
Operating income / (loss)				(396	)			(146	)%

All values are in Euros.

n/m = not meaningful

The increase in revenue of €52 thousand, or 3% for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 is driven by the expansion of our sales presence across the region.

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by (330) thousand, or 54%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. These expenses increased primarily as a result of the increase in sales in this segment.

Employee benefits expense decreased by €468 thousand, or (63)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to the reduction in personnel in this region as part of the reduction cost program started in 2023.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2024 improved by €579 thousand compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to the increase of activity mentioned above.

Reconciliations of Non‑IFRS and Other Financial and Operating Metrics

The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, which is loss for the year:

For additional information about our use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, please refer to “Presentation of Financial and Other Information.”

	2024		2023*			2022*
	( in thousands)
Loss for the year		)	€	(112,071	)	€	(62,800	)
Income tax credit		)		(703	)		(4,926	)
Amortization and depreciation				28,443			18,890
Financial income		)		(1,472	)		(2,307	)
Financial expenses(1)				15,247			7,998
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities(2)		)		(6,476	)		(80,748	)
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)				(1,466	)		3,618
EBITDA		)		(78,498	)		(120,275	)
Share based payment expenses(3)				14,191			32,625
Other items(4)		)		(3,094	)		(1,844	)
Negative goodwill(5)				(11,166	)		0
One-time expenses(6)				3,031			0
Other non-cash expenses(7)				1,360			0
Impairment of assets				0			0
Adjusted EBITDA		)		(74,176	)		(89,494	)

All values are in Euros.

*Calculation of EBITDA has been changed compared to previous 20-F fillings. "Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities" and "Foreign exchange gains/(losses)" were added to the definition of EBITDA, as management believes it presents a more useful measure to evaluate the Company's performance.

Financial expenses is comprised of interest and fees on bank loans, interest on lease liabilities, interest on shareholder and other borrowings, interest on convertible bonds, accretion of discount on put option liabilities and other finance costs (such as fair value loss on financial investments and impairment on financial investments), excluding fair value adjustment of convertible bonds.
Represents expenses or incomes related to change the fair value of the warrants liabilities. Please refer to Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements include elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Represents share based payments expense. Please refer to Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements include elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Other items consists of all other income and expenses linked to activities that are outside the core of our operating activities and may include income or losses related to gain or loss of assets, liabilities, grants. The amounts set forth in the table above represent net other income for the periods presented.
Negative goodwill related to the ABL acquisition.
One-time expenses consist of legal expenses related to reduction in workforce process initiated in January 2023, severance payments to the employees that have left the Company and the provision for indemnities related to litigation involving certain former employees.
Other non-cash expenses consist of non-cash expenses related to the ESPP plan launched in January 2023.

B.Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have a history of operating losses and negative operating cash flows. We have experienced net losses and significant cash outflows from cash used in operating activities over the past years as we have been investing significantly in the development of our EV charging products. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we incurred a loss for the year of €151.8 million and net cash used in operating activities of €51.5 million. As of December 31, 2024, we had cash, cash equivalents and financial investments of €46.1 million, outstanding current loans and borrowings of €131.8 million and an accumulated deficit of €569.2 million.

Our current working capital needs relate mainly to the growth of the current business and continuing operations. Our ability to expand and grow our business will depend on many factors, including our working capital needs and the evolution of our operating cash flows. Our primary cash requirements include operating expenses, satisfaction of commitments to various counterparties and suppliers, and capital

expenditures (including property and equipment). Our principal uses of cash in recent periods have been funding of our operations and development of intangibles with respect to EV chargers and energy management software.

Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been cash generated from operations, the issuance of debt and equity instruments and bank loans, as described below.

During 2020, convertible bonds were issued for an amount of €25.9 million, and in 2021 we issued convertible bonds in an amount of €34.6 million.

In April 2021, we entered into a loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. for a loan in the amount of €12.6 million with a maturity of 2027 to finance the investments for a new factory in Zona Franca, Barcelona. Among other things, this loan originally prohibited the payment of dividends and the incurrence of liens without equally and ratably securing such loan, although in September 2021 we obtained a waiver of the loan’s prohibition of the payment of dividends. Related to this loan, on November 11, 2024, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower, signed an agreement with Banco Santander, S.A which included a grace period of 18 months from the last installment payment and without variation of any other terms of the initial agreement.

On December 5, 2022, we completed a private placement of our Class A Shares and issued and sold 8,176,694 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $43.5 million (€41.7 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $5.32 per share. Investors in the transaction included, among others, Iberdrola and Kensington Capital Partners, both strategic partners and current shareholders, Infisol 3000 and Orilla Asset Management, S.L., current shareholders each of which have a seat on our Board, and Enric Asunción, Co-founder and CEO of the Company.

On December 30, 2022, we entered into a loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. for a loan in the amount of €17.9 million with a maturity date in 2029.

On February 9, 2023 (the “BBVA Facility Closing Date”), Wallbox, as guarantor, and its wholly‑owned direct Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (“Wall Box Chargers”) entered into a Facility Agreement (the “BBVA Facility Agreement”) with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”). The BBVA Facility Agreement provides for an aggregate term loan commitment of €25.0 million (the “BBVA Facility”), and we received net borrowings of €24.6 million after deducting fees and expenses. As of December 31, 2024, we had €25.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the BBVA Facility.

The BBVA Facility is secured by certain intellectual property rights. The BBVA Facility matures on the fourth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date and under certain circumstances may be extended to mature on the fifth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date. Wall Box Chargers is permitted to prepay the BBVA Facility in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. Upon an event of default specified in the BBVA Facility Agreement that remains uncured after 15 business days, the BBVA Facility may become due and payable in full upon provision of notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. The BBVA Facility Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants, including without limitation a minimum cash requirement and restrictions on incurrence of additional debt, liens, fundamental changes, asset sales, restricted payments and transactions with affiliates. The BBVA Facility Agreement also contains financial covenants regarding maintenance as of the end of each fiscal quarter of a maximum senior net debt to gross profit ratio ranging from 1.60x in 2023 to 0.60x in 2026 and thereafter and a minimum level of shareholders’ equity of 0.00. We obtained a waiver issued by BBVA regarding the compliance with the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness. The BBVA Facility Agreement is governed by Spanish law. On November 11, 2024, Wallbox, as guarantor, and its direct wholly-owned Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (“Wall Box Chargers”), signed an agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”) which includes an additional grace period of 18 months from the last installment payment and without variation of any other terms of the initial agreement.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the BBVA Facility Agreement and in consideration thereof, we entered into a Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) and Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with BBVA (together with its assignees, the “Warrantholder”) pursuant to which we issued to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder subscribed for and acquired, an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A Shares, for an exercise price of $5.32 per share. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. The Warrant Agreement provides for a redemption right in favor of Wallbox when the Class A Shares achieve a value of $11.00 per share.

On April 3, 2023, we entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”) with Canaccord Genuity LLC (“Canaccord”) and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“Oppenheimer”) with respect to the offer and sale of our Class A Shares, with aggregate offering price of up to $100 million (the “ATM Offering”), from time to time, establishing an at the market program under which Canaccord and Oppenheimer will act as sales agents (the “Sales Agents”). The sales, if any, of the Class A Shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement will be made by any method permitted that is deemed an “at the market offering” as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities

Act, or, in negotiated transactions or block transactions. The Equity Distribution Agreement provides that the commission payable to the Sales Agents for sales of our Class A Shares shall be up to three percent (3.0%) of the gross sales proceeds for any Class A Shares sold through the Sales Agent pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we sold 2,630,076 Class A Shares resulting in $7,526 thousand (€6,876 thousand) in net proceeds, after deducting the commission and expenses payable to the Sales Agent in connection with such sales. During the year ended December 31, 2024 we sold 75,394 Class A Shares resulting in $45.6 thousand (€43.2 thousand) in net proceeds, after deducting the commission and expenses payable to the Sales Agent in connection with such sales.

On October 16, 2023, we, our wholly owned subsidiary, Wallbox USA, Inc. (“Wallbox USA”), and Wall Box Chargers, entered into agreements (the “October 2023 Facility Agreements”) that provide for: (i) a syndicated loan with Instituto de Crédito Oficial E.P.E., Institut Català de Finances, Mora Banc Grup SA and EBN Banco de Negocios, S.A. (“EBN Banco”) as funding entities, EBN Banco as coordinating entity and agent, Wallbox Spain as borrower and Wallbox USA and Wallbox as guarantors; and (ii) a loan with Compañía Española de Financiación Del Desarrollo COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E., as funding entity, EBN Banco as coordinating entity, Wallbox USA as borrower and Wallbox Spain and Wallbox as guarantors. The October 2023 Facility Agreements provide for an aggregate term loan commitment of €35.0 million (the “October 2023 Term Loan”), which aggregate amount was elected to be drawn on October 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, we had €35.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan.

Principal outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan will accrue interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to three-month EURIBOR plus an amount equal to 3.25% per annum, provided that, the October 2023 Facility Agreements also include sustainability-linked pricing adjustments and, as to Facility Agreement 2, pricing adjustments related to sales in the United States. The Term Loan will be secured by the property assets that were acquired in Barcelona with the proceeds under the October 2023 Term Loan, the bank accounts related to the October 2023 Facility Agreements and the credit rights under the insurance agreements related to the property assets to be secured. The October 2023 Term Loan matures on the fifth anniversary of October 16, 2023. The relevant borrower is permitted to prepay the October 2023 Term Loan in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the October 2023 Facility Agreements. The October 2023 Facility Agreements also contain covenants that require, based on Wallbox’s audited consolidated financial statements, a total debt to equity ratio ranging from 2.00x or less in 2023 to 1.20x or less in 2026 and thereafter, and a net debt to equity ratio ranging from 1.40x or less in 2023 to 0.90x or less in 2026 and thereafter, as well as other affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2024 we obtained a waiver issued by EBN Banco regarding the compliance with the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness.

On December 13, 2023 we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 10,360,657 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $31.6 million (€29.3 million) to certain existing investors and Generac Power Systems, Inc. ("Generac") at a price of $3.05 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on January 12, 2024. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the transaction several agreements have been entered into by the Company.

On March 22, 2024, Wallbox and Wallbox USA Inc, as guarantors, and its wholly‑owned direct Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (“Wall Box Chargers”) entered into a Facility Agreement with Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (“HSBC”). The HSBC Facility Agreement provides for an Asset Based Lending commitment of €15.0 million (the “ HSBC Facility”), for which we had €15.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the HSBC Facility as of December 31, 2024. The HSBC Facility is secured by certain stock rights. The HSBC Facility matures on the third anniversary of the HSBC Facility Closing Date. Wall Box Chargers is permitted to prepay the HSBC Facility in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the HSBC Facility Agreement. Upon an event of default specified in the HSBC Facility Agreement, the HSBC Facility may become due and payable in full upon provision of notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the HSBC Facility Agreement. The HSBC Facility Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants, including without limitation a minimum cash requirement and restrictions on incurrence of additional debt, liens or fundamental changes. The HSBC Facility Agreement also contains financial covenants regarding maintenance as of the end of each closing month of a minimum of Current Ratio (Current Assets/Current Liabilities) calculated with some exclusions, of 1.25 and a minimum of an Inventory Turnover of 400 days. The HSBC Facility Agreement is governed by Spanish law. On December 31, 2024 we obtained a waiver issued by HSBC regarding the compliance with the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness. This waiver sets new covenant levels. On January 30, 2025, we signed an amendment on the initial agreement setting the covenant range of the current ratio at 1.1, and minimum cash required to €45 million.

On August 5, 2024, we close a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 36,334,277 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $45 million (€ 41.6 Million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $1.24 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on September 5, 2024.

On November 11, 2024, the Group entered into a framework agreement with several financial institutions providing an 18-month grace period on debt repayments. Additionally, as part of the agreement, the financial institutions have committed to maintaining the short-term financing agreements in force at least until June 30, 2026 with a limit of Euro 84.2 million. The agreement included a clause requiring adherence from all relevant lenders by May 11, 2025. The loan and borrowings outstanding amounts from the lender included in the agreement as of December 31, 2024 amounts to Euro 88.2 million.

In accordance with IAS 1, the Group classified €9.4 million of borrowings as current liabilities at year-end, as the right to defer payment beyond 12 months was not in place as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, as of year-end, as a result of this classification, there was a breach of financial covenants which resulted in a long-term debt balance of €15 million being reclassified as current liabilities.

On April 8, 2025, all remaining financial institutions adhered to the framework agreement, formalizing the grace period and waiving original financial covenant requirements for 2025, but setting a new requirement of minimum cash of Euro 35 million, amongst other conditions. Additionally, the Group is renegotiated its €15 million bilateral loan with one of the lenders including financial covenants.

Management has prepared detailed business and liquidity plans, including financial forecasts extending through at least the second quarter of 2026, which demonstrate the Company’s ability to meet its operational and financial obligations as they fall due. These plans incorporate a number of assumptions regarding revenue growth (sales volumes), gross margin performance driven by product mix and cost efficiencies, operating expense management, working capital optimization driven by inventory reduction, the ability to raise additional capital as well as renewing short-term credit lines and meeting covenants or obtaining waivers.

As disclosed in Note 27 of the Consolidated financial statements, all of the financial institutions involved in the agreement signed on November 11, 2024, have now adhered to the framework agreement on April 8, 2025, which includes the agreed grace period and covenant waivers.

We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to meet our business needs for at least the next twelve months. We also expect these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our long‑term contractual obligations and capital needs. However, this is subject, to a certain extent, to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, we may have to obtain additional financing, which may include equity or debt issuances and/or credit financing. If we obtain additional capital by issuing equity, the interests of our existing shareholders will be diluted and, if we incur additional indebtedness, that indebtedness may contain significant financial and other covenants that may significantly restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of December 31, 2024, we had contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop property, plant and equipment assets, for an amount of €335 thousand (€775 thousand as of December 31, 2023) and commitments for the acquisition of intangible assets of €1,644 thousand (€1,127 thousand as of December 31, 2023). These commitments mainly correspond to the work that, as of December 31, 2024, are being executed in the investments in machinery and tools for the factories located in Texas and Barcelona. Please refer to Note 8, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” and Note 10, “Intangible Assets and Goodwill,” of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

Additionally, our lease agreements provide for lease obligations and the future interest payable under these agreements is as set forth in the table below. Please refer to Note 9, “Assets for Rights of Use and Lease Liabilities” of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

	Payments due by period
	Total	Less than 1 year		1-2 years		2-5 years		More than 5 years
	( in thousands)
Lease obligations		€	6,189	€	10,000		16,888		13,808

All values are in Euros.

Capital Expenditures

For the year ended December 31, 2024, our capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment were €3,114 thousand.

Liquidity Policy

As an early‑stage company, we maintain a strong focus on liquidity and define our liquidity risk tolerance based on uses and sources to maintain a sufficient liquidity position to meet our obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. We manage our liquidity to provide access to sufficient funding to meet our business needs and financial obligations, as well as capital allocation and growth objectives.

Cash Flow Summary

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023				%
	( in thousands, except percentages)
Net cash used in operating activities		)	€	(64,100	)			20	%
Net cash used in investing activities		)	€	(54,145	)			27	%
Net cash from financing activities			€	140,631		)		(98	)%

All values are in Euros.

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities decreased by €12,568 thousand, or 20%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was attributable primarily to a decrease in operating expenses including headcount and personnel costs and other operating expenses, as part of the program to reduce costs started in 2023

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by €(14,684) thousand, or (27)%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This was primarily driven by the net impact of capital expenditures related to the ABL acquisition, amounting to €10 million in 2023 and €4 million in 2024. Additionally, general capital expenditures were lower in 2024 as a result of our cost-saving initiatives.

Financing Activities

Net cash from financing activities of December 31, 2024 decreased by €(137,676) thousand or (98)% for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to year ended December 31, 2023, primarily because we have reduced the net proceeds from loans, meaning that the net impact of proceeds from loans, repayment of loans and payment of interests are lower in 2024 for an aggregate amount of €93 million. Additionally, the cash flow from net proceeds from private placements and capital increase from ATM program in 2024 have been lower as compared to 2023 which impact in an aggregate amount of €39 million. Also, we have increased the payments related to lease liabilities for an amount of €4 million due to the new rent contracts assumed by the Company.

C.Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

For information regarding research and development policies for the last three years, Please refer to Item 4, “Information on the Company—Business Overview.”

D.Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events since December 31, 2023 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

However, we recognize the significant opportunities that artificial intelligence (AI) presents for enhancing our business operations and customer experience. Specifically, we are implementing AI-driven solutions in two key areas:

Software Solutions: We are integrating AI-based self-diagnosis models to assist users in troubleshooting issues with charging devices. Through interactive AI-powered bots, customers experiencing technical difficulties will be guided through remote actions such as rebooting or upgrading the device’s software, reducing downtime and enhancing operational efficiency.
Service AI: We are leveraging AI to accelerate diagnostic processes and improve service resolution times. By utilizing advanced AI algorithms, we aim to enhance the speed and accuracy of issue identification, leading to faster and more effective technical support interventions.

These advancements are expected to significantly improve customer experience, fostering greater engagement and satisfaction while also optimizing our service efficiency. We believe that the integration of AI in these areas will contribute to a more seamless and proactive customer support ecosystem, reinforcing our commitment to innovation and operational excellence.

E.Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. We evaluate our estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis, and our actual results may differ from these estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, contractual milestones and other various factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Our critical accounting policies are described in Note 3, “Use of Judgements and Estimates,” within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 4, “New IFRS and IFRIC Not Yet Effective,” of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements and discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, respectively.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

None.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.Directors and Senior Management

The following table lists the names, ages and positions of those individuals who serve as our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2024. The Board is comprised of eleven directors. The Board consists of an executive director and ten non‑executive directors.

Name	Age	Position
Executive Officers
Enric Asunción Escorsa	39	Chief Executive Officer, Director
Luis Boada	41	Chief Financial Officer
Eduard Castañeda	39	Chief Innovation Officer
Board Members
Enric Asunción Escorsa	39	Executive Director
Beatriz González Ordóñez	50	Non‑executive Director
Francisco Riberas	60	Non‑executive Director
David Mesonero	44	Non‑executive Director
Pol Soler	44	Non‑executive Director
Donna J. Kinzel	57	Non‑executive Director
Justin Mirro	56	Non-executive Director
Dr. Dieter Zetsche	71	Non-executive Director
Jordi Lainz	56	Non-executive Director
Paolo Campinoti (*)	57	Non-executive Director
Ferdinand Schlutius	34	Non-executive Director

(*) Mr. Campinoti resigned as a board member on May 5, 2025 effective as of such date.

Executive Officers

Enric Asunción Escorsa. Mr. Asunción is the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of the Board. Mr. Asunción is a Wallbox co‑founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board since 2015. Previously, Mr. Asunción served as Program Manager of Charging Installations at Tesla, Inc., an American electric vehicle and clean energy company, from June 2014 to June 2015. Prior to Tesla, Inc., Mr. Asunción worked as an engineer at Applus+ IDIADA, an engineering company providing design, testing, engineering and homologation services to the automotive industry, from July 2011 to June 2014. Mr. Asunción holds an Engineering degree from Universitat Politecnica de Catalunya (DNF). We believe Mr. Asunción is well qualified to serve on the Board due to the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and co‑founder and his extensive experience in the automotive industry.

Luis Boada Ros. Mr. Boada is the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Wallbox, a position he has held since May 2024. He joined Wallbox with over 17 years of professional experience in corporate development, finance, and investor relations, with extensive knowledge of both North American and European markets. Before joining Wallbox, Mr. Boada served as the CFO for North America at Fluidra, a global leader in pool equipment and connected solutions, listed on the Spanish Stock Exchange. During his more than eight-year tenure at Fluidra, he held various roles, including Global Head of M&A and Investor Relations. Prior to his time at Fluidra, Mr. Boada led a global solar photovoltaic business unit for Abantia, now Dominion, and worked in investment banking at Credit Suisse in London. He holds a Business Administration degree from ESADE and completed the CFO Leadership Program at Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

Eduard Castañeda. Mr. Castañeda is the Chief Innovation Officer. Mr. Castañeda is a Wallbox co‑founder and has served as our Chief Innovation Officer since November 2022, and was formerly Chief Product officer from 2020 to 2022 and Chief Technology Officer from 2018 to 2020. Mr. Castañeda also served on the Board of directors as a technical director from 2015 to 2020. Prior to Wallbox, Mr. Castañeda served as a Track Engineering at TPV Racing, a company that introduced telemetry data into real‑time motorsports racing teams, from 2005 to 2015. Mr. Castañeda studied Industrial Engineering at the School of Industrial Engineering of Barcelona.

The Board

David Mesonero. Mr. Mesonero serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Mesonero holds a degree in Business Administration and Management from ICADE and an MBA from IESE (University of Navarra). Mr. Mesonero has extensive experience in financial and strategic management of companies in the energy sector and he is currently the Global Head of Corporate Development of Iberdrola, S.A. Mr. Mesonero also currently serves as member of the board of directors of Avangrid Renewables, Llc., Iberdrola Energía Internacional and Windar Renovables. Prior to his role at Iberdrola, Mr. Mesonero was CFO of PRISA Group, Deputy Director of the Corporate Development Division of Iberdrola, S.A., and CFO at Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy. Prior to his appointment as CFO at Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy, Mr. Mesonero was the Managing Director of Corporate Development and Strategy, leading the merger process between Gamesa and Siemens Wind Power. He was also a member of the board of Windar and Adwen and of Gamesa’s regional boards in India, Mexico and Brazil. Following that, he was appointed Chief Integration Officer. He has a background as a strategic consultant and investment banker and specializes in capital markets and in designing diverse financing structures.

Pol Soler. Mr. Soler serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Soler is the Chief Executive Officer of Quadis, a leading Spanish car dealership group. He is also a board member of Escapa, a leading Spanish bicycle distributor. Mr. Soler holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and MBA from Esade Business School. We believe that Mr. Soler is qualified to serve on the Board because of his extensive experience in the automobile industry.

Francisco Riberas. Mr. Riberas serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Riberas has been on the board of directors of Gestamp, a Spanish multinational engineering company, since its incorporation in 1997 and was appointed to Executive Chairman on March 24, 2017. Mr. Riberas holds a Law degree and Economics and Business Administration degree from Comillas Pontifical University. Mr. Riberas began his professional career in the Gonvarri Group as director of Corporate Development and later as Managing Director. In 1997, Mr. Riberas formed Gestamp. Mr. Riberas sits on the management bodies of other Gestamp affiliates and of companies in Acek Group, including in the Gonvarri Group, Acek Energias Renovables and Inmobiliaria Acek. He is also a member of other boards of directors, such as CIE Automotive. In addition, he is chairman of the Spanish Association of Automotive Suppliers (Sernauto) and chairman of the Fundación Consejo España China. We believe that Mr. Riberas is qualified to serve on the Board because of his extensive experience in the automobile industry.

Beatriz González Ordóñez. Ms. González serves as a member of the Board. Ms. González is the Founding and Managing Partner of Seaya Ventures, a Spanish venture capital firm specializing in technology companies. In addition to Wallbox, she has served as a board member of Cabify, Glovo, Spotahome, Filmin, Bewe, Revelock and Toqio, since 2014, 2016, 2016, 2020, 2015, 2019, and 2021, respectively. She also serves as an independent board member of Endeavor Spain and Idealista. Prior to founding Seaya in 2012, Ms. González worked at Morgan Stanley, in the finance and investment industry, from 1998 to 2000, Darby Overseas Investments, a private equity firm, from 2002 to 2003, Excel Partners, a private equity firm, from 2003 to 2004, and Fonditel, the largest pension fund in Spain, from 2005 to 2011. Ms. González holds a Finance degree from CUNEF and an MBA from Columbia Business School. We believe Ms. González is qualified to serve on the Board based on her extensive experience managing funds in the technology sector.

Donna J. Kinzel. Ms. Kinzel serves as a member of the Board. Ms. Kinzel is the Chief Financial Officer of Ursuline Academy in Wilmington, Delaware. In her role, she is responsible for all aspects of Ursuline Academy’s financial and operating functions to ensure support of the school’s mission, core values, and strategic plan. Prior to her current role, Ms. Kinzel served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Pepco Holdings. In this role, she oversaw the financial planning and analysis, operational finance, accounting, treasury and risk management functions for Pepco Holdings. Ms. Kinzel was elected as the chair of our audit committee in 2022, and brings with her an extensive history of accounting and finance with large, public organizations. We believe Ms. Kinzel’s expertise has helped us and will continue to help us to develop best practices as a public company.

Justin Mirro serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Mirro is the Founder of Kensington Capital Partners LLC, where he has served as President since 2015 has advised on over $70 billion of M&A, debt, equity and restructuring transactions for automotive assemblers, suppliers, the aftermarket and dealerships. Mr. Mirro spent almost 20 years as an automotive investment banker for various global banks including The Royal Bank of Canada, Jefferies & Company, Moelis & Company and Salomon Smith Barney. He also brings a vast personal network of industry leaders throughout the automotive supply chain which will assist as Wallbox further expands in North America operationally and with institutional investors. Mr. Mirro is a member of the board of Amprius Technologies (NYSE: AMPX) and former member of the board of

Quantumscape (NYSE: QS).We believe Mr. Mirro is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience in financing in the automotive and automotive-related sector.

Dieter Zetsche serves as a member on the Board. Mr. Zetsche is Chairman of TUI AG (XETRA: TUI1) and holds several other board positions both as a member and advisor. With over 45 years of automotive experience, first joining the research department of Daimler-Benz AG in 1976, Dr. Zetsche brings unrivaled industry expertise to Wallbox as the company continues to expand partnerships with leading OEMs globally. Notably Dr. Zetsche has been a member of the Board of Management of Daimler AG since December 1998 and was Chairman of the Board of Management of Daimler AG from January 2006 until May 2019, during which he was also Head of Mercedes-Benz Cars. We believe Dr. Zetsche is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience in the automobile sector.

Jordi Lainz. Mr. Lainz serves as a member on the Board. Mr. Lainz was Chief Financial Officer of Wallbox from 2019 to 2024. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Lainz held the position of Corporate Director and CFO of Eurofred Group, a distributor of air conditioning and industrial heating systems, from June 2011 to February 2019. Prior to Eurofred Group, Mr. Lainz served as a director and member of the audit committee of Ficosa International, S.A., a automotive global supplier, from May 1998 to May 2011. Mr. Lainz, holds an Economics degree from University of Barcelona and is an auditor in Spain (Censor Jurado de Cuentas).

Paolo Campinoti. Mr. Campinoti serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Campinoti has served as Executive Vice President with commercial responsibility over EMEA, APAC, LATAM since the acquisition by Generac of Pramac Group in 2016. Based in Italy, Mr. Campinoti also continues to serve as the CEO of the Pramac Group, a position held since 1995. Previously he worked within Pramac Group in several other managerial roles. In over 30 years of service to the Pramac Group, Mr. Campinoti has led the transformation of the Pramac Group from a local Italian company to a leading power generation manufacturer with global brand recognition and presence. Mr. Campinoti holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Economics degree from the University of Florence. Mr. Campinoti served as the Chairman of the Industrial Business Association for the South of Tuscany and as honorary consul of Romania in Florence. Since 2023 Mr. Campinoti is the honorary consul of Bahrein in Florence.

Ferdinand Schlutius. Mr. Schlutius serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Schlutius is involved at ABL, a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, and the fourth company to join the Wallbox Group. Previously Mr. Schlutius was the Head of Sales of ABL Group. Mr. Schlutius studied for a Bachelor degree in Business and Economics at WU Vienna.

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Director Nomination and Appointment Rights

Iberdrola is the indirect owner of 100% of the interests in Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. (“Perseo”), a shareholder and commercial partner of Wallbox. On October 5, 2021, Enric Asunción Escorsa furnished a letter to Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. Pursuant to such letter, Mr. Asunción agreed to take best efforts to support the election of one director as Perseo may designate, for so long as Perseo owns shares representing 3% of the share capital outstanding of Wallbox N.V. David José Mesonero Molina currently serves as Iberdrola’s acting director designee on the Board.

In December 2023, a letter agreement between Kariega Ventures, S.L. (“Kariega”), a major shareholder of Wallbox N.V., which is controlled by Mr. Asunción, and Wallbox N.V. was executed, pursuant to which Kariega, and Wallbox N.V. agreed to take best efforts to support the election of director as Generac Power "Systems,"Inc. ("Generac") may designate, for so long as Generac owns shares representing 3% of the share capital outstanding of Wallbox N.V. Paolo Campinoti currently serves as Generac’s acting director designee on the Board.

B.Compensation

We set out below the amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind provided by us or our subsidiaries to our executive officers and members of the Board for services in all capacities to us or our subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2024, as well as the amount contributed by us or our subsidiaries to retirement benefit plans for our executive officers and members of the Board.

Compensation of Our Executive Officers

The amount of compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to our executive officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2024 is described in the table below:

	All executives
	( in thousands)
Periodically paid remuneration
Bonuses
Share based payments
Termination benefit
Total compensation

All values are in Euros.

No amounts were set aside or accrued by Wallbox in 2024 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our executive officers.

Remuneration for Members of the Board

The compensation of the executive directors shall be determined by the Board with observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting at the proposal of the Board. The executive directors shall not participate in the deliberations and decision‑making regarding the determination of the remuneration of the executive directors. The compensation of the non‑executive directors shall be determined by the Board with observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting.

Any compensation in the form of our Shares or rights to subscribe for our Shares will be subject to the approval of the General Meeting. Such proposal shall state at least the maximum number of Shares or rights to subscribe for Shares that may be granted to directors and the criteria for making or amending such grants.

Our remuneration policy authorizes the Board to determine the amount, level and structure of the compensation packages of our directors at the recommendation of our compensation committee. These compensation packages may consist of a mix of fixed and variable compensation components, including base salary, short‑term incentives, long‑term incentives, fringe benefits, severance pay and pension arrangements, as determined by the Board.

With respect to the year ended December 31, 2024, our non‑executive directors are entitled to receive the cash compensation, as described in the table below (in Euros thousand):

Non‑executive director	Member of<br>the Board			Member of the<br>Compensation<br>Committee			Member of<br>the Audit<br>Committee			Member of the<br>Nominating and<br>Governance<br>Committee			Total
Beatriz González Ordóñez	€	43	()(*)	€	—		€	5		€	5		€	53
Francisco Riberas	€	40		€	—		€	—		€	—		€	40
Anders Pettersson	€	51	()(*)	€	4	(**)	€	—		€	—		€	55
César Ruipérez Cassinello	€	31	(**)	€	—		€	—		€	5	()(*)	€	36
Pol Soler	€	40		€	10	(*)	€	—		€	5		€	55
Donna Kinzel	€	40		€	5		€	15	(*)	€	—		€	60
Justin Mirro	€	40		€	—		€	5		€	—		€	45
Dr. Dieter Zetsche	€	40		€	—		€	—		€	—		€	40
P. Campinoti	€	23	(**)	€	—		€	—		€	—		€	23
J. Lainz	€	23	(**)	€	1	(**)	€	—		€	—		€	24
F. Schlutius	€	23	(**)	€	—		€	—		€	—		€	23
D. Mesonero	€	9	(**)	€	—		€	—		€	2	()(*)	€	11

(*) Chairman of the Board or the applicable committee.

(**) Pro‑rated amount based on the time served on the Board or applicable committee during 2024.

Equity Awards

Our founders, directors and executive officers held the following stock options (both vested and unvested) as of December 31, 2024:

Beneficiary	Grant date		Strike price
Enric Asunción Escorsa(*)	April 6, 2022	775,267	€	1.93
Jordi Lainz	October 1, 2021	1,233,049	€	0.0021
Luís Boada	June 27, 2024	463,107		—
Eduard Castañeda(*)	April 6, 2022	238,342	€	1.93

(*) As of December 31, 2021, both Enric Asuncion Escorsa and Eduard Castaneda were already participating in the Founders Stock Option Plan as discussed in Note 21 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. On April 6, 2022, Enric Asuncion Escorsa was granted 775,267 options and Eduard Castaneda was granted 258,342, in each case, with a strike price of €1.93.

Our shareholders approved at our annual general meeting held in May 2023 a compensation program for our non-executive directors that provides for an initial equity award upon such director’s appointment to the Board and an annual equity award. The maximum aggregate amount that can be awarded under this compensation program is 250,899 restricted share units (“RSUs”).

Wallbox Legacy Employee Stock Option Programs

Prior to the Business Combination, certain beneficiaries were given the opportunity to participate in an Employee Stock Option Program (the “Legacy Stock Option Program”) as part of a long‑term equity incentive scheme. The Legacy Stock Option Program consists of three different programs: one for founders, one for management and one for other employees. The Legacy Stock Option Program for founders was adopted by our shareholders in June 2021. The Legacy Stock Option Program for management was adopted by our shareholders in July 2018. The Legacy Stock Option Program for employees was adopted by our shareholders in May 2020.

Under the Legacy Stock Option Program for founders, we have reserved for issuance to the beneficiaries 1,033,610 stock options to purchase our shares at a per share exercise price equal to €1.93. Stock options granted under the Legacy Stock Option Program for founders will, for a period of 3 years, only become exercisable in equal monthly installments, determined by pro rating the options (i.e. 1/36th per month) over such three year period, on the last day of each calendar month and will be freely exercisable thereafter; provided all such options will expire after five years from the grant date. Founders who terminate employment with us may retain any stock options vested as of the applicable termination date. On April 6, 2022, Enric Asuncion Escorsa was granted 775,267 options and Eduard Castañeda was granted 258,342, in each case, with a strike price of €1.93.

Under the Legacy Stock Option Program for management, the beneficiaries received 7,253,823 stock options to purchase Class A Shares at a per share exercise price equal to €0.0021. Stock options granted under the Legacy Stock Option Program for managers generally vest in equal yearly instalments on the last day of each year over a 3 year period and expire 2 years from the last of such vesting dates. Managers who terminate employment with us may retain any stock options vested.

Under the Legacy Stock Option Program for employees, the beneficiaries received 1,626,206 stock options to purchase Class A Shares at a per share exercise price equal to €0.0021. We have agreed to reimburse such employees for the amount of any exercise price paid in connection with the exercise of such options. Stock options granted under the Legacy Stock Option Program for employees generally vest in equal monthly installments on the last day of each calendar month over an 8 month period. Employees who terminate employment with we may retain any stock options vested as of the applicable termination date.

In accordance with the terms of the Legacy Stock Option Programs for employees, participants were entitled to execute their vested shares at the occurrence of an “Exit Event” and were not exercisable until an “Exit Event” occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consent of each individual award holder, this “Exit Event” requirement was waived and the stock options will instead become vested and exercisable based on the conditions applicable to such stock options as of immediately prior to the Business Combination without regard to the “Exit Event” condition.

Wallbox N.V. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan

We maintain the Incentive Plan (an omnibus equity incentive plan), as a means to attract, retain and incentivize service providers (including executive officers), consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of any of our subsidiaries, as well as such other persons designated as eligible for participation by the plan administrator in its discretion are eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan.

The number of shares initially available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan was 17,090,419. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the shares of Class A Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by the Board.

Wallbox N.V. Amended and Restated 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with the Business Combination, the Board adopted an employee stock purchase plan (as amended by the Board on December 14, 2022 and approved by our shareholders on May 30, 2023, the “ESPP”) in order to facilitate employees of ours and our affiliates to purchase Class A Shares at a discount through payroll deductions and to benefit from share price appreciation, thus enhancing the alignment of employee and shareholder interests, which is essential to our long term success. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below.

Summary of the ESPP

This section summarizes certain principal features of the ESPP. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the ESPP.

The ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares under the ESPP to U.S. and to non‑U.S. employees. Specifically, the ESPP authorizes (1) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares by U.S. employees that are intended to qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “Section 423 Component”), and (2) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares that are not intended to qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees located outside of the U.S. who do not benefit from favorable U.S. federal tax treatment or who otherwise are not eligible or not intended to participate in the Section 423 Component and to provide flexibility to comply with non‑U.S. law and other considerations (the “Non‑Section 423 Component”). Where permitted under local law and custom, we expect that the Non‑Section 423 Component will generally be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of 8,545,209 shares were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP, which was increased by 1,377,838 on January 1, 2022. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending on and including January 31, 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by the Board. The Board or the compensation committee of the Board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. The compensation committee currently acts as the administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility

We expect that substantially all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP.

However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock and other securities of Wallbox, or a parent or subsidiary corporation of Wallbox. Directors who are not employees are not eligible to participate. Employees who choose not to participate, or are not eligible to participate at the start of an offering period but who become eligible thereafter, may enroll in any subsequent offering period. Additionally, the plan administrator may provide that an employee will not be eligible to participate in an offering period under the Section 423 Component if (i) such employee is a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code, (ii) such employee has not met a service requirement designated by the plan administrator, (iii) such employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less, (iv) such employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year and/or (v) such employee is a citizen or resident of a non‑U.S. jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase shares of Class A Shares under the ESPP to such employee would be prohibited under the laws of such non‑U.S. jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase such shares under the ESPP to such employee in compliance with the laws of such non‑U.S. jurisdiction would cause the ESPP to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

Grant of Rights

Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty‑seven months long. The plan administrator will establish one or more purchase periods within each offering period. The number of purchase periods within, and purchase dates during each offering period, will be established by the plan administrator prior to the commencement of each offering period. The length of the purchase periods will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty‑seven months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day of the purchase period or such other date as determined by the plan administrator. Payroll deductions for each offering periods under the ESPP will commence for a participant on the first regular payday following the applicable enrollment date of an offering period and will end on the last such payday in the offering period to which such participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated or suspended by the participant or plan administrator under the ESPP. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods. In non‑U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the ESPP through payroll deductions is prohibited, the plan administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to participate

through contributions to the participant’s account under the ESPP in a form acceptable to the plan administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase Class A Shares through payroll deductions of a specified percentage or a fixed dollar amount of their eligible compensation, which, in either event, may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the plan administrator for the applicable offering period or purchase period. In the absence of a contrary designation, such maximum percentage will be 20%. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period or purchase period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of Class A Shares as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will be granted the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares. The right will expire on the earlier of, the end of the applicable offering period, the last purchase date of the offering period, and the date on which the participant withdraws from the ESPP, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions (or contributions) accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, with respect to the Section 423 Component will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Class A Shares on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions (and contributions, if applicable) that have not yet been used to purchase shares of Class A Shares. If a participant withdraws from the ESPP during an offering period, the participant cannot rejoin until the next offering period. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non‑reciprocal transactions or events affecting Class A Shares, including, without limitation, any dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or sale or exchange of our shares of Class A Shares, or other similar corporate transaction or event, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of any events or transactions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or any unusual or non‑recurring events or transactions, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment; Termination

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, in excess of the initial pool and annual increase as described above, or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP will continue until terminated by the Board.

C.Board Practices

Board of Directors

We have a one‑tier board, consisting of one or more executive directors and one or more non‑executive directors.

The number of executive directors and the number of non‑executive directors are determined by the Board. The executive directors and non‑executive directors shall be appointed as such by the General Meeting at the nomination of the Board.

A director shall be appointed for a term of approximately one year, which term of office shall lapse immediately after the close of the annual General Meeting held in the year after his or her appointment. A director may be reappointed with due observance of the preceding sentence. A non‑executive director may be in office for a period not exceeding twelve (12) years, which period may or may not be interrupted, unless at the proposal of the Board the General Meeting resolves otherwise. In the event of reappointment of a non‑executive director after an eight‑year period (or any reappointment thereafter), our management report shall include the reasons for such reappointment, in accordance with the principles and best practice provisions of the DCGC.

The General Meeting may at all times suspend or dismiss any director. The Board may at all times suspend an executive director.

The Board is comprised of nine directors.

The Board has adopted written rules and regulations dealing with, inter alia, its internal organization, the manner in which decisions are taken, the composition, duties and organization of committees and any other matters concerning the Board, the executive directors, the non‑executive directors and committees established by the Board.

Director and Officer Qualifications

We are not expected to formally establish any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by each of our officers. However, we expect generally to evaluate several qualities, including the following: educational background, diversity of professional experience, including whether the person is a current or was a former chief executive officer or chief financial officer of a public company or the head of a division of a prominent international organization, knowledge of our business, nationality, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

The Board has adopted a Board Profile Policy, a Diversity Policy and Board Regulations regarding director qualification considerations.

Corporate Governance Practices

DCGC

As a listed Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap), we are subject to the DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions on corporate governance that regulate relations between the board and the general meeting and matters in respect of financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their statutory management report, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. For further information and the full text of the DCGC please refer to: www.mccg.nl.

On December 20, 2022, the Corporate Governance Code Monitoring Committee published an update to the DCGC. The updated DCGC entered into force as for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2023

Except as set out below, during the fiscal year to which this report relates, we have complied with the principles and best practice provisions of the DCGC as published on December 8, 2016, to the extent that these are directed at the Board. We are still in the process of assessing the impact (if any) of the updates to the DCGC and we will align our governance and governance documents as appropriate.

Compensation (best practice provisions 3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.2, 3.3.3 and 3.4.1)

Consistent with market practice in the United States, and for as long as that is the trading jurisdiction of our Class A Shares, and in order to further support our ability to attract and retain the right highly qualified candidates for the Board:

options awarded to our executive directors as part of their compensation could (subject to the terms of the option awards) vest and become exercisable during the first three years after the date of grant;
though individual and Company performance are considered when granting any variable pay, no pre‑defined measurable performance criteria apply, and no scenario analyses have been performed in relation to variable pay;
our directors may generally sell our Class A Shares held by them at any point in time, subject to applicable law, Company policy and applicable lock‑up arrangements;
our non‑executive directors may be granted compensation in the form of shares, options and/or other equity‑based compensation; and
our executive directors may be entitled to a severance payment in excess of their respective annual base salaries.

The non‑executive directors confirm that the statements required to be made pursuant to best practice provision 5.1.5 of the DCGC, to the extent applicable, are included in this management report and for the purposes of this best practice provision should be regarded as statements made by the non‑executive directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board established three standing committees from among its non‑executive directors, including an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board shall remain collectively responsible for decisions prepared by the committees.

Audit Committee

Audit committee members are non‑executive directors of the Board and are Beatriz González, Donna J. Kinzel, and Justin Mirro. Donna J. Kinzel serves as chair of the audit committee.

Our board of directors has also determined that each member of the audit committee is financially literate and Donna J. Kinzel qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee advises the Board in relation to its responsibilities, undertakes preparatory work for the Board’s decision‑making regarding the supervision of the integrity and quality of our financial reporting and the effectiveness of our internal risk management and control systems and shall prepare resolutions of the Board in relation thereto. The Board adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including, among other things:

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;
monitoring the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;
inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
pre‑approving all audit services and permitted non‑audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;
appointing or replacing our independent registered public accounting firm;
determining the compensation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and
reviewing and approving related party transactions in accordance with our Related Party Transaction Policy and Procedures.

Compensation Committee

Compensation committee members are non‑executive directors of the Board and include Pol Soler, Donna J. Kinzel and Jordi Lainz. Pol Soler serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

The compensation committee advises the Board in relation to its responsibilities and shall prepare resolutions of the Board in relation thereto. The Board adopted a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including, among other things:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals;
reviewing and approving the compensation of all of its other executive officers;
reviewing its executive compensation policies and plans;
implementing and administering its incentive compensation equity‑based remuneration plans;
assisting management in complying with its annual report disclosure requirements;
approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for its executive officers and employees; and
reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Nominating and corporate governance committee members are non‑executive directors of the Board and are David Mesonero, Pol Soler and Beatriz González Ordóñez. David Mesonero serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The nominating and corporate governance committee advises the Board in relation to its responsibilities and shall prepare resolutions of the Board in relation thereto. The nominating and corporate governance committee is also responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on the Board and shaping our corporate governance. The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider persons identified by its members, management, shareholders and others. the Board adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including, among other things:

developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines;
assessing the functioning of individual directors of the Board and making recommendations for appointments and reappointments to the Board and the committees of the Board;
supervising the policy of the Board on the selection criteria and appointment procedures for senior management;
participating in our succession planning for the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, including an emergency succession plan for the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; and
making recommendations to the Board regarding other company governance matters.

Duties of Board Members and Conflicts of Interest

The Board is entrusted with the management of our Company and, for such purpose, has all the powers within the limits of the law that are not granted by our Articles of Association to others. We have a one‑tier board, consisting of one or more executive directors and one or more non‑executive directors.

The executive directors are primarily responsible for all of our day‑to‑day operations. The non‑executive directors supervise (i) the executive directors’ policy and performance of duties and (ii) our general affairs and its business, and render advice and direction to the executive directors. The executive directors shall timely provide the non‑executive directors with the information they need to carry out their duties. The directors furthermore perform any duties allocated to them under or pursuant to the law or Articles of Association. Each director has a duty to our Company to properly perform its duties. In the performance of their tasks, the directors shall be guided by the interests of our Company and the enterprise connected with it. Under Dutch law, the interests of our Company and the enterprise connected with it extend to the interests of all stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association and the regulations of the Board (the “Board Regulations”), a Director shall not participate in the discussions and/or decision‑making process on a subject or transaction in relation to which he/she has a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest with our Company within the meaning of Article 13.2 of the Board Regulations or Section 2:140 paragraph 5 DCC (“Conflict of Interest”). Such transaction must be concluded on terms which are customary in the market concerned and be approved by the Board.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, there were no transactions where there was a Conflict of Interest.

Executive Officer Employment Agreements and Board Member Service Agreements

We have entered into management services agreements with each of our executive management team members, including our executive director. The management services agreements contain a termination notice period for us and the executive directors. All of the management services agreements provide that the manager or executive director, as the case might be, may be terminated in the event of an urgent cause (dringende reden) without advance notice. The management services agreements contain post‑termination restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, and post‑termination non‑competition and non‑solicitation covenants.

Additionally, the shareholders approved a remuneration policy for non‑executive directors that provides for compensation, including an annual cash fee, an annual equity grant, an annual fee for membership on a committee of the Board, an annual fee for acting as a chairperson

of the Board and annual fee for acting as a chairperson of a committee of the Board. The remuneration policy was adopted by non‑executive directors.

Board Observers

Mr. Marc Sabé served during the year ended December 31, 2024 and continues to serve as an observer on our Board. Mr. Sabé is an employee of Eurofred, S.A., which is a company affiliated with one of our major shareholders, Mingkiri, S.L.

D.Employees

Average number of employees in the last 3 years is:

(Average number of employees)
Directives	50	69	41
Administrative	193	387	445
Commercials	193	189	194
Operators	339	212	38
Engineers	333	408	464
Total	1,108	1,265	1,182

We strive to offer competitive employee compensation and benefits in order to attract and retain a skilled and diverse workforce. As of December 31, 2024, we had 905 employees compared with the 1,457 employees at December 31, 2023. Most of our employees are located in Spain, although our global footprint has employees working in offices across seven European countries, an office in China and another in the United States. We have not experienced a work stoppage and believe we maintain positive relationships with our employees.

E.Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of Directors and officers, refer to Item 7, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions-–Major Shareholders” included elsewhere in this Annual Report. For information regarding our equity incentive plans, refer to Item 6, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation” included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

F.Disclosure of a Registrant’s Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation

None

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares as of March 1, 2025, for:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding Class A Shares or Class B Shares;
each of our current executive officers and our Directors; and
all of our current executive officers and our Directors as a group.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and principal shareholders, Please refer to “Related Party Transactions” below.

The number of Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, executive officer or Board member is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 1, 2025 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Class A Shares or Class B Shares held by that person.

As of March 1, 2025, there were 265,451,432 Class A Shares outstanding and 13,500,793 Class B Shares outstanding.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named below is c/o Wallbox N.V. Carrer del Foc, 68 Barcelona, Spain 08038.

	Class A Shares					Class B Shares(1)
Beneficial Owner	Number		%			Number		%			Combined Voting Power (%)(2)
Executive Officers and Directors of Wallbox
Enric Asunción Escorsa(3)		9,533,266		3.6	%		10,644,217		73.3	%		28.16	%
Jordi Lainz(4)		1,439,773	*				—		—		*
Eduard Castañeda		576,228	*				3,870,185		26.7	%		9.54	%
Paolo Campinoti		—		—			—		—			—
Francisco Riberas(6)		31,730,413		12.0	%		—		—			7.7	%
Pol Soler(7)		15,032,926		5.7	%		—		—			3.7	%
Beatriz González Ordóñez(8)		11,505,865		4.3	%		—		—			2.8	%
Donna J. Kinzel		23,709	*				—		—		*
Cesar Ruiperez Cassinello		—		—			—		—		*
Justin Mirro(9)		3,127,500		1.2	%		—		—		*
Dr. Dieter Zetsche		—		—			—		—		*
All executive officers and directors of Wallbox as a group (11 persons)		72,969,680		26.7	%		14,514,402		100.0	%		51.8	%
5% and Greater Shareholders
Kariega Ventures, S.L.(3)		8,750,000		3.3	%		9,868,950		73.1	%		27.97	%
Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L.U.(10)		22,838,678		8.6	%		—		—			5.5	%
Orilla Asset Management, S.L.(6)		31,730,413		12.0	%		—		—			7.7	%
Mingkiri, S.L. (Eurofred Spain, S.L.)(11)		18,832,056		7.1	%		—		—			4.6	%
Infisol 3000, S.L.(7)		15,032,926		5.7	%		—		—			3.7	%
Consilium, S.L. (12)		17,212,252		6.5	%		—		—			4.2	%
Seaya Ventures II, Fondo De Capital Riesgo(8)		11,505,865		4.3	%		—		—			2.8	%
AM Gestió, S.L.(13)		15,607,439		5.9	%		—		—			3.8	%
Generac Power Systems, Inc. (14)		38,096,057		14.4	%		—		—			9.3	%

* Indicates a shareholding of less than 1%.

Each Class B Share is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A Share and one Conversion Share. Beneficial ownership of Class B Shares reflected in this table has not also been reflected as beneficial ownership of Class A Shares into which the Class B shares may be exchanged.
The percentage reported under “Combined Voting Power” represents the voting power with respect to all of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares outstanding as of March 1, 2025, voting as a single class. Holders of our Class A Shares are entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B Shares are entitled to ten votes per share.
Based on information known to the Company, each of KARIEGA VENTURES, S.L. and Enric Asunción Escorsa has shared voting power and shared investment power over 9,868,950 Class B Shares, and 8,750,000 Class A Shares held of record by KARIEGA VENTURES, S.L.. Enric Asunción Escorsa has sole voting power and sole dispositive power over 783,266 Class A Shares, and 775,267 Class B Shares underlying stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2025. The address of KARIEGA VENTURES, S.L. is Av. Diagonal 419, 4 Planta, Barcelona, Spain 08008. Enric Asunción Escorsa is the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board.
Includes Mr. Lainz’s 206, 724 Class A Shares and 1,233,049 Class A Shares underlying stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2025.
Includes Mr. Castañeda’s 576,228 Class A Shares, 3,631,843 Class B Shares and 238,342 Class B Shares underlying stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2025.
Based solely on information provided by Mr. Riberas, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. is the record holder of 31,730,413 Class A Shares. Mr. Riberas is a director and controlling shareholder of Orilla Asset Management, S.L., and as such, maintains voting and investment discretion with respect to the Class A Shares. As a result, Mr. Riberas may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by Orilla Asset Management, S.L. The address of Orilla Asset Management, S.L. is Alcalá nº 52, Piso 3º, Puerta Izquierda, Madrid 28014, Spain..
Based solely on information provided by Infisol 3000, S.L.,, Infisol 3000, S.L. has sole voting power and sole investment over 15,032,926 Class A Shares. Juan Manuel Soler Pujol, Lluis Soler Masferrer, Daniel Soler Masferrer and Pol Soler may be deemed to have shared voting power and shared dispositive power over such shares. The address of the foregoing named beneficial owners Calle Josep Irla i Bosch, numeros 1‑3, Barcelona, Spain 08034. Pol Soler is a member of the Board.
Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed on February 11, 2022, Seaya Ventures II, Fondo De Capital Riesgo, Beatriz González Ordóñez and José Maria Múgica Murga have shared voting power and shared dispositive power over 11,505,865 Class A Shares. Seaya Ventures II, Fondo De Capital Riesgo is the record holder, and Ms. Beatriz González Ordóñez and Mr. José Marĺa Múgica Murga share investment and dispositive power over the securities held of record by Seaya. The address of the foregoing named beneficial owners is Calle Alcala, numero 54, Madrid, Spain 28014. Ms. González Ordóñez is a member of the Board
Based solely on information provided by Mr. Mirro, includes (i) 2,127,500 Class A Shares to which Mr. Mirro has sole voting power and (ii) 1,000,000 Class A Shares underlying warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2025 to which Mr. Mirro has sole voting power.
Based solely on information provided by Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L.U.; Iberdrola, S.A., Iberdrola Participaciones S.A.U. and Inversiones Financieras Perseo S.L.U. have shared voting power and shared investment power over 22,838,678 Class A Shares. The address of the foregoing beneficial owners is Plaza Euskadi, 5, Bilbao (Bizkaia), Spain 48009.
Based on information known to the Company, MINGKIRI, S.L. has shared voting power and shared investment power over 18,832,056 Class A Shares and Marta Santacana Gri has shared voting power and shared investment power over 18,832,056 Class A Shares. Marta Santacana Gri may be deemed the beneficial owner of
Based on information known to the Company, Consilium, S.L. has sole voting power and sole dispositive power over 17,212,252 Class A Shares. The address of the foregoing named beneficial owner is Plaza Europa 34, Planta 18, L’Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona, Spain 08908.
Based on information know to the Company, AM Gestió, S.L. has sole voting power over 15,607,439 Class A Shares. The address of the foregoing named beneficial owner is Rossello Street 224, 3. Barcelona, Spain 08008.
Based solely on information provided by Generac Power Systems, Inc,Generac Power Systems, Inc. has sole voting power over 38,096,057 Class A Shares. The address of the foregoing named beneficial owner is Waukesha – Corporate Headquarters S45W29290 Highway 59 Waukesha, WI 53189.

Significant Changes in Ownership

To our knowledge, other than as provided in the table above, other filings with the SEC, public disclosure and this Annual Report, there has been no significant change in the percentage ownership held by any major shareholder during the past three years.

Registered Holders

To our knowledge, 40,413,901 Class A Shares were held by 15 record shareholders with registered addresses in the United States. To our knowledge, no Class B Shares were held by record shareholders with registered addresses in the United States.

Change in Control Arrangements

We are not aware of any arrangement that may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of our Company.

B.Related Party Transactions

The following includes, among other information, a description of related party transactions, as defined under Item 7.B of Form 20‑F, since January 1, 2024.

Private Placement Equity Offerings

On August 5, 2024, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 36,334,277 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $45 million (€ 41.6 Million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $1.24 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on September 5, 2024.

Iberdrola

Iberdrola S.A. (together with its affiliates, “Iberdrola”) is the indirect owner of 100% of the interests in Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. (“Perseo”) a greater than 5% shareholder of Wallbox.

In June 2021, we entered into a lease with a subsidiary of Iberdrola for Company offices located in Barcelona. The lease agreement provides for a monthly payment to be annually updated. This lease agreement covers the period until August 2032. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company's cost was an aggregate of €624 thousand in rent and other expenses under the lease agreement. The cost in the year ended December 31, 2023 amounted to €616 thousand.

In July 2020, Iberdrola entered into Letter of Intent to purchase Supernova charging stations from Wallbox. The terms of this letter of intent, in which Iberdrola expressed its interest in purchasing 6,500 Supernova chargers and, in 2022, expressed an interest to increase the number of public use chargers it plans to purchase for a total of 10,000 chargers. As of December 31, 2024, 113 public chargers were already sold to Iberdrola under the letter of intent.

In the normal course of business, we enter into transactions and commercial arrangements with affiliates of Iberdrola, which, for the year ended December 31, 2024, involved sales of our chargers in an aggregate amount of €6.1 million which represents the same purchase price as is sold to unrelated third parties.

On September 27, 2021, we, as buyer, entered into a Power Purchase Agreement (“PPA”) with Iberdrola Clientes, S.A.U. (“Iberdrola Clientes”), a Spanish limited liability company and affiliate of Iberdrola, as seller, for the supply of renewable energy to meet the energy

demands of our Zona Franca factory located in Poligono Industrial Zona Franca Calle D, 26‑08040 Barcelona, Spain (the “Zona Franca Factory”). Pursuant to the PPA, Iberdrola Clientes installed, commissioned and operates certain photovoltaic facilities (the “Facilities”). The Facilities are considered a “self‑consumption” facility and as such, Iberdrola Clientes is entitled to market any excess energy generated by the Facilities that remain after our Zona Franca Factory’s energy needs have been met. The PPA has an initial term of ten (10) years and is renewable for an additional period of fifteen (15) years. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, we paid Iberdrola Clientes €68,000 under this agreement.

On October 5, 2021, Enric Asunción Escorsa furnished a letter to Perseo pursuant to which Mr. Asunción agreed to take best efforts to support the election of the director Perseo designates under the designation right Perseo has for so long as it owns shares representing 3% of our outstanding share capital. David José Mesonero Molina currently serves as such director designee on the Board.

Generac

On December 13, 2023, in connection of the closing of the private placement of Class A Shares, Kariega Ventures, S.L., a major shareholder of the Company, which is controlled by Mr. Asunción, and the Company, entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which Kariega Ventures, S.L., and the Company agreed to take best efforts to support the election of the director nominee set forth by Generac pursuant to its director nomination rights, which director nomination rights Generac shall have for so long as it, together with its affiliates, collectively own at least 3% of the Company’s outstanding share capital. For additional information please refer to Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Transactions.”

Remuneration Arrangements with the Board and Senior Management

For a description of our remuneration arrangements with members of the Board and senior management, please refer to Item 6, “ Directors, Senior Management and Employees-–B. Compensation.”

Indemnification

Our Articles of Association provides for certain indemnification rights for our directors relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to our Company or, at our request, service to other entities, as directors or officers to the maximum extent permitted by Dutch law.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written Related Parties Transaction Policy and Procedures to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related party transactions. This policy covers material transactions or loans reportable under this Item between the Company and a related party, including without limitation our directors and senior management as well as their family members, and certain shareholders, and provides that such transactions be reviewed and approved or ratified by the Audit Committee. Such review shall assess if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party, whether the transaction is inconsistent with the interest of the Company and its shareholders, the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction, and shall also take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our organizational documents.

In addition to the conflict of interest rules included in the Board Regulations, we adopted a Code of Ethics & Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, relating to, inter alia, conflicts of interest and transactions that may result in a conflict of interest with our Company, our Code of Ethics & Conduct is available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on its website to the extent required under applicable law, rules, regulations or stock exchange requirements.

C.Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. Financial Information

A.Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated financial statements

Refer to Item 18, “Financial Statements” included elsewhere in this Annual Report, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Legal and Arbitration Proceedings

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

Dividend Policy

We have not paid any cash dividends on our shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of the Business Combination. Under Dutch law, we may only pay dividends to the extent our equity (eigen vermogen) exceeds the sum of its paid up and called up part of its issued capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law and (if it concerns a distribution of profits) after adoption by the General Meeting of the annual accounts from which it appears that such distribution is permitted. Subject to such restrictions, any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the Board. The Board may decide that all or part of the remaining profits shall be added to the reserves. After such reservation, any remaining profit will be at the disposal of the General Meeting. The Board may resolve to make interim distributions on Shares, subject to certain requirements, and with observance of (other) applicable statutory provisions, without the approval of the General Meeting. However, we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our shares for the foreseeable future.

We have not declared or paid dividends in the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023 and 2024.

Significant Changes

Please refer to Note 27, “Events After the Reporting Period,” within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for details regarding events subsequent to the reporting period.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A.Offer and Listing Details

Our Class A Shares commenced trading on the NYSE on October 4, 2021 under the symbol “WBX.” Our Warrants commenced trading on the NYSE on October 4, 2021 under the symbol “WBXWS.” Prior to this, no public market existed for our Class A Shares or our Warrants. Our Class B ordinary shares are not listed to trade on any securities market.

B.Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.Markets

Our Class A Shares commenced trading on the NYSE on October 4, 2021 under the symbol “WBX.”

Our Warrants commenced trading on the NYSE on October 4, 2021 under the symbol “WBXWS.”

D.Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.Dilution

Not applicable

F.Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10. Additional Information

A.Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.Memorandum and Articles of Association

A copy of our Articles is incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report. The information called for by this Item is set forth in Exhibit 2.2 to this Annual Report and is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

C.Material Contracts

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report (including the Exhibits), we are not currently, nor have we been for the past two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

D.Exchange Controls

There are currently no Netherlands/Spanish exchange control regulations that would affect the import or export of capital or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non‑resident holders of our shares.

E.Taxation

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders and Non‑U.S. Holders (each as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Class A Shares and Warrants and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non‑U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences discussed below.

This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

regulated investment companies (“RICs”) or real estate investment trusts (“REITs”);
brokers, dealers, or traders in securities;
tax‑exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long‑term residents of the United States;
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
persons holding Class A Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;
banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;
persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to Class A Shares or Warrants being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;
persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more (by vote or value) of our common stock;
“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
S corporations, partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other flow‑through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);
U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
persons who hold or received Class A Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and
tax‑qualified retirement plans.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Class A Shares or Warrants, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding Class A Shares or Warrants and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF THE CLASS A SHARES OR WARRANTS ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON‑U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of Class A Shares and/or Warrants, as the case may be, that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

Distributions on Class A Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if we make distributions of cash or property on the Class A Shares, the gross amount of such distributions (including any amount of foreign taxes withheld) to a U.S. Holder will generally be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), and then as a tax‑free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A Shares, with any excess treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. Because we do not expect to maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect all cash distributions to be reported as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from U.S. corporations.

Dividends received by certain non‑corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be “qualified dividend income,” which is taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rates, provided that:

either (a) the Class A Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (b) we are eligible for the benefits of a qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program;
we are neither a PFIC (as discussed below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”) nor treated as such with respect to a U.S. Holder in our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year;
the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding period requirements; and
the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that the Class A Shares, which are listed on the NYSE, are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Thus, we believe that any dividends that we pay on the Class A Shares will be potentially eligible for the lower tax rates. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower tax rates for dividends paid with respect to Class A Shares.

The amount of any dividends paid in Euros will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss (which will generally be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss) if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations (including a minimum holding period requirement), any foreign withholding taxes on dividends may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. However, recently issued Treasury regulations that apply to taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after December 28, 2021 (the “Foreign Tax Credit Regulations”) impose additional requirements for foreign taxes to be eligible for a foreign tax credit, and there can be no assurance that those requirements will be satisfied. Subject to certain exceptions, dividends on Class A Shares will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If such dividends are qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the reduced rate applicable to qualified dividend income and the denominator of which is the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the Class A Shares generally will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.” Instead of claiming a foreign tax credit, a U.S. Holder may be able to deduct any foreign withholding taxes on dividends in computing such U.S. Holder’s taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law (including that a U.S. Holder is not eligible for a deduction for foreign income taxes paid or accrued in a taxable year if such U.S. Holder claims a foreign tax credit for any foreign income taxes paid or accrued in the same taxable year). The rules governing the foreign tax credit and deductions for foreign taxes are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit or a deduction under their particular circumstances.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Shares and Warrants

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on any sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of Class A Shares or Warrants in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized on the disposition and (ii) such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Class A Shares or Warrants, in each case, as determined in U.S. dollars. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a taxable disposition of Class A Shares or Warrants generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long‑term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder had a holding period in the Class A Shares or Warrants of more than one year. A non‑corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual, who has held the Class A Shares and/or Warrants for more than one year generally will be eligible for reduced tax rates for such long‑term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Any such gain or loss recognized generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss. Accordingly, in the event any foreign tax (including withholding tax) is imposed upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of Class A Shares or Warrants, a U.S. Holder may not be able to utilize foreign tax credits unless such U.S. Holder has foreign source income or gain in the same category from other sources. Moreover, pursuant to the Foreign Tax Credit Regulations, unless a U.S. Holder is eligible for and elects the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty, any such foreign tax would generally not be a foreign income tax eligible for a foreign tax credit (regardless of any other foreign source income or gain that the U.S. Holder may have). In such case, however, the non‑creditable foreign tax may reduce the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of the Class A Shares or Warrants. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the ability to claim a foreign tax credit and the application of any applicable income tax treaty to such U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances.

Exercise or Lapse of Warrants

Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of Warrants, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of Class A Shares on the exercise of Warrants for cash. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in Class A Shares received upon the exercise of Warrants generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants exercised therefor and the exercise price. Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” the U.S. Holder’s holding period for Class A Shares received upon the exercise of Warrants will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the Warrants and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrants. If Warrants are allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder that has otherwise not disposed of the Warrants generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of Warrants are not clear under current U.S. federal income tax law. A cashless exercise may not be a taxable event to a U.S. Holder, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either situation, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A Shares received would equal the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants exercised, therefor. If the cashless exercise is not treated as a realization event, a U.S. Holder’s holding period in the Class A Shares would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the Warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A Shares would include the holding period of the Warrants exercised, therefore.

It is also possible that a cashless exercise of Warrants could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized in the manner set forth above under “—Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Shares and Warrants.” In such event, a U.S. Holder could be deemed to have surrendered the number of Warrants having an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of Warrants to be exercised. The U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount generally equal to the difference between (i) the fair market value of the Warrants deemed surrendered and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such Warrants deemed surrendered. Such gain or loss would be long‑term or short‑term, depending on the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A Shares received would equal the sum of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants deemed exercised and the exercise price of such Warrants. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Shares received in such case generally would begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the Warrants.

Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise of the Warrants, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise of Warrants.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of Class A Shares for which the Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the Warrant in certain events. An adjustment that has the effect of preventing dilution in a reasonable manner generally is not taxable. A U.S. Holder of a Warrant would, however, generally be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, there is an adjustment that increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (for instance, through an increase in the number of Class A Shares that would be obtained upon exercise of such Warrant) as a result of a distribution of cash or other property such as other securities to the holders of the Class A Shares which is taxable to the U.S. Holders of such shares as described under “—Distributions on Class A Shares” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. Holder of such Warrant received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Warrant will generally be increased to the extent of any such constructive distribution that is treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”), within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code, for any taxable year if either: (a) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” for purposes of the PFIC rules or (b) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, we will be treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets and earning its proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities, net gains from the sale or exchange of property producing such income and net foreign currency gains.

Under the PFIC rules, if we were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder owns Class A Shares or Warrants, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such investment unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and (ii) such U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules.

Based on the recent, current and anticipated composition of our and our subsidiaries’ income, assets and operations of, we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC in the current taxable year or in future taxable years. This is a factual determination, however, that depends on, among other things, the composition of the income and assets, and the market value of the shares and assets, of us and our subsidiaries from time to time as well as on the application of complex statutory and regulatory rules that are subject to potentially varying or changing interpretations. Thus, the determination can only be made annually after the close of each taxable year and there can be no assurances that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year.

If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder owns Class A Shares, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes on a sale or other disposition of the Class A Shares, as well as the amount of any “excess distribution” (defined below) such U.S. Holder receives, would be allocated ratably over such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Shares. In the case of Class A Shares acquired upon the exercise of Warrants, such holding period would, pursuant to proposed Treasury regulations, generally include the holding period of such Warrants. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition (or the taxable year of receipt, in the case of an excess distribution) and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For purposes of these rules, distributions on the Class A Shares that are received in a taxable year by a U.S. Holder will be treated as excess distributions to the extent that they exceed 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the Class A Shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.

Pursuant to proposed Treasury regulations, an option to acquire stock of a PFIC is considered PFIC stock for the purpose of determining tax due on any gain recognized from a disposition of the option. Accordingly, if we are considered a PFIC at any time during which a U.S. Holder holds Warrants, such U.S. Holder will generally be subject to the rules described above with respect to any gain realized from a sale or other disposition of such Warrants.

Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as qualified electing fund treatment or mark‑to‑market treatment) of the Class A Shares if we are considered a PFIC. We do not intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders of Class A Shares to make qualified electing fund elections, which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for an investment in a PFIC described above. If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year, such U.S. Holder will be deemed to own shares in any of our subsidiaries that are also PFICs. However, an election for mark‑to‑market treatment would likely not be available with respect to any such subsidiaries. In addition, an election for mark‑to‑market treatment is currently not available with respect to Warrants.

If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder owns Class A Shares, such a U.S. Holder would generally also be subject to annual information reporting requirements. Failure to comply with such information reporting requirements may result in significant penalties and may suspend the running of the statute of limitations. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in Class A Shares or Warrants.

Non‑U.S. Holders

The section applies to Non‑U.S. Holders of Class A Shares and Warrants. For purposes of this discussion, a Non‑U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Class A Shares or Warrants that is not a U.S. Holder, including:

a nonresident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States;
a foreign corporation; or
a foreign estate or trust.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Ownership and Disposition of Class A Shares and Warrants

Any (i) distributions of cash or property paid to a Non‑U.S. Holder in respect of Class A Shares or (ii) gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A Shares and/or Warrants generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless:

the gain or distribution is effectively connected with the Non‑U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non‑U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain or distribution is attributable); or
in the case of any gain, the Non‑U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met.

Any distribution or gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates in the same manner as if the Non‑U.S. Holder were a U.S. Holder. A Non‑U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected distribution or gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non‑U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non‑U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non‑U.S. Holder’s exercise of a Warrant, or the lapse of a Warrant held by a Non‑U.S. Holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a warrant by a U.S. Holder, as described under “—U.S. Holders‑Exercise or Lapse of Warrants,” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise or lapse results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described in the preceding paragraphs above for a Non‑U.S. Holder’s gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A Shares or Warrants.

Non‑U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting requirements may apply to distributions received by U.S. Holders of Class A Shares (as well as any constructive distributions to a U.S. Holder that holds Warrants, as described above under “—‍U.S. Holders–Constructive Distributions”), and the proceeds received by U.S. Holders on the sale or other taxable the disposition of Class A Shares or Warrants effected within the United States (and, in certain cases, outside the United States), in each case other than for U.S. Holders that are exempt recipients (such as corporations). Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) may apply to such amounts if the U.S. Holder is not an exempt recipient and fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number (generally on an IRS Form W‑9 provided to the applicable withholding agent) and to certify that it is not subject to backup withholding. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with, and Non‑U.S. Holders may be subject to backup withholding with respect to, distributions received by Non‑U.S. Holders of Class A Shares (as well as any constructive distributions to a Non‑U.S. Holder that holds Warrants, as described above under “—‍U.S. Holders—Constructive Distributions”), and the proceeds received by Non‑U.S. Holders on the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A Shares or Warrants within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.‑ related financial intermediaries, unless the Non‑U.S. Holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent the required certification as to its non‑U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W‑8BEN, IRS Form W‑8BEN‑E or IRS Form W‑8ECI, as applicable, or the Non‑U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding generally may be credited against the taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a taxpayer may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

F.Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.Documents on Display

We are required to make certain filings with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

We also make available on our website (www.Wallbox.com), free of charge, our annual reports on Form 20‑F and the text of our reports on Form 6‑K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as certain other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website address is investors.wallbox.com. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

References made in this Annual Report to any contract or certain other documents are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report for copies of the actual contract or documents.

I.Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

J.Annual Report to Securities Holders

We intend to submit any annual report provided to security holders in electronic format as an exhibit to a Report on Form 6‑K.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Refer to Note 26, “Financial Risk Management,” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk from possible losses due to changes in the fair value or the future cash flows of a financial instrument because of fluctuations in market interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would mean an increase (decrease) in

profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, December 31, 2023 and 2022 by €2,027 thousand, €1,951 thousand and €1,317 thousand, respectively. See Note 26.b “Market Rate Risk — Interest rate risk” for additional information.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to its revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the Euro, causing both its revenue and its operating results to be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates.

Gains or losses from the revaluation of certain cash balances, accounts receivable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in these currencies impact our net loss. A hypothetical decrease in all foreign currencies against the Euro of 10% would not result in a material foreign currency loss on foreign‑denominated balances, for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, except for the USD currency (please refer to Note 26.b, “Market Rate Risk--Currency risk”). As our global operations expand, our results may be more materially impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which it does business.

At this time, we do not enter into financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk, but it may in the future.

Other Market Price Risk

We held €25,303, €5,187 thousand and €5,030 thousand of investments in funds as of December 31, 2024, December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, that have been measured at fair value through profit or loss (please refer to Note 13, “Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”). We also hold investments in funds measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (please refer to Note 13, “Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”) that amounted to €275 thousand, €239 thousand and €239 thousand as of December 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and 2021, respectively, and therefore the exposure is evaluated as not significant. Additionally, we have derivative warrant liabilities (please refer to Note 13, “Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”) that were subject to an adjustment of €1,081 thousand recognized as an income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss of 2024.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

Developing and maintaining policy documentation underlying ITGCs to promote knowledge transfer upon personnel and function changes.
Implementing an IT management review and testing plan to monitor ITGCs with a specific focus on systems supporting our financial reporting processes.

(c) We have acquired and implemented a new software application to facilitate proper monitoring and supervision of the accounting and reporting procedures. This new software has been launched in February 2025.

We recognize that additional measures may be necessary to remediate the material weaknesses or to adjust the remediation plans outlined above. We will not be able to confirm the successful remediation of these weaknesses until the relevant controls have been thoroughly implemented, have operated effectively for a sufficient period, and have been validated through formal testing.

While we are committed to addressing these weaknesses as effectively and efficiently as possible, the timeline and ultimate success of our remediation efforts cannot be guaranteed at this stage. We will continue to monitor the design and operational effectiveness of our processes, procedures, and controls, and we will implement any further changes that management deems appropriate to strengthen our internal control environment.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 based on the criteria set forth in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective due to the material weaknesses described above.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to an exemption by the JOBS act for “emerging growth companies” as defined under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except for the remediation efforts described above being taken to address the material weaknesses, during the year ended December 31, 2024 , there were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16. [Reserved]

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board has determined that Justin Mirro, Donna J. Kinzel and Beatriz González Ordóñez each satisfy the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A‑3 under the Exchange Act. The Board has also determined that Donna J. Kinzel is considered an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20‑F under the Exchange Act.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We adopted a Code of Ethics & Conduct that applies to all of its employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Our Code of Ethics & Conduct is available on our website (www.Wallbox.com). We intend to disclose any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on its website to the extent required under applicable law, rules, regulations or stock exchange requirements. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. We granted no waivers under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in 2024.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Ernst & Young, S.L. (“EY”) acted as the independent registered public accounting firm of Wallbox for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The table below sets out the total amount incurred, for services performed in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and breaks down these amounts by category of service:

	2024
	( in thousands)
Audit fees		1,435
Other fees		—
Tax fees		—
Total		1,435

All values are in Euros.

Audit fees

Audit fees for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 include the audit of our annual financial statements and services that are provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years.

Other fees

No other fees for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 have been incurred.

Tax fees

No tax fees for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 have been incurred.

Pre‑Approval Policies and Procedures

The advance approval of the Audit Committee or members thereof, to whom approval authority has been delegated, is required for all audit and non‑audit services provided by our auditors.

All services provided by our auditors are approved in advance by either the Audit Committee or members thereof, to whom authority has been delegated, in accordance with the Audit Committee’s pre‑approval policy.

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

We are a “foreign private issuer” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b‑4 under the Exchange Act), and our Class A Shares are listed on the NYSE. We believe the following to be the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. Under the NYSE rules, NYSE‑listed companies that are foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice in‑lieu of the corporate governance provisions specified by the NYSE, with limited exceptions. Accordingly, we follow certain corporate governance practices of our home country, the Netherlands, in‑lieu of certain of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Under the NYSE rules, U.S. domestic listed companies are required to have a majority independent board, which is not required under the DGCG of the Netherlands, our home country. In addition, the NYSE rules require U.S. domestic listed companies to have a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each composed entirely of independent Directors, which are not required under our home country laws.

We currently follow and intend to continue to follow the foregoing governance practices and not avail ourselves of the independence exemptions afforded to foreign private issuers under the NYSE rules. Our Board has determined that nine of its eleven board members qualify as independent under the NYSE rules applicable to members of the board of directors. We, however intend to rely on this “foreign private issuer exemption” with respect to NYSE rules requiring shareholder approval as described below. We may in the future, however, decide to use other foreign private issuer exemptions with respect to some or all of the other NYSE listing requirements. Following our home country governance practices may provide less protection than is accorded to investors under the NYSE listing requirements applicable to domestic issuers.

The NYSE also requires that a listed company obtain, in specified circumstances, (1) shareholder approval to adopt or materially revise equity compensation plans, as well as (2) shareholder approval prior to an issuance (a) of more than 1% of its common stock (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power to related parties, (b) of more than 20% of its outstanding common stock (including derivative securities thereof) in either number or voting power or (c) that would result in a change of control, none of which require shareholder approval under the laws of the Netherlands. We intend to follow home country law in determining whether shareholder approval is required.

Due to our status as a foreign private issuer and our intent to follow certain home country corporate governance practices, our shareholders do not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all the NYSE corporate governance standards and shareholder approval requirements.

For more information on our corporate governance practices, please refer to Item 6, “Directors, Senior Management, and Employees—C. Board Practices-–Corporate Governance Practices.”

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

Item 16J. Insider Trading Policies

We adopted an Insider Trading Policy that applies to our directors, executive officers, employees and certain consultants and contractors. We believe it has been reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and applicable Nasdaq listing standards. Our insider trading policy and procedures prohibit our directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors from trading in our securities while in possession of material, non-public information, among other things.

The foregoing description of the Insider Trading Policy does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Insider Trading Policy, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 11 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 16K. Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program aimed at protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our critical systems and information. Our cybersecurity risk management program is based on threat assessment, maturity assessment and technical reviews, and is addressed to continually improve the cybersecurity incident response plan, risk mitigation and business continuity plan.

We design and assess our program based on internationally recognized cybersecurity standards, specifically ISO27001:2022. Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our Information Security Management System (ISMS). It includes cybersecurity risk management, which is aligned with the business objectives and risk assessments of other company areas such as the legal department, human resources, among others. Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:

risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, services, and our broader IT environment;
a security team primarily responsible for managing (1) our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, (2) our security controls, and (3) our response to cybersecurity incidents;
cybersecurity awareness training for our employees during the onboarding process, as well as the recurrent sending of awareness alerts/pills on topics relevant to the security of Wallbox; and
cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents;

We have not identified risks from known cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. We face risks from

cybersecurity threats that, if realized, are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. See Part I, Item 3 “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks, and other network disruptions could result in security and privacy breaches, loss of proprietary information and interruption in service, which would harm our business.”

Risk Management (ERM) framework.

We have integrated cybersecurity processes into our overall risk management approach in the following ways:

1.Governance & Oversight

2.Risk Assessment & Monitoring

3.Incident Response & Mitigation

4.Compliance & Regulatory Alignment

Engagement of Third Parties and Oversight of Cybersecurity Risks in Third-Party Service Providers

At Wallbox, we recognize the critical role that third-party assessments and oversight play in maintaining a strong cybersecurity posture. Our approach to

engaging

external expertise and managing cybersecurity risks from third-party service providers includes the following:

1.Engagement of Third-Party Assessors, Consultants, and Auditors

2.Processes to Identify and Manage Cybersecurity Risks from Third-Party Service Providers

Cybersecurity Risk Management Responsibilities and Oversight.

At Wallbox, cybersecurity risk management is a shared responsibility across multiple leadership roles and governance bodies, ensuring effective assessment, mitigation, and response to cybersecurity threats.

1. Management Positions and Committees Responsible for Cybersecurity Risk Assessment and Management

Wallbox has a dedicated governance structure for cybersecurity risk management, including:

•Board of Directors (Cybersecurity Oversight)

•Chief Information Officer (CIO)

•Information Security Manager

•Risk & Compliance Committee

2. Processes for Cybersecurity Risk Monitoring, Prevention, Detection, Mitigation, and Remediation

•Cybersecurity Risk Reporting

•Incident Response & Monitoring

•Security Awareness & Training

•Continuous Improvement & Compliance

Our Business Continuity Plan basis includes:

Risk Mitigation and Continuity Strategies: We have identified critical business functions and systems that require protection and swift recovery. Our continuity strategies ensure minimal operational downtime and quick restoration of services following an incident.
Recovery Procedures: The BCP outlines clear procedures for system and data restoration, including recovery time objectives (RTOs) and recovery point
objectives (RPOs) for key services. This ensures that our organization can recover effectively while maintaining data integrity and service continuity.
Regular Testing and Updates: To remain resilient, our BCP is subject to regular testing through drills and simulations. These tests help us verify the effectiveness of our recovery procedures and update the plan to reflect changes in our infrastructure, emerging threats, and evolving business needs.

Cybersecurity Governance

Our Board considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and has delegated to the Audit Committee the oversight of cybersecurity and other information technology risks. The Audit Committee oversees the management's implementation of our cybersecurity risk management program.Management updates the Audit Committee, as necessary, regarding any material cybersecurity incidents, as well as any incidents with lesser impact potential.

Exhibit No.	Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit No.	Filing Date	Filed/ Furnished
4.16#	Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 17, 2023, by and between Pulsar Chargers GmbH as Purchaser and ABL GmbH as Seller, dated October 17, 2023.	6-K	001-40865	4.1	10/18/2023
4.17#	Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 15, 2023, by and between Wall Box Chargers S.L.U. and greenmobility invest 2 GmbH.	6-K	001-40865	4.1	12/18/2023
4.18	Letter Agreement, dated December 13, 2023, between Generac Power Systems, Inc and Wallbox N.V.	20-F	001-40865	4.18	03/21/2024
4.19	Letter Agreement, dated December 13, 2023, between Kariega Ventures, S.L. and Wallbox N.V.	20-F	001-40865	4.19	03/21/2024
4.20#	Financing Agreement, dated October 16, 2023, by and among Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., Wallbox N.V., Wallbox USA, Inc., Instituto de Crédito Oficial E.P.E., Institut Català De Finances, Mora Banc Grup SA, EBN Banco De Negocios, S.A., and EBN Banco De Negocios, S.A.	20-F	001-40865	4.20#	03/21/2024
4.21#	Financing Agreement, dated October 16, 2023, by and among Wallbox USA, Inc., Wallbox N.V., Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U., Compañía Española de Financiación del Desarrollo, and Cofides, S.A., S.M.E.	20-F	001-40865	4.21#	03/21/2024
4.22	Framework debt reorganization agreement, dated November 11, 2024, by and among Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.,Wallbox N.V., Wallbox USA, Inc., AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., and Banco Santander, S.A.					*
4.23	Non-extinguishing modifying novation of a framework debt reorganization agreement, dated April 08, 2025, by and among Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.,Wallbox N.V., Wallbox USA, Inc., AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Banco Santander, S.A., Caixabank, S.A., EBN Banco, S.A.,Instituto de Crédito Oficial E.P.E., Institut Català De Finances, Mora Banc Grup SA and Compañia Española de Financiación del desarrollo, Cofides, S.A., S.M.E.					*
8.1	List of Subsidiaries					*
11.1	Insider Trading Policy					*
12.1	Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002					*
12.2	Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002					*
13.1	Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002					**
13.2	Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002					**
15.1	Consent of BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV, independent registered public accounting firm					*
15.2	Consent of Ernst and Young, S.L., independent registered public accounting firm					*
20.1	Non‑binding Letter of Intent, dated July 31, 2020, by Iberdola Clientes, S.A.U, to Wall Box Chargers S.L.(translated into English from its original text in Spanish)	F-1	333-260652	20.1	11/01/2021
97.1	Compensation Recovery Policy					*
101.1	Inline XBRL Document Set for the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Part III, Item 18, Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F					*
104	Inline XBRL for the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 20‑F, included in the Exhibit 101 Inline XBRL Document Set					*

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

† This document has been identified as a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks within brackets) have been omitted pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such omitted information is not material and the registrant customarily and actually treats such information as private or confidential.

Certain agreements filed as exhibits to this Annual Report contain representations and warranties that the parties thereto made to each other. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to such agreements and may have been qualified by certain information that has been disclosed to the other parties to such agreements and that may not be reflected in such agreements. In addition, these representations and warranties may be intended as a way of allocating risks among parties if the statements contained therein prove to be incorrect, rather than as actual statements of fact. Accordingly, there can be no reliance on any such

representations and warranties as characterizations of the actual state of facts. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of any such representations and warranties may have changed since the date of such agreements.

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20‑F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

		Wallbox N.V.
Date:	May 6, 2025	By:	/s/ Enric Asunción Escorsa
			Enric Asunción Escorsa
			Chief Executive Officer

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (Ernst and Young, S.L., PCAOB ID: #1461)	F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV: PCAOB ID #1432)	F-3
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023	F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022	F-5
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022	F-6
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022	F-7
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F-9

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Wallbox, N.V.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Wallbox, N.V. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of profit and loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Standard Board.

The Company’s Ability to Continue as Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses from operations and there remains an inherent material uncertainty in relation to the achievement of forecasted results and cash flows and the successful negotiation of waivers in the event of covenant breaches. This indicates that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young, S.L.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

Barcelona, Spain

May 6, 2025

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and Board of Directors

Wallbox N.V.

Barcelona, Spain

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows of Wallbox N.V. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV

BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV

We have served as the Company’s auditor from 2021 through 2023.

Zaventem, Belgium

March 30, 2023

F-3

WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2024 AND 2023

(In thousand Euros)	Notes
Assets
Non-Current Assets
Property, plant and equipment	8	67,848		76,183
Right-of-use assets	9	32,175		35,423
Intangible assets	10 a)	76,101		94,049
Goodwill	10 b) and 11	11,178		13,385
Non-current financial assets	13	1,350		1,521
Tax credit receivables	24	6,047		6,056
Total Non-Current Assets		194,699		226,617
Current Assets
Inventories	14	70,082		92,478
Trade and other financial receivables	13	29,671		43,416
Other receivables	24	5,866		8,429
Other current financial assets	13	26,110		5,810
Other current assets and deferred charges		2,007		1,276
Advance payments	14	4,595		4,357
Cash and cash equivalents	15	20,036		101,158
Total Current Assets		158,367		256,924
Total Assets		353,066		483,541
Equity and Liabilities
Equity
Share capital	16	55,243		50,352
Share premium	16	531,113		481,615
Accumulated deficit	16	(569,175	)	(420,195	)
Other equity components	16	34,835		32,149
Foreign currency translation reserve	16	12,784		5,868
Total Equity attributable to owners of the Company		64,800		149,789
Non-controlling interest		(2,222	)	22
Total Equity		62,578		149,811
Liabilities
Non-Current Liabilities
Loans and borrowings	13	66,659		80,861
Lease liabilities	9 and 13	31,742		34,063
Provisions	17	3,064		13,836
Government grants	18	7,216		4,849
Deferred tax liabilities	24	3,412		9,347
Long term deferred income	19	2,644		—
Total Non-Current Liabilities		114,737		142,956
Current Liabilities
Loans and borrowings	13	131,810		126,496
Derivative warrants liabilities	13	2,168		3,119
Lease liabilities	9 and 13	4,664		4,914
Trade and other financial payables	13	29,052		45,081
Other payables	24	3,071		6,209
Provisions	17	2,349		1,752
Government grants	18	585		551
Contract liabilities	19	2,052		2,652
Total Current Liabilities		175,751		190,774
Total Liabilities		290,488		333,730
Total Equity and Liabilities		353,066		483,541

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022

(In thousand Euros except per share data)	Notes
Revenue	19	163,943		143,769		144,185
Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used	20	(107,920	)	(95,503	)	(85,605	)
Employee benefits	21	(71,488	)	(81,236	)	(88,814	)
Other operating expenses	20	(54,089	)	(59,788	)	(91,555	)
Amortization and depreciation	8, 9 and 10	(37,873	)	(28,443	)	(18,890	)
Impairment of assets	11	(26,415	)	—		—
Net other income	20	25		14,260		1,844
Operating Loss		(133,817	)	(106,941	)	(138,835	)
Financial income	22	1,945		1,472		2,307
Financial expenses	22	(23,680	)	(15,247	)	(7,998	)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities	13	1,081		6,476		80,748
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)	22	(4,044	)	1,466		(3,618	)
Financial Results		(24,698	)	(5,833	)	71,439
Share of loss of equity-accounted investees		—		—		(330	)
Loss before Tax		(158,515	)	(112,774	)	(67,726	)
Income tax credit	24	6,723		703		4,926
Loss for the Year		(151,792	)	(112,071	)	(62,800	)
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company		(148,980	)	(112,068	)	(62,800	)
Non-controlling interest		(2,812	)	(3	)	—
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted losses per share (euros per share)	23	(0.66	)	(0.60	)	(0.38	)
Loss for the Year		(151,792	)	(112,071	)	(62,800	)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Other comprehensive (loss)/income that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods
Currency translation differences in foreign operations, net of tax		6,916		(4,729	)	7,996
Changes in the fair value of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax		36		—		(9	)
Net other comprehensive (loss)/income that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods		6,952		(4,729	)	7,987
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year		6,952		(4,729	)	7,987
Total comprehensive loss for the year		(144,840	)	(116,800	)	(54,813	)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022

		Attributable to owners of the Company
													Foreign
										Other			currency						Non-
		Share		Share			Accumulated			equity			translation						controlling			Total
(In thousand Euros)	Notes	capital		premium			deficit			components			reserve			Total			interest			Equity
Balance at January 1, 2022			44,480		322,391			(243,896	)		5,496			2,601			131,072			—			131,072
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Loss for the year			—		—			(62,800	)		—			—			(62,800	)		—			(62,800	)
Other Comprehensive (loss)/income for the<br> year			—		—			—			(9	)		7,996			7,987			—			7,987
Total comprehensive income for the year			—		—			(62,800	)		(9	)		7,996			(54,813	)		—			(54,813	)
Transactions with owners of the Company
Contribution of equity (Private placement)	16		981		40,745			—			—			—			41,726			—			41,726
Contribution of equity (Ares acquisition)			84		6,216			—			—			—			6,300			—			6,300
Contribution of equity (Electromaps<br> acquisition)	13		20		1,480			—			—			—			1,500			—			1,500
Contribution of equity (Execution of options<br> and warrants)	16		204		7,408			—			(1,291	)		—			6,321			—			6,321
Share based payments	21		—		—			—			34,837			—			34,837			—			34,837
Business Combinations to be settled in equity<br> instruments	16		—		—			—			2,207			—			2,207			—			2,207
Total contributions and distributions			1,289		55,849			—			35,753			—			92,891			—			92,891
Total transactions with owners of the Company			1,289		55,849			(62,800	)		35,744			7,996			38,078			—			38,078
Balance at December 31, 2022			45,769		378,240			(306,696	)		41,240			10,597			169,150			—			169,150
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Loss for the year			—		—			(112,068	)		—			—			(112,068	)		(3	)		(112,071	)
Other Comprehensive (loss)/income for the<br> year			—		—			—			—			(4,729	)		(4,729	)					(4,729	)
Total comprehensive income for the year			—		—			(112,068	)		—			(4,729	)		(116,797	)		(3	)		(116,800	)
Transactions with owners of the Company
Contribution of equity (Private placement)	16		3,503		70,739			—			—			—			74,242			—			74,242
Contribution of equity (Coil acquisition)			33		2,284			—			(2,317	)		—			—			—			—
Contribution of equity (ATM)	13		316		5,790			—			—			—			6,106			—			6,106
Contribution of equity (Execution of options<br> and warrants)	16		731		24,562			—			(23,446	)		—			1,847			—			1,847
Share based payments	21		—		—			—			16,672			—			16,672			—			16,672
Non-controlling interest on acquisition of<br> subsidiary			—		—			—			—			—			—			25			25
Other movements			—		—			(1,431	)		—			—			(1,431	)		—			(1,431	)
Total contributions and distributions			4,583		103,375			(1,431	)		(9,091	)		—			97,436			25			97,461
Total transactions with owners of the Company			4,583		103,375			(113,499	)		(9,091	)		(4,729	)		(19,361	)		22			(19,339	)
Balance at December 31, 2023			50,352		481,615			(420,195	)		32,149			5,868			149,789			22			149,811
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Loss for the year			—		—			(148,980	)		—			—			(148,980	)		(2,812	)		(151,792	)
Other Comprehensive (loss)/income for the<br> year			—		—			—			36			6,916			6,952			—			6,952
Total comprehensive income for the year			—		—			(148,980	)		36			6,916			(142,028	)		(2,812	)		(144,840	)
Transactions with owners of the Company
Contribution of equity (Private placement)	16		4,360		37,045			—			—			—			41,405			—			41,405
Contribution of equity (Ares acquisition)	16		45		410			—			(473	)		—			(18	)		—			(18	)
Contribution of equity (ATM)	16		9		34			—			—			—			43			—			43
Contribution of equity (Execution of options<br> and warrants)	16		472		12,458			—			(12,135	)		—			795			—			795
Share based payments	21		—		—			—			3,826			—			3,826			—			3,826
Others			5		(449	)		—			—			—			(444	)		—			(444	)
Other movements (Notes 6 and 17)			—		—			—			11,432			—			11,432			568			12,000
Total contributions and distributions			4,891		49,498			—			2,650			—			57,039			568			57,607
Total transactions with owners of the Company			4,891		49,498			(148,980	)		2,686			6,916			(84,989	)		(2,244	)		(87,233	)
Balance at December 31, 2024			55,243		531,113			(569,175	)		34,835			12,784			64,800			(2,222	)		62,578

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022

(In thousand Euros)	Notes
Cash flows from Operating Activities
Loss for the Year		(151,792	)	(112,071	)	(62,800	)
Adjustments for:
Amortization and depreciation	8, 9 and 10	37,873		28,443		18,890
Impairment of assets	11	26,415		—		—
Expected credit loss for trade and other receivables	13 and 20	2,088		1,893		3,873
Impairments of inventories	20	6,318		999		1,575
Impairments of financial assets		—		—		1,411
Change in provisions	17	156		2,426		1,737
Government grants	18	(1,198	)	(1,706	)	(718	)
Financial income	22	(1,945	)	(1,472	)	(2,307	)
Financial expenses	22	23,680		15,247		6,743
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities	13	(1,081	)	(6,476	)	(80,748	)
Exchange differences	22	4,044		(1,466	)	3,618
Income tax credit	24	(6,723	)	(703	)	(4,926	)
Share based payments expense	21	3,826		16,672		32,625
Results from disposals of property, plant and equipment	20	1,384		—		—
Share of loss of equity accounted associates		—		—		330
Negative Goodwill	20	—		(11,166	)	—
Proceeds from government grants		6,374		6,329		479
Changes in
- inventories		11,677		23,553		(73,622	)
- trade and other financial receivables		10,580		2,703		(11,801	)
- other assets		(19,125	)	1,227		7,297
- trade and other financial payables		(6,127	)	(30,417	)	21,723
- contract liabilities		2,044		1,885		329
Net cash used in operating activities		(51,532	)	(64,100	)	(136,292	)
Cash flows from Investing Activities
Investment in equity-accounted investees		—		—		(714	)
Loans granted to equity-accounted investees		—		—		(140	)
Acquisition of intangible assets	10	(27,247	)	(32,178	)	(27,384	)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment	8	(8,244	)	(12,236	)	(37,795	)
Acquisition of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss		—		—		(12,450	)
Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss		—		248		64,994
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired	6	(3,970	)	(9,979	)	(470	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(39,461	)	(54,145	)	(13,959	)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of thes e consolidated financial statements.

F-7

WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, 2023 AND 2022

(In thousand Euros)	Notes
Cash flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (ATM)	16	43		6,106		—
Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (Private placement)	16	41,405		74,242		41,726
Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (Warrants conversions and others)	13 and 16	333		1,847		4,641
Proceeds from loans	13	759,526		419,471		291,204
Repayments of loans	13	(770,956	)	(337,977	)	(218,902	)
Repayments of related parties loans		—		—		(42	)
Interest paid of convertible bonds		—		—		(223	)
Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities	9	(5,846	)	(2,809	)	(2,191	)
Payment of interest on lease liabilities	9	(1,911	)	(1,341	)	(1,267	)
Interest and bank fees paid	22	(19,639	)	(18,908	)	(3,199	)
Net cash from financing activities		2,955		140,631		111,747
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		(88,038	)	22,386		(38,504	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		101,158		83,308		113,865
Exchange gains/(losses)		6,916		(4,536	)	7,947
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December		20,036		101,158		83,308

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. REPORTING ENTITY

Wallbox N.V. (the “Company” or “Wallbox”) was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company under the name Wallbox B.V. on June 7, 2021 and was subsequently converted into a Dutch public limited liability company. Wallbox is registered in the Commercial Registry of the Netherlands Chamber of Commerce under ID number 83012559. Its statutory seat is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and the mailing and business address of its principal executive office is Carrer del Foc 68, 08038 Barcelona, Spain.

These consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”). The Group is primarily involved in the development, manufacturing, and sales of innovative solutions for charging electric vehicles. Further information about the Group’s business activities, reportable segments, and the related party relationships of the Group is included in Note 19 on Revenue, Note 7 on Segment reporting, and Note 25 on Group Information, respectively.

Wallbox is the Parent of the Group. The Group’s principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 are set out in Note 28. Unless otherwise stated, their share capital consists solely of ordinary shares which are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the Group.

Wallbox is listed on the New York Stock Exchange with the ticker WBX.

2. BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

These consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

These consolidated financial statements are approved and authorized for issuance on behalf of the Company’s board of directors on May 6, 2025.

Refer to Note 5 for details of the Group’s significant accounting policies.

Disclosures in respect of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are presented as have been previously reported.

Going Concern Assumption and Financial Position

Going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared under the going concern assumption. This basis of presentation presumes that the Group will continue its operations for a period of at least twelve months from the issuance date of these financial statements, and that it will be able to realize assets and discharge liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Additional details are provided below.

Wallbox has historically incurred net losses and significant cash outflows from operating activities, reflecting its investment in the development of electric vehicle charging solutions and the establishment of commercial operations globally. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the Group recorded a consolidated net loss of Euros 151,792 thousand and net cash used in operations of Euros 51,532 thousand. As of December 31, 2024, the Group had an accumulated deficit of Euros 569,175 thousand and positive total equity of Euros 62,578 thousand. The Group held Euros 46,146 thousand in cash, cash equivalents, and financial investments as of year-end.

The Group has financed its operations through a combination of bank borrowings and equity issuances. As of December 31, 2024, total borrowings amounted to Euros 198,469 thousand (compared to Euros 207,357 as of December 31, 2023). Some of these borrowings are subject to financial covenants, which the Group either complied with as of December 31, 2024 or obtained waivers from the relevant financial institutions.

Financing

On November 11, 2024, the Group entered into a framework agreement with several financial institutions providing an 18-month grace period on debt repayments. Additionally, as part of the agreement, the financial institutions have committed to maintaining the short-term financing agreements (credit lines) in force at least until June 30, 2026 with a limit of Euro 84.2 million. The agreement included a clause requiring adherence from all relevant lenders by May 11, 2025. The loan and borrowings outstanding amounts from the lender included in the agreement as of December 31, 2024 amounts to Euro 88.2 million.

F-9

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Liquidity Forecast

These plans incorporate a number of key assumptions regarding revenue growth (sales volumes), gross margin performance driven by product mix and cost efficiencies, operating expense management, working capital optimization driven by inventory reduction, the ability to raise additional capital as well as renewing short-term credit lines and meeting covenants or obtaining waivers.

As disclosed in Note 27, all of the financial institutions involved in the agreement signed on November 11, 2024, have adhered to the framework agreement on April 8, 2025, which includes the agreed grace period and covenant waivers.

On February 21, 2025, the Company raised €9.9 million via a capital increase.

While management believes the assumptions underlying the forecasts are reasonable and that the Company has a credible plan to execute its strategy, there remains an inherent material uncertainty in relation to the achievement of forecasted operating cashflows, the ability to raise additional capital as well as renewing short-term credit lines and meeting covenants or obtaining waivers. A significant deviation from the business plan, or the inability to secure necessary waivers or alternative financing, could cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Notwithstanding these uncertainties, based on current forecasts and available resources, management has concluded that the going concern basis of accounting remains appropriate for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements do not contain any adjustment that would result if the Group were unable to continue as a going concern.

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared primarily on a historical cost basis. The only exceptions to the application of the cost basis during their preparation have been the subsequent measurement of:

financial assets related to investment (see Note 13), which are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI);
financial investments related to investment funds with financial institutions (see Note 13), which are measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL); and
the derivative warrant liabilities (see Note 13) and the contingent consideration related to the business acquisitions (see Note 6), which are measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

Basis of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2024. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and can affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, the Group has the following:

Power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee).
Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee.
The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

F-10

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights results in control. When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
The contractual arrangement(s) with the other vote holders of the investee.
Rights arising from other contractual arrangements.
The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control. The consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders of the parent of the Group and the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies in line with the Group’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses, and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in consolidation.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognizes the related assets (including goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling interest and other components of equity, while any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of profit or loss. Any investment retained when the group loses control is recognized at fair value.

Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Euros, which is also the Parent Company’s functional currency. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest unit of thousand Euros, unless otherwise indicated.

Limitations on the distribution of dividends

Once the appropriations required by law or the by-laws of the Parent Company have been made, dividends may only be distributed with a charge to freely distributable reserves, provided that equity is not reduced to an amount below share capital. Profit recognized directly in equity cannot be distributed, either directly or indirectly. In the event of prior years’ losses causing the Company’s equity to be lower than share capital, profit will be used to offset these losses.

In accordance with Dutch law, the foreign currency translation reserve as shown on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position is not freely distributable. Furthermore, a free distribution is restricted for the amount of capitalized internal development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position. As at December 31, 2024 the amount of capitalized development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position amounts to Euros 66,308 thousand (2023: Euros 66,408 thousand) as further detailed in Note 10.

3. USE OF JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Critical judgement and estimates:

Below is a summary of the areas which involve a greater degree of judgment or complexity, and which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

•Going concern

F-11

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The Company’s management assesses the going concern of the company on an ongoing basis by estimating the future cash flows and anticipating cash outflows for the following 12 months. The Company’s management makes judgments about the future expected cash outflows and cash inflows based on the budget approved by the Board of Directors. This includes estimates about the expected growth rate, Wallbox’s market share, the gross margins, compliance with covenants, the exercise of warrants and availability of other financial funding from banks. See additional comment regarding Going concern judgement and estimates in Note 2.

•Impairment of non-current assets (including goodwill)

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the cash-generating unit level (“CGU”) on an annual basis, or if an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the recoverable amount of a CGU below its carrying amount. Potential events or circumstances of this nature would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, or sale or disposal of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

The Company makes judgments about the allocation of goodwill to each cash generating unit, the process of determining the cash generating units and the recoverability of non-current assets with finite lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Recoverability of finite life assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is impaired, then the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of the impaired asset. The assumptions and estimates about the future values and remaining useful lives of its non-current assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, as well as internal factors such as changes in business strategy and internal forecasts.

In order to determine the recoverable amount, the Company estimates expected future cash flows from the assets and applies an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of these cash flows. Future cash flows are dependent on whether the budgets and forecasts for the next five years are achieved, whereas the discount rates depend on the interest rate and risk premium associated with each of the companies.

Impairment losses on goodwill and non-current assets were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2024, in the Nordics, ABL, and Wallbox Europe CGUs. For further details, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

•Capitalization of development costs and determination of the useful life of intangible assets

The Company’s management reviews expenditures, including wages and benefits for employees, incurred on development activities and, based on its judgments of the costs incurred, assesses whether the expenditure meets the capitalization criteria set out in IAS 38 and the intangible assets accounting policy disclosed in Note 5. The Company’s management considers whether additional expenditures on projects relate to maintenance or new development projects. Only qualifying expenditures for new development projects will be capitalized.

The useful life of capitalized development costs is determined by management at the time the newly developed charger is brought into use and is regularly reviewed for appropriateness. For unique charger products controlled and developed by the Company, the useful life is based on historical experience with similar products as well as anticipation of future events, such as changes in technology, which may impact their useful economic life. (See Note 5).

•Business combinations (including put options liabilities)

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Company. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Company assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs.

The Company determines and allocates the purchase price of an acquired business to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the business combination date. The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to use significant estimates and assumptions with respect to the identification of assets previously not recognized, such as customer relationships, brand name and intangible assets, and the determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

•Share-Based Payments

The Company’s management measures equity settled share-based payments at fair value at the grant date and expenses the cost over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. The expense is based upon management’s estimate of the percentage of equity instruments which will eventually vest. At each statement of financial position date, management revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original

F-12

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

estimates, if any, is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

Prior to the completion of the Business Combination on October 1, 2021, as the ordinary shares of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. were not listed on a public marketplace, the calculation of the fair value of its ordinary shares was subject to a greater degree of estimation in determining the basis for share-based options that it issued. Given the absence of a public market during the first months of the year, management was required to estimate the fair value of the ordinary shares at each grant date.

The Company’s management determined the estimated fair value of its awards based on the estimated market price of the Parent’s stock on the date of grant, in practice the share price of Wallbox NV at grant date, and by applying methodologies generally accepted for this kind of valuation (see Note 21).

The date at which the fair value of the equity instruments granted is measured for the purposes of IFRS 2 for transactions with employees and others providing similar services is the grant date. Grant date is the date at which the entity and the employee agree to a share-based payment arrangement, at which point the entity and the counterparty have a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. At grant date, the entity confers on the counterparty the right to cash, other assets, or equity instruments of the entity, provided the specified vesting conditions, if any, are met. If that agreement is subject to an approval process (for example, by shareholders), the grant date is the date when that approval is obtained.

The assumptions underlying the valuations represent the Company’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. (See Note 21).

•Income taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized or whether there are taxable temporary differences that can support any DTAs. In order to determine the amount of the deferred tax assets to be recognized, the directors consider the amounts and dates on which future taxable profits will be obtained and the reversal period for taxable temporary differences. The Company has not recognized deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023. The key area of judgment is therefore an assessment of whether it is probable that there will be suitable taxable profits against which any deferred tax assets can be utilized. The Company operates in a number of international tax jurisdictions. Further details of the Company’s accounting policy in relation to deferred tax assets are discussed in Note 5.

Research and development tax credits are recognized as an asset once it is considered that there is sufficient assurance that any amount claimable will be received. The key judgement therefore arises in respect of the likelihood of a claim being successful when a claim has been quantified but has not yet been received. In making this judgement, the Company considers the nature of the claim and the track record of success of previous claims.

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and there are transactions for which the ultimate tax determination cannot be assessed with certainty in the ordinary course of business. An uncertain tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be made on examination. For tax positions not meeting this “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the period incurred. (See Note 24).

•Warrants

Public and Private Warrants originally issued by Kensington to its public shareholders and its sponsors were converted on the closing date of the Business Combination Agreement, into a right to acquire one Class A ordinary share of Wallbox N.V. (a “Wallbox Warrant”) on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the closing date. These warrants were considered part of the net assets of Kensington at the time of the Transaction.

On the closing date of the Business Combination Agreement, Wallbox N.V. issued Warrants to registered holders of Kensington’s Public and Private Warrants in exchange for the originally issued Warrants. The terms of the replacement Warrants issued by Wallbox N.V. were for the same terms as the original Warrants (to the extent applicable), and the exchange was treated as the assumption of the original Warrants.

In addition, in 2023, Wallbox issued warrants as part of the new facility agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (“BBVA”) entered into in February 2023.

F-13

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Generac is one of our shareholders who participated in certain capital increases during 2023 and 2024. In 2024, Wallbox has issued new warrants to Generac as part of the agreement in the shareholders funding.

According to management’s assessment, the Public and Private Warrants, BBVA Warrants and Generac Warrants fall within the scope of IAS 32 and have been classified as derivative financial liabilities as they fail the fixed for fixed criterion, amongst others because of their exercise price in a foreign currency (USD) and because of certain redemption clauses in place. Additionally, the Private Warrants can be exercised on a cashless basis in return for a variable number of shares as further detailed in Note 13. In accordance with IFRS 9 guidance, derivatives that are classified as financial liabilities shall be measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value to be recognized in profit or loss (refer to Note 13).

Although these estimates made by the Company’s directors were based on the best information available on December 31, 2024, it is possible that events which might take place in the future would result in adjustments being necessary in future years.

4. NEWLY EFFECTIVE AND NEWLY ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE IFRS AND IFRIC.

The standards and interpretations effective during the 2024 and those issued but not yet in force are detailed below:

a) Standards and interpretations effective as of January 1, 2024

• Classification of liabilities as current or non-current and non-current liabilities with Covenants (Amendments to IAS1)

• IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments (Amendments): Disclosures to enhance disclosures on reverse factoring arrangements

• Lease liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendment to IFRS 16)

The Group has not had any significant impacts on the consolidated financial statements of 2024.

b) New standards, amendments and interpretations effective and the European Union

• Lack of convertibility (Amendment to IAS 21) [endorsed as of January 1, 2025]

• Classification and measure of financial instruments and Contracts referencing Nature-dependent Electricity (Amendments (Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7) [endorsed as of January 1,2026]

• IFRS 18 Disclosures of the financial statements [endorsed as of January 1, 2027]

The Group intends to adopt the standards, interpretations, and amendments to the standards issued by the IASB, which are not mandatory in the European Union, when they come into force, if applicable. Although the Group is currently analyzing their impact, based on the analyses carried out to date, the Group estimates that their initial application will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

5. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Group has consistently applied the following significant accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

A. Basis of consolidation

i. Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and substantive process and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment (see (M)(ii)). Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognized in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

F-14

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are generally recognized in profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value as of the date of acquisition. If an obligation to pay contingent consideration that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, other contingent consideration is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in profit or loss.

When the contingent consideration to be paid to the sellers of the acquired business combination that are currently employed by the group and the payment will be automatically forfeited if employment terminates, the contingent consideration is considered as remuneration for post combination services.

When business combinations involve the granting of put options to non-controlling entities to be settled in cash, the Group recognizes at acquisition date a financial liability for the present value of the exercise price of the option, and it is remeasured at fair value until it is paid.

ii. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group ‘controls’ an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

iii. Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests (NCI) are measured initially at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition.

Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

For business combinations that include a put option liability to acquire the remaining non-controlling interests of that business, the Group will make use of the policy choice to recognize the interest of the acquired business in full without the recognition of any non-controlling interests. The fair value of the put option liability on transaction date is then accounted for as part of the consideration paid for the business and will be remeasured at each reporting date.

v. Interests in equity-accounted investees

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.

Interests in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognized at cost, which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income (OCI) of equity-accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases.

During 2023 the Company sold its investment in FAWSN (Note 12) so, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 the Group has not any interests in equity-accounted investees.

vi. Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

B. Foreign currency

i. Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currencies of Group companies at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.

F-15

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences are generally recognized in profit or loss and presented within finance costs.

ii. Foreign currency operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated into Euros using the exchange rates as of the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into Euros using the exchange rates on the dates of the transactions.

Foreign currency differences are recognized in OCI and accumulated in the translation reserve, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to NCI.

When a foreign operation is disposed of in its entirety or partially such that control, significant influence, or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. If the Group disposes of part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes of only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified profit or loss.

C. Revenue from contracts with customers

The Company develops, manufactures, and retails charging solutions for EVs, which includes electronic chargers and other services.

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when control of the goods or services is transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

Sale of chargers, Printed Circuit Boards (“PCBs”) and other products

Revenue from the sale of chargers, PCBs and other products are recognized at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer.

In case of the bill-and-hold agreements, the control of the asset is transferred to the client as soon as the chargers are ready to be picked up by the client, even though the chargers remain in the warehouse of Wallbox. Revenue recognized under bill-and-hold agreements is only recorded if the customer has the ability to direct the use of the products. This means that these products are identified separately as belonging to the customer in the Wallbox ’s warehouse, that the products are ready for physical transfer to the customer upon their request, and that the Group has no ability to use the products or to direct the products to another customer.

The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g., warranties, warehousing). In determining the transaction price for the sale of chargers, PCBs and other products, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration (if any). In addition, the major part of these transactions are performed under a sole purchase order and the price is not variable.

Contracts with customers do not include variable payments or significant financing components. There are no obligations for returns, refunds, or similar, other than regular warranty liabilities for products that are working unproperly based on warranty laws and regulations in each country in which Wallbox operates. These warranties are not considered a separate performance obligation under the contract. In addition, there are certain contracts with clients which include rebates for sales volumes which are accounted for as a reduction in revenue.

Sale of services

Revenue related to the rendering of services mainly consists of revenue from installation services and services related to managing solutions of charging point operators using software developed internally.

Revenue from contracts with customers for installation services is recognized when control of the services is transferred to the customer (at a point in time given the short period over which the service is rendered). Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. For installation contracts, where the time required to complete execution is longer, revenue recognized for each period is calculated taking into account the percentage of completion at the end of each financial period, considering the work in progress and the costs incurred until this date compared to the budgeted costs.

F-16

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The sale of installation services is always made in combination with the sale of a charger, although they are considered distinct performance obligations. Delivery of the charger and the installation services do not always happen at the same time, leading, in some cases, to chargers being delivered to customers with the installation pending. In this scenario, a contract liability is recognized when invoicing both services prior to rendering the installation services.

A contract liability is recognized if a payment is received or if a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when the Group performs its obligation under the contract (i.e., transfers control of the related goods or services to the customer).

D. Employee benefits

i. Short – term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and if the obligation can be estimated reliably. For the post-acquisition remuneration see Business combinations (see 5. A.i.).

ii. Share-based payment arrangements

The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements granted to employees is generally recognized as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market performance conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For the post-acquisition remuneration see Business combinations (see 5. A.i.).

iii. Termination benefits

Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits or when the Group recognizes costs for a restructuring process. If benefits are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the reporting date, are discounted.

E. Finance income and finance costs

The Group´s finance income and finance costs include:

interest income;
interest expense;
the foreign currency gain or loss on financial assets and financial liabilities;
Changes in fair value of contingent liabilities;
valuation of convertible bonds and derivatives warrant liabilities at FVTPL;
the net gain or loss on the disposal of investments in debt securities measured at FVTOCI;
impairment losses (and reversals) on investments in debt securities carried at amortized cost or FVTOCI.

Interest income or expense is recognized using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date on which the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to exactly:

the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or
the amortized cost of the financial liability.

F-17

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

In calculating interest income and expense, the effective interest rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of the asset (when the asset is not credit-impaired) or to the amortized cost of the liability. However, for financial assets that have become credit-impaired subsequent to initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer credit-impaired, then the calculation of interest income reverts the gross basis.

F. Income tax

Income tax expense consists of current and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

i. Current tax

Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The current tax payable or receivable amount is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects any uncertainty related to income taxes. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. The current tax also includes any tax arising from dividends.

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.

ii. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized as the result of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for:

temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; however if the asset (deductible) and the liability (taxable) arisen in a single transaction are equal, the initial recognition exception shall not apply, and the Company recognize the corresponding deferred tax assets and liabilities.
temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly-controlled entities to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Future taxable profits are determined based on the reversal of relevant taxable temporary differences. If the amount of taxable temporary differences is insufficient to recognize a deferred tax asset in full, then future taxable profits, adjusted for reversals of existing temporary differences, are considered, based on the business plans for individual subsidiaries in the Group. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable profits improves.

Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.

Deferred tax is measured using the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and reflects any uncertainty related to income taxes, if any.

iii. Tax credit receivables

As per the accounting policy choice, tax credit receivables derived from government incentive schemes delivered through the tax system are accounted for using IAS 12 by analogy, as it has been concluded that it better reflects the economic substance of the incentive (tax allowance for R&D investments) rather than applying IAS 20 Government Grants. Consequently, these incentives are presented in profit or loss as a deduction from the current tax expense to the extent that the entity is entitled to claim the credit in the current reporting period, and as tax credit receivables in the statement of financial position.

F-18

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

G. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for, as follows:

Raw materials: purchase cost on a weighted average cost method;
Finished goods and work in progress: cost of direct materials and labor and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on the normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

H. Property, plant and equipment

i. Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, which includes capitalized borrowing costs when their construction or manufacture takes more than a year, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Assets under construction are also measured at cost plus capitalized borrowing costs when their construction or manufacture takes more than one year and are not depreciated until they are ready for use.

If significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, then they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in profit or loss.

ii. Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the Group.

iii. Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment, less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Property, plant and equipment will be depreciated from the moment they are ready for use. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

	Useful life (years)
Buildings	50 years
Technical installations	33 years
Machinery	8 years
Equipment	4-8 years
Furniture	10 years
IT equipment	4 years
Motor vehicles	10 years
Leasehold improvements	(*)
Other property, plant and equipment	10 years

(*) The shorter of the lease term or useful life of the asset.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

I. Intangible assets and goodwill

i. Recognition and measurement

Goodwill: Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

F-19

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Research and development: Expenses related to research activities are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development expenditure is capitalized only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

Software: Expenses capitalized as software are those incurred in the ongoing development of a centralized system that will streamline the Group's business structure by integrating various underlying software platforms and adding new specific functionalities for the Group.

Other intangible assets: Other intangible assets, including customer relationships, patents, and trademarks, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

ii. Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

iii. Amortization

Amortization is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is not amortized.

The estimated useful lives for current and comparative periods are as follows:

	Useful life (years)
Patents	(*)
Customer relationships	5 years
Trademarks	10 years
Computer software	4-6 years
Development	5 years

(*) the shorter of legal or useful life of the asset.

Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

J. Financial instruments

i. Recognition and initial measurement

Trade receivables and debt securities issued are initially recognized when they are originated. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

A financial asset (unless it is a trade receivable without a significant financing component) or financial liability is initially measured at fair value plus or minus, for an item not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue. A trade receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price.

ii. Classification and subsequent measurement

Financial assets

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: amortized cost; FVTOCI – debt investment; FVTOCI – equity investment; or FVTPL.

Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets, in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the first reporting period following the change in the business model.

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as measured at FVTPL:

F-20

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and
its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

A hedge fund investment is measured at FVTOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as measured at FVTPL:

it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and
its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortized cost or FVTOCI as described above are measured at FVTPL. On initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the requirements to be measured at amortized cost or at FVTOCI as measured at FVTPL, if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise.

Financial assets – Business model assessment

The Group assesses the objective of the business model in which a financial asset is held at a portfolio level because this best reflects the way the business is managed and how information is provided to management. The information considered includes:

the stated policies and objectives for the portfolio and the operation of those policies in practice. These include whether management’s strategy focuses on earning contractual interest income, maintaining a particular interest rate profile, matching the duration of the financial assets to the duration of any related liabilities or expected cash outflows or realizing cash flows through the sale of the assets;
how the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to the Group’s management;
the risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business model) and how those risks are managed;
how managers of the business are compensated – e.g., whether compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or the contractual cash flows collected; and
the frequency, volume and timing of sales of financial assets in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future sales activity.

Transfers of financial assets to third parties in transactions that do not qualify for derecognition are not considered sales for this purpose, consistent with the Group’s continuing recognition of the assets.

Financial assets that are held for trading or are managed, and whose performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, are measured at FVTPL.

Financial assets – Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest

For the purposes of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition. ‘Interest’ is defined as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g., liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as a profit margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, the Group considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In making this assessment, the Group considers:

contingent events that would change the amount or timing of cash flows;

F-21

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

terms that may adjust the contractual coupon rate, including variable-rate features;
prepayment and extension features; and
terms that limit the Group’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g., non-recourse features).

A prepayment feature is consistent with the solely payments of principal and interest criterion if the prepayment amount substantially represents unpaid amounts of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, which may include reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract. Additionally, for a financial asset acquired at a discount or premium relative to its contractual par amount, a feature that permits or requires prepayment at an amount that substantially represents the contractual par amount plus accrued (but unpaid) contractual interest (which may also include reasonable compensation for early termination) is treated as consistent with this criterion if the fair value of the prepayment feature is insignificant at initial recognition.

Financial assets at FVTPL: These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.

Financial assets at amortized cost: These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognized in profit or loss.

Debt investments at FVTOCI: These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.

Equity investments at FVTOCI: These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

Financial liabilities – Classification, subsequent measurement and gains and losses

Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortized cost or at FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as measured at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading, it is a derivative, or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and any corresponding net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognized in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognized in profit or loss.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other financial payables, other payables, loans and borrowings, convertible bonds, put option liabilities and warrants.

Changes in the carrying amount of the put option liability recognized in a business combination (refer to Note 5.A.i for background on policy election) are recognized in profit or loss. Any potential dividends paid to the other shareholders are recognized as an expense in the consolidated financial statements. If the put option liability is exercised, then the financial liability is extinguished by the payment of the exercise price.

If warrants meet the definition of a derivative, they are accounted for as derivative financial instruments and are recorded as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, as commented in Note 13. Such derivative financial instruments were initially recognized at fair value and subsequently remeasured at fair value through profit or loss.

iii. Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when:

the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire; or
it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which either:
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred; or

F-22

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group periodically enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

Financial liabilities

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss. The cash flows associated with financial liabilities are presented gross in the statement of cash flows regardless of their maturity date.

iv. Offsetting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

K. Share capital

i. Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity. Income tax relating to transaction costs of an equity transaction is accounted for in accordance with IAS 12.

ii. Repurchase and reissue of ordinary shares (treasury shares)

When shares recognized as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented in the treasury share reserve. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented within share premium.

L. Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise convertible bonds denominated in Euros that can be converted to ordinary shares at the option of the holder, where the number of shares to be issued is fixed and does not vary with changes in fair value.

M. Impairment

i. Non-derivative financial assets

Financial instruments and contract assets

The Group recognizes loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on:

financial assets measured at amortized cost;
debt investments measured at FVTOCI; and
contract assets.

The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs, except for the following, which are measured at 12-month ECLs:

debt securities that are determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date; and

F-23

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

other debt securities and bank balances for which credit risk (the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial recognition.

Loss allowances for trade receivables (including lease receivables) and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment, as well as forward-looking information.

The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due.

The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realizing security (if any is held).

Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date (or a shorter period if the expected life of the instrument is less than 12 months). The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk.

Measurement of ECLs

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e., the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive).

ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset.

Credit-impaired financial assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortized cost and debt securities at FVTOCI are credit-impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred.

Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes the following observable data:

significant financial difficulty of the debtor;
a breach of contract such as a default or being more than 90 days past due;
the restructuring of a loan or advance by the Group on terms that the Group would not consider otherwise;
it is probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization; or
the disappearance of an active market for a security because of financial difficulties.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortized cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

Write-offs

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectation of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. For individual customers, the Group has a policy of writing off the gross carrying amount when the financial asset is 180 days past due based on historical experience with recoveries of similar assets. For corporate customers, the Group individually makes an assessment with respect to the timing and amount of the write-off based on whether there is a reasonable expectation of recovery. The Group expects no significant recovery from the amount written off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Group’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.

F-24

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

ii. Non-financial assets

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the recoverability of its non-financial assets (other than inventories, contract assets and deferred tax assets) by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment.

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets, or Cash Generating Units (CGUs). Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Value in use is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

N. Provisions

Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost.

Warranties: A provision for warranties is recognized when the underlying products or services are sold and is based on historical warranty data and a weighting of possible outcomes against their associated probabilities.

Indemnities: A provision for indemnities to the employees is recognized when the Company has communicated to the employee their intention to finalize the work relation, but the out of the employee is not executed at year end.

O. Grants

Government grants are recognized where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and that all attached conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income on a systematic basis over the periods that the related costs it is intended to compensate are expensed. When the grant relates to an asset, it is recognized as income in equal amounts over the expected useful life of the related asset.

When the Group receives grants of non-monetary assets, the asset and the grant are recorded at nominal amounts and released to profit or loss over the expected useful life of the asset, based on the pattern of consumption of the benefits of the underlying asset by equal annual instalments.

P. Leases (the Group as a lessee)

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

At commencement, or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-alone price. However, for the leases of property, the Group has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and to account for them as a single lease component.

The Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

F-25

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case, the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as that of property, plant and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The Group determines its incremental borrowing rate by obtaining interest rates from various external financing sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and type of the asset leased.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;
variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and
the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option, or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets (less than Euros 5,000) and short-term leases, including IT equipment. The Group recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Q. Fair value measurement

‘Fair value’ is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal market or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access at that date. The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk.

Several of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities.

The Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that instrument, if that price is available. A market is regarded as ‘active’ if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors that market participants would take into account when pricing a transaction.

If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has a bid price and an ask price, then the Group measures assets and long positions at a bid price and liabilities and short positions at an ask price.

F-26

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price – i.e., the fair value of the consideration given or received. If the Group determines that the fair value on initial recognition differs from the transaction price and the fair value is evidenced neither by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability nor based on a valuation technique for which any unobservable inputs are judged to be insignificant in relation to the measurement, then the financial instrument is initially measured at fair value, adjusted to defer the difference between the fair value on initial recognition and the transaction price. Subsequently, that difference is recognized in profit or loss on an appropriate basis over the life of the instrument but no later than when the valuation is wholly supported by observable market data or the transaction is closed out.

The Group uses observable market data to the extent possible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows.

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

Further information about the assumptions made in measuring fair values is included in the following notes:

Note 21 – Employee benefits (share-based payment arrangements);

Note 13 – Financial assets and financial liabilities; and

Note 6 – Business combinations.

R. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with an original maturity of three months or less, both for the statement of financial position and for the statement of cash flows.

We maintain cash and cash equivalents with major Financial institutions. Our cash and cash equivalents of bank deposits held with banks that, at the time, exceed federally or locally insured limits.

S. Assets held for sale

An entity shall be classified as a non-current asset (or disposal group) as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use.

For this to be the case, the asset (or disposal group) must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets (or disposal groups) and its sale must be highly probable.

For the sale to be highly probable, the appropriate level of management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal group), and an active process to locate a buyer and complete the plan must have been initiated. Further, the asset (or disposal group) must be actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value. In addition, the sale should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification and actions required to complete the plan should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. The probability of shareholders’ approval (if required in the jurisdiction) should be considered as part of the assessment of whether the sale is highly probable.

An entity that is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary shall classify all the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary as held for sale, regardless of whether the entity will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. An entity

F-27

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

shall measure a non-current asset (or disposal group) classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

6. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

During 2024, no new business combinations have occurred.

The business combinations of AR Electronics Solutions, S.L. and Coil Inc. was disclosed in the 2023 consolidated financial statements.

A- ABL Gmbh

On November 2, 2023, the Group acquired the operations, personnel and assets (which constitute a business) of ABL (Albert Buettner GmbH), incorporated in Germany, a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe with more than two million EVs on the road. The total consideration for this transaction was Euros 24,972 thousand, and consisted of Euros 10,102 thousand of a cash payment in 2023, a fair value of the deferred payments for an amount of Euros 4,465 thousand, of which Euros 3,898 thousand remained outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and has been paid during 2024, and a put option liability of Euros 10,405 thousand. Under this transaction, on December 15, 2023, Wall Box Chargers entered into an investment and shareholders’ agreement with Greenmobility invest 2 GmbH (a German limited liability company (“GI2”), the majority indirect shareholders of ABL), pursuant to which GI2 acquired a 25.1% interest in the share capital of ABL (this transaction has been completed on February 7, 2024). The Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a put and call option for GI2 and WBX SLU, respectively, that would provide the right to sell its shares to WBX SLU for cash and/or shares in the Company under the terms detailed in the Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement. The fair value of the put option liability was estimated at Euros 10,405 thousand. These put and call rights may be exercised after ABL’s financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024 are authorized for issuance.

Based on forecasted sales, Wallbox assumed that both parties will exercise their call and put rights under the agreement. Therefore, Wallbox elected to apply a policy choice that allows it to recognize the acquisition of 100% of the interests in the subsidiary against the consideration paid, reflected by the financial liability derived from the put option. As a result, the Group did not recognize non-controlling interests.

As a consequence of ABL Gmbh not achieving the conditions for executing the aforementioned put and call, Wallbox does not have an obligation to acquire the 25.1% interest in the share capital of ABL and has decided to not execute the option and consequently has reversed the valuation of the put option liability as a "Other Comprehensive Income" for an amount of Euro 12,000 thousand (Note 17). At the same time, the Company has recognized a minority interest for Euros 570 thousand in the "Other Comprehensive Income".

The transaction accelerated Wallbox’s commercial business plan by enhancing the product and certification portfolio, including the German EV charging calibration-law (Eichrecht). Leveraging ABLs relationships, reputation, and experienced team, Wallbox can deliver a comprehensive suite of residential, commercial, and public charging hardware and energy management software in this attractive market. As well, Wallbox benefits from reduced operational risk through reduced Capex and R&D spend, in addition to leveraging ABL’s in-house component manufacturing. These combined efforts enable Wallbox to bring new products to market more quickly and efficiently, including fast chargers.

Details of the purchase consideration were as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Purchase consideration:
Amount paid (in cash)	10,102
Deferred consideration (in cash)	4,465
Put option liability	10,405
Total	24,972

F-28

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Assets and liabilities recognized at fair value as a result of the acquisition were as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Property, plant and equipment	18,322
Intangible assets	16,244
Right of use	13,014
Inventories	8,403
Trade and other financial receivables	679
Other assets	765
Cash and cash equivalents	690
Total Assets	58,117
Lease liabilities	(13,014	)
Deferred tax liabilities	(8,378	)
Trade and other financial payables	(562	)
Other liabilities	(25	)
Total Liabilities	(21,979	)
Identifiable net assets acquired	36,138
Purchase consideration	24,972
Negative Goodwill arising on acquisition (Note 20)	(11,166	)

As a consequence of the purchase consideration being lower than the fair value of the net assets acquired in this transaction, the Group did recognize a gain for an amount of Euros 11,166 thousand (Note 20).

The contribution in 2023 of the acquired business to the consolidated revenue was Euros 5,995 thousand, and the contribution to the consolidated net result for the year 2023 was a loss of Euros 2,888 thousand. If the business combination had taken place on January 1, 2023, the contribution to consolidated revenue and to the consolidated net result (losses) of the year 2023 would have amounted to Euros 9,605 thousand and Euros (2,370) thousand, respectively.

The costs related to the Business Combination during 2023 amounted to Euros 290 thousand.

7. OPERATING SEGMENTS

Basis for segmentation

The Group’s business segment information included in this note is presented in accordance with the disclosure requirements set forth in IFRS 8. Segment reporting is a basic tool used for monitoring and managing the Group’s different activities. Segment reporting is prepared based on the lowest level units, which are then aggregated in line with the structure established by Group management to set up higher level units and, finally, the actual business segments.

The Group has consistently aligned the information from this item with the information used internally for top management reports (Group top management consists of all Chief Officers acting as decision makers). The Group’s operating segments reflect its organizational and management structures. Group management reviews the Group’s internal reports and uses these segments to assess performance and allocate resources.

The segments are differentiated by geographical areas from which revenue is or will be generated. The financial information for each segment is prepared by aggregating figures from the different geographical areas and business units existing in the Group. This information links both the accounting data from the units included in each segment and that provided by the management reporting systems. In all cases, the same general principles are applied as those used in the Group.

For management purposes, the Group is organized into business units based on geographical areas and therefore has three reportable business segments. The business segments are as follows:

EMEA: Europe-Middle East Asia
NORAM: North America
APAC: Asia-Pacific

F-29

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Transfer prices between operating segments are on an arm’s-length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

Revenue from sales of goods reported in the EMEA segment also include sales from Wallbox Chargers, S.L. to Latin America region.

Information on reportable segments

Information related to each reportable segment is set out below. Segment operating profit (loss) is used to measure performance, as management believes that this information is the most relevant when evaluating the results of the respective segments relative to other entities operating in the same industries.

	Year ended December 31, 2024
(In Thousand Euros)	EMEA			NORAM			APAC			Total<br>segments			Consolidated<br>adjustments<br>and<br>eliminations			Consolidated
Revenue from sales of goods		128,059			25,423			1,361			154,843			(8,621	)		146,222
Revenue from sales of services		6,312			11,994			404			18,710			(989	)		17,721
Changes in inventories and raw<br> materials and consumables used		(89,941	)		(26,569	)		(945	)		(117,455	)		9,535			(107,920	)
Employee benefits		(58,314	)		(12,902	)		(272	)		(71,488	)		—			(71,488	)
Other operating expenses		(45,016	)		(9,625	)		(363	)		(55,004	)		915			(54,089	)
Amortization and depreciation		(35,282	)		(2,589	)		(2	)		(37,873	)		—			(37,873	)
Impairment of assets		(26,415	)		-			-			(26,415	)		—			(26,415	)
Other income		372			(347	)		-			25			-			25
Operating Profit / (Loss)		(120,225	)		(14,615	)		183			(134,657	)		840			(133,817	)
Total Assets		503,360			49,472			1,408			554,240			(201,174	)		353,066
Total Liabilities		348,507			43,385			1,022			392,914			(102,426	)		290,488
	Year ended December 31, 2023
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
(In Thousand Euros)	EMEA			NORAM			APAC			Total<br>segments			Consolidated<br>adjustments<br>and<br>eliminations			Consolidated
Revenue from sales of goods		115,071			17,042			1,020			133,133			(3,717	)		129,416
Revenue from sales of services		6,787			8,728			693			16,208			(1,855	)		14,353
Changes in inventories and raw<br> materials and consumables used		(81,453	)		(17,197	)		(615	)		(99,265	)		3,762			(95,503	)
Employee benefits		(61,103	)		(19,393	)		(740	)		(81,236	)		—			(81,236	)
Other operating expenses		(50,717	)		(10,318	)		(543	)		(61,578	)		1,790			(59,788	)
Amortization and depreciation		(25,478	)		(2,755	)		(210	)		(28,443	)		—			(28,443	)
Other income		14,176			119			(1	)		14,294			(34	)		14,260
Operating Loss		(82,717	)		(23,774	)		(396	)		(106,887	)		(54	)		(106,941	)
Total Assets		599,950			157,919			375			758,244			(274,703	)		483,541
Total Liabilities		301,341			38,024			183			339,548			(5,818	)		333,730

F-30

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

	Year ended December 31, 2022
(In thousand Euros)	EMEA			NORAM			APAC			Total<br>segments			Consolidated<br>adjustments<br>and<br>eliminations			Consolidated
Revenue from sales of goods		134,156			19,936			17			154,109			(17,737	)		136,372
Revenue from sales of services		5,989			3,616			397			10,002			(2,189	)		7,813
Changes in inventories and raw<br> materials and consumables used		(88,104	)		(15,787	)		(16	)		(103,907	)		18,302			(85,605	)
Employee benefits		(74,895	)		(13,533	)		(386	)		(88,814	)		—			(88,814	)
Other operating expenses		(72,844	)		(21,026	)		(113	)		(93,983	)		2,428			(91,555	)
Amortization and depreciation		(17,058	)		(1,830	)		(2	)		(18,890	)		—			(18,890	)
Other income/(expense)		1,508			335			1			1,844			—			1,844
Operating Loss		(111,248	)		(28,289	)		(102	)		(139,639	)		804			(138,835	)
Total Assets		515,796			155,529			60			671,385			(249,401	)		421,984
Total Liabilities		336,356			32,001			47			368,404			(115,570	)		252,834

Eliminations and unallocated items

There have been no significant transactions between segments for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, except for inter-segment revenues which are eliminated in the column ‘Consolidated adjustments and eliminations’. The elimination of revenue and changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used mainly relates to eliminating the intercompany sales of EMEA to NORAM and APAC. The impact of this elimination on consolidated operating loss relates to the elimination of profit on stock of inventories held by the NORAM segment.

Certain financial assets and liabilities are not allocated to these segments, as they are managed on a Group basis. These are reflected in the ‘Consolidated adjustments and eliminations’ column. All finance income and expenses are considered to be part of the Corporate segment and hence not further allocated to the operating segments EMEA, NORAM and APAC.

External revenue by location

The countries where the Group has sold more then 10% of the annual revenue are as follows:

	Year ended December 31, 2024
(In thousand Euros)	2024			2023			2022
	Revenue		%	Revenue		%	Revenue		%
Country
Germany		39,989	24%		9,111	6%		7,944	6%
United States		31,493	19%		22,268	15%		19,412	13%
Spain		24,460	15%		29,590	21%		20,076	14%
Italy		5,562	3%		14,686	10%		14,927	10%
Other countries		62,439	38%		68,114	47%		81,826	57%
Total		163,943	100%		143,769	100%		144,185	100%

F-31

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(In thousand Euros)
Balance at January 1, 2023	18,675		3,809		35,222		172		57,878
Additions	807		220		6,887		1,192		9,106
Business Combination	1,234		—		17,088		—		18,322
Transfers	363		(26	)	929		(1,266	)	—
Depreciation for the year	(1,984	)	(705	)	(5,765	)			(8,454	)
Translation differences	(31	)	(24	)	(614	)	—		(669	)
Balance at December 31, 2023	19,064		3,274		53,747		98		76,183
Additions	293		327		2,494		—		3,114
Disposals	(61	)	(24	)	(944	)	—		(1,029	)
Impairment of assets	—		(376	)	—		—		(376	)
Transfers	98		1,267		(1,267	)	(98	)	—
Depreciation for the year	(2,321	)	(1,107	)	(7,720	)	—		(11,148	)
Translation differences	5		43		1,056		—		1,104
Balance at December 31, 2024	17,078		3,404		47,366		—		67,848
Cost
At December 31, 2022	20,829		4,749		38,707		172		64,457
At December 31, 2023	23,202		4,919		62,997		98		91,216
At December 31, 2024	23,537		6,532		64,336		—		94,405
Accumulated depreciation
At December 31, 2022	(2,153	)	(941	)	(3,485	)	—		(6,579	)
At December 31, 2023	(4,137	)	(1,646	)	(9,250	)	—		(15,033	)
At December 31, 2024	(6,458	)	(2,753	)	(16,970	)	—		(26,181	)
Impairment of assets
At December 31, 2022	—		—		—		—		—
At December 31, 2023	—		—		—		—		—
At December 31, 2024	—		(376	)	—		—		(376	)

Additions to property, plant and equipment for 2024 totaling Euros 3,114 thousand mainly due to the acquisition of machinery and tools for manufacturing plants. Additions of property, plant and equipment for 2023 totaling Euros 9,106 thousand mainly due to the acquisition of machinery and tools for manufacturing plants.

At December 31, 2024, additions to property, plant and equipment for which payment was still pending totaled Euros 719 thousand (Euros 5,849 thousand at December 31, 2023).

The Group has items in use that were fully depreciated as of December 31, 2024 for an amount of Euros 385 thousand (Euros 85 thousand as of December 31, 2023).

The Group recognized impairment losses on non-current assets amounting to Euros 376 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2024. For further details, please refer to Note 11.

Other information

The Group has obtained insurance policies that cover the carrying amount of its property, plant and equipment.

The commitments amount to Euros 335 thousand (Euros 775 thousand at December 31, 2023). These commitments mainly correspond to the acquisition of tools and machinery.

There are no other significant contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop property, plant and equipment assets.

As a consequence of certain loans the Group had a pledge on certain assets classified as property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2024 for an amount of Euros 24,789 thousand (Euros 0 thousand at December 2023) (Note 13). There are no additional restrictions on the sale of its property, plant and equipment and no additional pledge exists on these assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023,

F-32

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

except for the leasehold improvement which cannot be realized and which totals Euros 23,537 thousand at December 31, 2024 (Euros 23,202 thousand at December 31, 2023).

9. ASSETS FOR RIGHTS OF USE AND LEASE LIABILITIES

Group as a lessee

The Group has lease contracts for various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. Leases of plant and machinery generally have lease terms between 3 and 20 years, while motor vehicles and other equipment generally have lease terms between 3 and 5 years. The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets.

Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognized and the movements during the periods:

(In thousand Euros)
Balance at January 1, 2023	22,398		1,195		1,295		24,888
Additions	272		522		592		1,386
Business combinations (Note 6)	9,387		547		3,080		13,014
Depreciation for the year	(2,561	)	(657	)	(590	)	(3,808	)
Others	245		—		—		245
Translation differences	(246	)	(56	)	—		(302	)
Balance at December 31, 2023	29,495		1,551		4,377		35,423
Additions	—		1,084		2,226		3,310
Depreciation for the year	(3,084	)	(1,016	)	(2,050	)	(6,150	)
Translation differences	(408	)	—		—		(408	)
Balance at December 31, 2024	26,003		1,619		4,553		32,175

The new additions correspond to the capitalization of the car rental contracts of ABL. Additionally, the part concerning 'Other Assets' pertains to contracts for information applications in WBX Spain. Main variation in 2023 is explained by the additions of ABL’s Group leases.

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the periods:

(In thousand Euros)
Balance at January 1, 2023	25,137		1,179		985		27,301
Additions to liabilities	272		522		592		1,386
Business combinations (Note 6)	9,387		547		3,080		13,014
Interest on lease liabilities	1,230		41		70		1,341
Lease payments	(2,742	)	(681	)	(727	)	(4,150	)
Others	245		—		—		245
Translation differences	(66	)	(94	)	—		(160	)
Balance at December 31, 2023	33,463		1,514		4,000		38,977
Additions to liabilities	—		1,084		2,226		3,310
Interest on lease liabilities	1,633		95		183		1,911
Lease payments	(4,149	)	(1,639	)	(1,969	)	(7,757	)
Translation differences	(35	)	—		—		(35	)
Balance at December 31, 2024	30,912		1,054		4,440		36,406

An analysis of the contractual maturity of lease liabilities, including future interest payable, is as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
6 months or less	3,284	3,491	1,892
6 months to 1 year	2,905	3,339	1,952
From 1 to 2 years	10,000	5,760	3,879
From 2 to 5 years	16,888	13,925	9,844
More than 5 years	13,808	25,020	17,820
Total	46,885	51,535	35,387

F-33

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Amounts recognized in profit or loss derived from lease liabilities and expenses on short-term and low value leases (IFRS 16 exemption applied) are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)	2024		2023		2022
Interest on lease liabilities (see note 22)		1,911		1,341		1,267
Expenses relating to short-term and low value leases (see note 20)		1,785		2,314		3,454

Of the leasing contracts, those related to vehicle rental do not have extension options, whereas leasing contracts for plants and office buildings may include extension options that have been considered from the inception of the lease.

F-34

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

a) Intangible assets

Details of and movement in items comprising intangible assets are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Balance at January 1, 2023	6,377		4,042		49,537		844		60,800
Additions	3,413		68		28,478		1,327		33,285
Business Combination (Note 6)	—		16,144		100		—		16,244
Transfers	—		—		2,171		(2,171	)	—
Amortization for the year	(1,538	)	(807	)	(13,848	)	—		(16,194	)
Translation differences	(1	)	(57	)	(29	)	—		(87	)
Balance at December 31, 2023	8,251		19,390		66,408		—		94,049
Additions	2,689		—		23,797		—		26,486
Disposals	(2	)	—		(353	)	—		(355	)
Impairment of assets	(2,761	)	(14,259	)	(6,670	)	—		(23,690	)
Transfers	1,479		(72	)	(1,407	)	—		—
Amortization for the year	(2,807	)	(2,301	)	(15,467	)	—		(20,575	)
Translation differences	79		107		—		—		186
Balance at December 31, 2024	6,928		2,865		66,308		—		76,101
Cost
At December 31, 2022	8,777		4,578		64,577		844		78,776
At December 31, 2023	12,189		20,733		95,297		—		128,218
At December 31, 2024	16,434		20,768		117,334		—		154,535
Accumulated amortization
At December 31, 2022	(2,400	)	(536	)	(15,040	)	—		(17,976	)
At December 31, 2023	(3,938	)	(1,343	)	(28,888	)	—		(34,170	)
At December 31, 2024	(6,745	)	(3,644	)	(44,355	)	—		(54,745	)
Impairment of assets
At December 31, 2022	—		—		—		—		—
At December 31, 2023	—		—		—		—		—
At December 31, 2024	(2,761	)	(14,259	)	(6,670	)	—		(23,690	)

During 2024, the Group made investments in several development projects, consisting of payroll expenses and other costs totaling Euros 23,797 thousand (Euros 28,478 thousand in 2023), for which the associated development expenditures met the requirements for capitalization.

Trademarks, industrial property and customer relationships includes trademarks for an amount of Euros 489 thousand (Euros 13,205 thousand in 2023), customer relationships totalling Euros 2,376 thousand (Euros 2,754 thousand in 2023) and industrial properties for an amount of Euros 0 thousand (Euros 3,431 thousand in 2023).

The total additions of internally developed intangibles (Development Costs and Software) were Euros 19,696 thousand (Euros 26,182 thousand in 2023) corresponds to the capitalization carried out by the Group in relation to the product development process, especially for the DC products under the names of Quasar, Supernova and Hypernova, AC products under the names of Pulsar, and MyWallbox software.

The average remaining amortization term for these assets is between 3 and 5 years.

Additions of computer software totaled Euros 2,689 thousand (Euros 3,413 thousand in 2023) due primarily to the implementation of new software applications. The patents and customer relationships category also include the registration of brands, logos, and design patents for different chargers, although there were no additions this 2024 (Euros 68 thousand in 2023).

F-35

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The Group recognized impairment losses on non-current assets amounting to Euros 23,690 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2024. These losses correspond to Euros 2,761 thousand in software, Euros 14,259 thousand in trademarks, industrial property and customer relationships and Euros 6,670 thousand in development costs. For further details, please refer to Note 11.

The Group has items in use that were fully depreciated as of December 31, 2024 for an amount of Euros 2,555 thousand, as compared to Euros 880 thousand as of December 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2024, additions of intangible assets for which payment was still pending totaled Euros 1,191 thousand (Euros 1,952 thousand at December 31, 2023). The Group has no restrictions on the realizability of its intangible assets and no pledge exists on these assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

At December 31, 2024, there are commitments for the acquisition of intangible assets for Euros 1,644 thousand (Euros 1,127 thousand at December 31, 2023).

b) Goodwill

The Goodwill breakdown by CGU as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 is as follows:

(In thousand Euros)	ARES		Coil		Nordics		Electromaps/<br>Software		Total
2024		4,424		3,297		—		3,457		11,178
2023		4,424		3,101		2,403		3,457		13,385

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill corresponds to the exchange differences from Coil business combination and the impairment recognized for Nordics CGU (Note 11).

11. IMPAIRMENT TESTING OF GOODWILL AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS

For impairment testing purposes, goodwill acquired through business combinations is allocated to the following CGUs: Nordics, Electromaps/Software, AR Electronic Solutions, S.L.U. and Coil, Inc.

The Group performed its annual impairment testing as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, except for Nordics CGU as disclosed below.

Nordics

Nordics is the cash-generating unit focused on the development of the electric charger market for the Group in Scandinavia, capitalizing on the existing customer base and institutional experience obtained as the installation provider of Intelligent Solutions. The recoverable amount of the Nordics CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation performed in June 2024, which utilized cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on the forecast for 2024 and the 2024 financial budget approved by senior management.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services in this region. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 14.5% (2023: 15.07%), and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 1.5% (2023: 1.5%) growth rate. As a result of this analysis, and considering the low performance during 2024 driven by local regulatory changes the Company has booked an impairment of goodwill for an amount of Euros 2,349 thousand.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation for this cash generating unit, are as follows:

Revenue and EBITDA:

In the Nordics countries, we have considered an updated forecast for 2024 and an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group or in line with the CAGR of the sector (from 2024-2028 period). Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA levels achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of products and a reduction cost plan started in 2023 impacting in the operational expenses and the employee benefits.

Discount rates:

Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specific to each CGU and take into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates.

F-36

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account costs associated with both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Group’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged to service.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

Alpha factor adjustments to the discount rate are made to consider unit specific factors such as the size, liquidity, and market (in addition to other factors) in order to reflect a pre-tax discount rate.

Electromaps/Software

Electromaps/Software is the cash-generating unit focused on the development and sale of software for the Group’s electric chargers. The recoverable amount of the Electromaps/Software CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on 2025 financial budget approved by the board.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect increased demand for the software and services associated with EV sales. The pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is 18.36% (2023: 17.1%). and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2% (2023: 2%) growth rate. As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized. The recoverable amount is largely depending on the future growth of the company and the terminal value calculated.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation are as follows:

Number of future users and market share during the forecast period:

The number of future users in this CGUs is rapidly increasing and the unit has high market share in the Spanish market. Even a slight reduction of the market share would be counteracted by the increase in the aggregate number of users anticipated to enter the market.

Discount rates:

Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specific to each CGU, taking into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated based on publicly available market data.

Based on the impairment test performed no impairment is needed.

A raise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 20.36% (i.e., +2%) would not result in an impairment, given the existing significant headroom.

Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 1% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

Ares

Ares is the cash-generating unit focused on providing to Wallbox innovative printed circuit boards (PCBs). The recoverable amount of the Ares CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based

F-37

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

on 2025 financial budget approved by the directors. In a time where continued supply chain uncertainty persists, bringing this critical component in-house is a key differentiator.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services around the world. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 18.90% (2023: 11.9%), and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2% growth rate (2023: 2%). As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation are as follows:

Revenue and EBITDA:

In the ARES business, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of revenue between intercompany transactions and third party transactions and aligned with the level of activity forecasted.

Discount rates:

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

A raise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 20.90% (i.e., +2%) would result in an impairment of approximately Euros 1 million.

Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 1% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

Coil

Coil is the cash-generating unit focused on providing electrical installation services for EV charging, battery storage and electrical infrastructure in North America. The recoverable amount of the COIL CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on 2025 financial budget approved by the directors.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services in the USA. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 18.00% (2023:16.84%), and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2.15% growth rate. As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation are as follows:

Revenue and EBITDA:

In the Coil business, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA aligned with the level of activity forecasted.

Discount rates:

F-38

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

A rise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate until to 20.00% (it means an increase of 2%) would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 1% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

In addition to the impairment tests mentioned above, and as a result of the accumulated operating losses as well as the Group’s failure to meet its sales growth expectations due to the current situation in the electric vehicle market, it has been determined that indicators of impairment exist. Accordingly, the Group has carried out the following impairment tests:

ABL

ABL is the cash-generating unit focused on the EV charging solutions in Germany. The recoverable amount of the ABL CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a nine-year period (aligned with the useful life remaining of the main assets in this CGU), based on 2025 financial budget approved by the board.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services in this region. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 18.66%, and cash flows beyond the nine-year period are extrapolated using a 2% growth rate. As a result of this analysis, the Company has booked an impairment of intangible assets for an amount of Euros 14,613 thousand (Note 10), an impairment of tangible assets for an amount of Euros 376 thousand (Note 8) and an impairment of inventories for an amount of Euros 1,043 thousand (Note 14).

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation for this cash generating unit, are as follows:

•Revenue, Gross margin and EBITDA:

In this CGU, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group or in line with the CAGR of the sector (from 2025-2033 period). In terms of Gross margins, the test is based on average values achieved in the most recent year. The gross margin expected for this CGU is around 50%. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA levels achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of products and a reduction cost plan started in 2024 impacting in the operational expenses and the employee benefits.

•Discount rates:

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC).

The WACC takes into account costs associated with both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Group’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged to service.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

F-39

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Wallbox Europe CGU

Wallbox Europe CGU is the cash-generating unit focused on the EV charging solutions in Europe, mainly located in the factory in Zona Franca D26 (Barcelona). The recoverable amount of the Wallbox Europe CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a ten-year period (aligned with the useful life remaining of the main assets in this CGU), based on 2025 financial budget approved by the board.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services in this region. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 18.12%. As a result of this analysis, the Company has booked an impairment of intangible assets for an amount of Euros 9,077 thousand (Note 10).

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation for this cash generating unit, are as follows:

•Revenue, Gross margin and EBITDA:

In this CGU, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group or in line with the CAGR of the sector (from 2025-2034 period). In terms of Gross margins, the test is based on the expected Gross margin in the budget approved by the board for 2025. The gross margin expected for this CGU is around 45%. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA levels achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of products and a reduction cost plan started in 2023 impacting in the operational expenses and the employee benefits.

•Discount rates:

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC).

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

Any reasonable change in key assumptions would result in an additional impairment.

Wallbox North America CGU

Wallbox North America CGU is the cash-generating unit focused on the EV charging solutions in North America, mainly located in the factory in Arlington (Texas). The recoverable amount of the Wallbox North America CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a 18-year period (aligned with the useful life remaining of the main assets in this CGU), based on 2025 financial budget approved by the board.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation for this cash generating unit, are as follows:

•Revenue, Gross margin and EBITDA:

F-40

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

In this CGU, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group or in line with the CAGR of the sector (from 2025-2042 period). In terms of Gross margins, the test is based on the expected Gross margin in the budget approved by the board for 2025. The gross margins expected for this CGU is around 39% to 48%. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA levels achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of products and a reduction cost plan started in 2023 impacting in the operational expenses and the employee benefits.

•Discount rates:

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC).

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

A rise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 19.6% (i.e., +2%) would result in an impairment of around Euros 2 million.

12. EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTEES

Joint venture

Wallbox-Fawsn New Energy Vehicle Charging Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. was a joint venture incorporated on June 15, 2019, over which the Group had joint control and a 50% interest. On May 24, 2023, the Group sold its 50% interest in the joint venture for a consideration of Euros 390 thousand.

13. FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy.

Financial assets

A breakdown of financial assets at December 31, is as follows:

F-41

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A. Current and non-current financial assets

	December 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
(In thousand Euros)	Non-current		Current		Non-current		Current
Customer sales and services		—		29,243		—		43,258
Other receivables		—		428		—		140
Loans to employees		180		—		180		18
Trade and other financial receivables		180		29,671		180		43,416
Guarantee deposit		1,170		—		1,341		—
Non-current financial assets		1,170		—		1,341		—
Guarantee deposit		—		209		—		82
Financial investments		—		25,901		—		5,728
Other current financial assets		—		26,110		—		5,810
Total		1,350		55,781		1,521		49,226

Trade and other financial receivables are mainly amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are due for settlement in the short term (less than 1 year) and therefore are classified as current. Trade and other financial receivables are recognized initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognized at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

The carrying amounts of the customer sales and services include receivables which are subject to a factoring arrangement. Under this arrangement, the Group has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash and is prevented from selling or pledging the receivables. However, the Group has retained late payment and credit risk. The Group therefore continues to recognize the transferred assets in their entirety in its statement of financial position.

The amount repayable under the factoring agreement is presented as secured borrowing. The Group considers that the held to collect business model remains appropriate for these receivables and hence continues to measure them at amortized cost.

At December 31, 2024, other current financial assets include financial investments, such as investment funds in financial institutions, totaling Euros 25,901 thousand (Euros 5,728 thousand at December 31, 2023).

These financial investments are deposits managed by financial institutions in investment funds to obtain profitability. The Group has considered their classification as current assets because it expects to liquidate these investments in the following 12 months.

B. Expected credit loss assessment for corporate customers at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and aging. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

The impairment of trade receivables is recognized under “Expected credit loss for trade and other receivables” in other operating expenses.

The total expense recognized in profit or loss 2024 was Euros 2,088 thousand and Euros 1,893 thousand during 2023. This amount includes Euros 987 thousand corresponding mainly due to the impact of final uncollectible balances (2023: Euros 581 thousand). The allowance for doubtful debts provision as of December 31, 2024 estimated based on the expected credit loss, was Euros 1,360 thousand, as compared to Euros 1,536 thousand as of December 31, 2023, for amounts outstanding less than 180 days as at reporting date. Additionally, the Company has recognized as of December 31, 2024, a bad debt provision for amounts outstanding 180 days or longer for Euros 6,113 thousand, as compared to Euros 4,836 thousand as at December 31, 2023, which has been calculated taking into account specific accounts receivable considered doubtful.

F-42

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses.

C. Financial assets by class and category

	December 31, 2024
(In thousand Euros)	Financial assets measured at amortized cost		Financial assets measured at FTVPL		Financial assets measured at FVTOCI		Total
Customer sales and services		29,243		—		—		29,243
Other receivables		428		—		—		428
Loans to employees		180		—		—		180
Trade and other financial receivables		29,851		—		—		29,851
Guarantee deposit		1,170		—		—		1,170
Non-current financial assets		1,170		—		—		1,170
Guarantee deposit		209		—		—		209
Financial investments		323		25,303		275		25,901
Other current financial assets		532		25,303		275		26,110
Total		31,553		25,303		275		57,131
	December 31, 2023
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
(In thousand Euros)	Financial assets measured at amortized cost		Financial assets measured at FTVPL		Financial assets measured at FVTOCI		Total
Customer sales and services		43,258		—		—		43,258
Other receivables		140		—		—		140
Loans to employees		198		—		—		198
Trade and other financial receivables		43,596		—		—		43,596
Guarantee deposit		1,341		—		—		1,341
Non-current financial assets		1,341		—		—		1,341
Guarantee deposit		82		—		—		82
Financial investments		302		5,187		239		5,728
Other current financial assets		384		5,187		239		5,810
Total		45,321		5,187		239		50,747

Financial assets measured at FVTOCI correspond to investments in hedge funds whose quotation is considered level 1 for fair value purposes.

The financial investments valued at FVTPL relate to investment funds held at financial institutions. These financial assets are considered level 3 for fair value purposes.

The rest of the financial assets (both current and non-current) are measured at their amortized cost, which does not materially differ from their fair value.

Financial liabilities

Loans and borrowings

	December 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
(In thousand Euros)	Non- current		Current		Non- current		Current
Loans		66,659		43,179		80,861		32,037
Working capital lines of credit and others		—		88,631		—		94,459
Loans and borrowings		66,659		131,810		80,861		126,496
Derivative warrant liabilities		—		2,168		—		3,119
Lease liabilities (see note 9)		31,742		4,664		34,063		4,914
Total		98,401		138,642		114,924		134,529

F-43

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Financial liabilities are measured at their amortized cost, which does not differ from their fair value (it is considered that the applicable interest rates still represent market spreads), except for the derivative warrant liabilities which is measured at FVTPL.

The working capital lines of credit are a type of short-term financing used to cover ongoing business’s operations. These small-business loans are not used to fund large investments and are renewed every 90 days.

Bank loans

At December 31, 2024, the Group had credit lines and other financing products of Euros 125,619 thousand (Euros 130,670 thousand at December 31, 2023), of which a total of Euros 88,614 thousand has been drawn down (Euros 94,442 thousand at December 31, 2023). In addition to the aforementioned financing products, the company engages in non-recourse factoring with a limit of Euro 12,000 thousand at December 31, 2024 and 2023, of which Euro 561 thousand have been disposed (Euros 1.630 thousand at December 31, 2023).

As disclosed in Note 2, On November 11, 2024, the Group entered into a framework agreement with several financial institutions providing an 18-month grace period on debt repayments. Additionally, as part of the agreement, the financial institutions have committed to maintaining the short-term financing agreements in force at least until June 30, 2026. The agreement included a clause requiring adherence from all relevant lenders by May 11, 2025.

On April 8, 2025, all remaining financial institutions adhered to the framework agreement, formalizing the grace period and waiving financial covenant requirements for 2025. This agreement includes a minimum cash at the end of each month of €35 million, amongst other conditions.

Interest expense on bank loans was Euros 19,957 thousand at December 31, 2024 (Euros 13,791 thousand at December 31, 2023) (See Note 22). At December 31, 2024, accrued interest payable was Euros 564 thousand (Euros 204 thousand at December 31, 2023).

The group has loans which require compliance with certain financial covenants. On December 31, 2024, the Group achieved these financial covenants or has obtained the corresponding waiver issued by the bank. Additionally, as of year-end, as a result of the classification,of debt of the aforementioned framework agreement, there was a breach of financial covenants which resulted in a balance of €15 million being reclassified as current liabilities. Additionally, the Group is renegotiated its €15 million bilateral loan with one of the lenders including financial covenants.

The Group had a loan with a nominal value of Euros 15 million that includes a pledge on the inventories at December 31, 2024 for the same amount (Note 14). In addition, the Group had loans with a total nominal value of Euros 35 million that include a pledge on the property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2024 for a gross amount of Euros 24,789 thousand (Note 8).

Details of the maturities, by year, of the principal and interest of the loans and borrowings as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
2024	—	136,179
2025	139,103	31,317
2026	33,962	26,379
2027	21,545	17,699
2028	13,814	12,831
2029	3,356	-
More than five years	2,554	4,784
Total	214,334	229,189

Details of loans and borrowings at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

F-44

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(In thousand Euros)
Company	Currency		1 to 3 years		Over 3 years		Total
Bank loans
Fixed rate loan		5,703		7,099				12,802
Floating rate loan		114,804		3,203		2,735		120,742
Covenant Loan		11,078		49,850				60,928
Total		131,585		60,152		2,735		194,472
Borrowings
Fixed rate loan		225		742		3,030		3,997
Total		225		742		3,030		3,997
Total		131,810		60,894		5,765		198,469

All values are in Euros.

(In thousand Euros)
Company	Currency		1 to 3 years		Over 3 years		Total
Bank loans
Fixed rate loan		19,927		4,914		429		25,270
Floating rate loan		98,149		6,201		10,274		114,624
Covenant Loan		8,270		36,818		19,719		64,807
Total		126,346		47,933		30,422		204,701
Borrowings
Fixed rate loan		150		459		2,047		2,656
Total		150		459		2,047		2,656
Total		126,496		48,392		32,469		207,357

All values are in Euros.

As of December 31, 2024, the Group had loans at variable interest rates referenced to Euribor plus a differential between 2% and 8% and at fixed interest rates that range between 0% and 5.67%, respectively, compared to variable rates referenced to Euribor plus a differential between 3% and 8% and fixed rates between 0% and 5.67%, respectively, during fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Borrowings

At December 31, 2024, loans from Government entities were outstanding for Euros 3,997 thousand (Euros 2,656 thousand at December 31, 2023).

B. Derivative warrant liabilities

As part of the Business combination occurred in October 2021 with Kensignton, 5,750,000 Public Warrants and 8,933,333 Private Warrants issued by Kensington were assumed by Wallbox.

Public Warrants entitle the holder to convert each warrant into one Class A ordinary share of Wallbox, Euros 0.12 par value, at an exercise price of USD 11.50.

Private Warrants, on a cash-less basis, entitle their holder to convert the warrants into a number of Wallbox Class A ordinary shares, Euros 0.12 par value, equal to the product of the number of warrants to convert multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing the excess of ‘Sponsor’s Fair Market Value’ over the exercise price of USD 11.50 by the Sponsor’s Fair Market Value’.

The Sponsor Fair Market Value shall mean the average last reported sale price of the ordinary shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of exercise of the Private Warrant is provided.

F-45

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Until warrant holders acquire the ordinary shares upon exercise of such warrants, they will have no voting or economic rights. The warrants will expire on October 1, 2026, five years after the Transaction, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, in accordance with their terms.

In addition, during 2023, Wallbox issued new warrants as part of the facility agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”) entered into in February 2023. On February 9, 2023 the Company signed an agreement with BBVA granting BBVA an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A Shares for exercise price of 5.32 USD per share (the “BBVA Warrants”). The BBVA Warrants are exercisable until February 9, 2033 unless earlier redeemed by the Company pursuant to the warrant agreement.

As there are no elements in the warrant agreements that give Wallbox the option to prevent the warrant owners from converting their warrants within 12 months, Wallbox has classified the derivative warrant liabilities as a current liability.

Movement in the derivative warrant liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is summarized as follows:

	Public Warrant						Private Warrant					BBVA Warrant					Generac Warrant					Total
	Number of warrants			Thousand Euros			Number of warrants		Thousand Euros			Number of warrants		Thousand Euros			Number of warrants		Thousand Euros			Number of warrants			Thousand Euros
At December 31, 2022		5,259,506			2,170			8,883,333		3,664			—		—			—		—			14,142,839			5,834
Warrants issuance		—			—			—		—			1,007,894		3,893			—		—			1,007,894			3,893
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		—			(1,440	)		—		(2,433	)		—		(2,603	)		—		—			—			(6,476	)
Exchange differences		—			(17	)		—		(29	)		—		(86	)		—		—			—			(132	)
At December 31, 2023		5,259,506			713			8,883,333		1,202			1,007,894		1,204			—		—			15,150,733			3,119
Warrants issuance		—			—			—		—			—		—			13,102,971		9,517			13,102,971			9,517
Public warrants exercises in January 2024		(387	)		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			(387	)		—
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		—			(300	)		—		(507	)		—		(1,120	)		—		(8,671	)		—			(10,598	)
Exchange differences		—			(271	)		—		(456	)		—		120			—		737			—			130
At December 31, 2024		5,259,119			142			8,883,333		239			1,007,894		204			13,102,971		1,583			28,253,317			2,168

Fair value measurements

The financial liability for the derivative warrants is accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. The Private Warrants have been measured at fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation (Level 3). The Public Warrants are listed and have been measured at fair value using the quoted price (Level 1).

As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of the Public and Private Warrants was USD 0.028 (2023: USD 0.15) based on the public quote of Public Warrants. The fair value of the BBVA Warrants was USD 0.21 (2023: USD 1.32) based on a Black-Scholes valuation methodology for options and warrants. The fair value of Generac Warrants was USD 0.13 for type 1 warrants and USD 0.1 for type 2 warrants, both based on a Black-Scholes valuation methodology for options and warrants.

F-46

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

(In thousand Euros)	Loans and<br>borrowings			Derivative warrant liabilities			Lease liabilities			Total
Balance at January 1, 2024		207,357			3,119			38,977			249,453
Proceeds from loans		759,526			—			—			759,526
Principal paid on lease liabilities		—			—			(5,846	)		(5,846	)
Interest paid on lease liabilities		—			—			(1,911	)		(1,911	)
Repayments of loans		(770,956	)		—			—			(770,956	)
Interest and bank fees paid		(19,639	)		—			—			(19,639	)
Total changes from financing cash flows		(31,069	)		—			(7,757	)		(38,826	)
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates		735			130			(35	)		830
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		—			(1,081	)		—			(1,081	)
New leases		—			—			3,310			3,310
Governmental loan receivable		1,447			—			—			1,447
Interest and bank fees expenses		19,999						1,911			21,910
Other											—
Total liability-related other changes		21,446			(1,081	)		5,221			25,586
Balance at December 31, 2024		198,469			2,168			36,406			237,043
(In thousand Euros)	Loans and<br>borrowings			Derivative warrant liabilities			Lease liabilities			Total
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
Balance at January 1, 2023		133,627			5,834			27,301			166,762
Proceeds from loans		419,471			—			—			419,471
Principal paid on lease liabilities		—			—			(2,809	)		(2,809	)
Interest paid on lease liabilities		—			—			(1,341	)		(1,341	)
Repayments of loans		(337,977	)		—			—			(337,977	)
Interest and bank fees paid		(18,908	)		—			—			(18,908	)
Total changes from financing cash flows		62,586			—			(4,150	)		58,436
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates		(149	)		(132	)		(160	)		(441	)
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities		—			(6,476	)		—			(6,476	)
New leases		—			—			1,386			1,386
Business combinations		—			—			13,014			13,014
Transfers		(3,893	)		3,893			—			—
Interest and bank fees expenses		13,906			—			1,341			15,247
Other		1,280			—			245			1,525
Total liability-related other changes		11,293			(2,583	)		15,986			24,696
Balance at December 31, 2023		207,357			3,119			38,977			249,453

F-47

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(In thousand Euros)
Balance at January 1, 2022	51,345		83,252		19,710		154,307
Proceeds from loans	291,204		—		—		291,204
Proceeds from warrants (Public and Private)	—		4,625		—		4,625
Principal paid on lease liabilities	—		—		(2,191	)	(2,191	)
Interest paid on lease liabilities	—		—		(1,267	)	(1,267	)
Repayments of loans	(218,902	)	—		—		(218,902	)
Repayments of borrowings	(42	)	—		—		(42	)
Interest and bank fees paid	(3,199	)	—		—		(3,199	)
Interest paid on convertible bonds	(223	)	—		—		(223	)
Total changes from financing cash flows	68,838		4,625		(3,458	)	70,005
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates	46		5,011		278		5,335
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities	—		(80,748	)	—		(80,748	)
New leases	—		—		8,517		8,517
Governmental loan receivable	248		—		—		248
Public Warrants exercised	—		(6,306	)	—		(6,306	)
Business combinations	9,439		—		988		10,427
Interest and bank fees expenses	3,711		—		1,266		4,977
Total liability-related other changes	13,398		(87,054	)	10,771		(62,885	)
Balance at December 31, 2022	133,627		5,834		27,301		166,762

Trade and other payables

Details of trade and other payables at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Suppliers	23,517	36,538
Personnel (salaries payable)	5,390	5,843
Customer advances	145	2,700
Total	29,052	45,081

Trade and other payables are unsecured and are typically paid in less than 12 months upon recognition. The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered equal to their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

The Group has secured various financing lines through confirming arrangements. These instruments allow the Group to obtain financing by facilitating payments to suppliers.

Payments to suppliers ahead of the invoice due date are processed by the finance provider, and the Group settles the original invoice by paying the finance provider in line with the new conditions agreed with the finance supplier (90 to

120

days).

The Group recognizes a liability to the bank until the maturity of the debt.

All trade payables subject to the supplier finance arrangements are included in current loans and borrowings in the consolidated statements of financial position.

F-48

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(In thousand Euros)	December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Carrying amount of liabilities
Presented within trade and other payables		886		979
Presented within loans and borrowings (*)		31,681		33,068
Liabilities that are part of the arrangements	136 days after the invoice date		50 days after the invoice date
Comparable trade payables that are not part of the arrangements	60 days after the invoice date		60 days after the invoice date

(*) The supplier has already received the payment for this amount.

There were no significant non-cash changes in the carrying amount of the trade payables.

14. INVENTORIES

Details of inventories at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Raw materials	29,860	41,066
Semi-finished goods	25,876	31,623
Finished goods	14,346	19,789
Total	70,082	92,478

The Group has insurance policies in place to cover all inventories, with specific global insurances coverage for each of the Group’s warehouses.

There were no commitments for the acquisition of inventories at the end of 2024 and 2023. Advance payments for the acquisition of inventories at December 31, 2024 were Euros 4,595 thousand (Euros 4,357 thousand at December 31, 2023).

Based on current information, the group has an inventory provision of Euros 8,160 thousand at December 31, 2024 to cover the impact of slow-moving and obsolete inventories (Euros 2,885 thousand at December 31, 2023). (See Note 20).

Additionally, as a consequence of the impairment test of ABL CGU, the Group has recognized an additional impairment of inventories for an amount of Euros 1,043 thousand (Note 11).

As a consequence of certain loans the Group had a pledge on the inventories at December 31, 2024 for an amount of Euros 15,000 thousand (Euros 0 thousand at December 2023) (Note 13).

15. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Detail of cash and equivalents at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Cash	3	17
Banks and other credit institutions	13,336	28,786
Banks and other credit institutions, foreign currency	6,412	35,441
Other cash equivalents	285	36,914
Total	20,036	101,158

We maintain cash and cash equivalents with major Financial institutions. The Other cash equivalents corresponds to bank deposits which due date is lower than three months. Our cash and cash equivalents of bank deposits held with banks that, at the time, exceed federally or locally insured limits.

The current accounts earn interest at applicable market rates and this interest is not significant.

F-49

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Details of banks and other credit institutions with balances held in foreign currency are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
	4,575	30,686
	1,001	3,356
NOK	97	29
SEK	532	1,024
DKK	196	346
AUD	11	-
Total	6,412	35,441

All values are in US Dollars.

Significant non-cash transactions from investing and financing activities are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Fair value changes in derivative warrant liabilities (Note 13)	(1,081	)	(6,476	)
Addition of lease liabilities (Note 9)	3,310		1,386
Issuance of shares for the acquisition of a significant non-cash investing activity (ARES) (Note 16)	455		—
Issuance of shares for the acquisition of a significant non-cash investing activity (Coil) (Note 16)	—		2,317

16. CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Share capital and share premium

As of December 31, issued share capital is as follows:

(In thousand Euros)	Total shares		Share Capital
December 31, 2024
Class A shares of euro 0.12 nominal value each		237,362,279		28,490
Class B shares of euro 1.20 nominal value each		13,500,793		16,201
Class C shares of euro 1.08 nominal value each		9,770,000		10,552
Total		260,633,072		55,243
(In thousand Euros)	Total shares		Share Capital
---	---	---	---	---
December 31, 2023
Class A shares of euro 0.12 nominal value each		187,890,468		22,549
Class B shares of euro 1.20 nominal value each		22,250,793		26,701
Class C shares of euro 1.08 nominal value each		1,020,000		1,102
Total		211,161,261		50,352

All the shares issued were fully paid as of the date of the capital increases. Wallbox’s Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Conversion Shares (“Class C Shares”) provide their holders with same economic rights; however, Class B Shares provide holders with ten (10) votes per share, Class C Shares provide holders with nine (9) votes per share and Class A Shares provide holders with one (1) vote per share.

Wallbox Class A Shares began trading on the NYSE under the “WBX” symbol on October 4, 2021.

As at December 31, authorized share capital is as follows:

December 31, 2024
Class A	409,770,000	0.12	49,172
Class B	40,230,000	1.20	48,276
Conversion shares	9,770,002	1.08	10,552
Total	459,770,002		108,000

F-50

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2023
Class A	401,020,000	0.12	48,122
Class B	48,980,000	1.20	58,776
Conversion shares	1,020,002	1.08	1,102
Total	451,020,002		108,000

Movement of share capital and share premium are as follows:


At December 31, 2023	211,161,261		50,352	481,615
January 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/Warrants) (Class A shares)	219,240	0.12	26	151
February 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	234,625	0.12	28	923
March 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	622,615	0.12	75	1,312
March 2024: Change Class B shares into Class A shares and Class C shares	3,750,000	—	—	—
April 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	684,537	0.12	82	4,816
May 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	100,708	0.12	12	400
June 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU/ESPP) (Class A shares)	548,207	0.12	66	657
July 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP) (Class A shares)	39,520	0.12	5	229
July 2024: Payment in shares earn out Ares (Class A shares)	380,208	0.12	45	410
August 2024: Capital increase (Private placement) (Class A shares)	36,334,277	0.12	4,360	37,045
August 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	116,765	0.12	14	1,094
September 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	128,256	0.12	15	325
October 2024: Stock option plan execution (ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	56,770	0.12	7	293
November 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	333,118	0.12	40	1,431
December 2024: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU/ESPP) (Class A shares)	847,571	0.12	102	827
December 2024: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)	75,394	0.12	9	34
December 2024: Change Cass B shares into Class A shares and Class C shares	5,000,000	—	—	—
Other movements	—	—	5	(449	)
At December 31, 2024	260,633,072		55,243	531,113

F-51

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements


At December 31, 2022	172,151,148		45,769	378,240
January 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)	140,594	0.12	17	622
January 2023: Payment in shares Coil acquisition (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)	272,826	0.12	33	2,284
February 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)	168,085	0.12	20	113
March 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	141,071	0.12	17	437
March 2023: Founder warrants execution (Class B shares)	20,000	1.20	24	173
March 2023: Change Cass B shares into Class A shares and Class C shares	20,000	—	—	—
April 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	569,745	0.12	69	6,313
April 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)	175,586	0.12	21	390
May 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)	181,144	0.12	22	648
May 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)	2,312,313	0.12	278	5,465
June 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU/ESPP) (Class A shares)	660,045	0.12	79	2,068
June 2023: Capital Increase (Private placement) (Class A shares)	18,832,432	0.12	2,260	42,689
June 2023: Change Cass B shares into Class A shares and Class C shares	1,000,000
June 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)	71,015	0.12	9	55
July 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	78,345	0.12	9	1,075
July 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)	71,162	0.12	9	213
August 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	1,021,037	0.12	123	5,541
September 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	825,502	0.12	99	3,776
October 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	405,965	0.12	49	1,051
November 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)	955,130	0.12	115	1,332
December 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU/ESPP) (Class A<br> shares)	727,459	0.12	87	1,081
December 2023: Capital Increase (Private placement) (Class A shares)	10,360,657	0.12	1,243	28,049
At December 31, 2023	211,161,261		50,352	481,615

On December 31, 2020, share capital of Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. totaled Euros 196 thousand and consisted of 392,118 shares with a par value of Euro 0.50 each (at December 31, 2019, share capital amounted to thousand Euros 169 and consisted of 337,300 shares with a par value of Euros 0.50 each).

On September 16, 2021, convertible bonds and a convertible note were converted, resulting in a capital issuance of 147,443 Class A ordinary shares of Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. with a par value of Euros 0.50 each, with a corresponding increase in share capital and share premium totaling Euros 74 thousand and Euros 87,032 thousand, respectively.

On October 1, 2021, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, each holder of Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. ordinary shares exchanged by means of a contribution in kind its Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. ordinary shares to Wallbox N.V. in exchange for the issuance of shares in accordance with the Exchange Ratio. As a result, Wallbox Chargers became a wholly owned subsidiary of Wallbox N.V. The contribution consisted of 539,561 Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. ordinary shares, Euros 0.50 par value, being exchanged for 106,778,437 Class A ordinary shares of Wallbox N.V., Euros 0.12 par value, and 23,250,793 Class B ordinary shares, Euros 1.20 par value. Share capital increased by Euros 40,445 thousand and the share premium decreased by the same amount.

Furthermore, on October 1, 2021, each share of Kensington’s common stock was exchanged by means of a contribution in kind in exchange for the issuance of Class A Shares, whereby Wallbox issued one Class A Share for each share of new Kensington common stock exchanged, resulting in the issuance of 19,861,318 Wallbox Class A ordinary shares, Euros 0.12 par value. Consequently, share capital increased by Euros 2,383 thousand and share premium by Euros 151,915 thousand, which includes the impact of the IFRS 2 share listing expense totaling thousand Euros 72,172 and the deduction of the net balance of transaction costs totaling Euros 17,397 thousand.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Kensington and Wallbox entered into Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”), dated June 9, 2021 and September 29, 2021, with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe to and purchase, and Wallbox agreed to issue and sell, an aggregate of 11,100,000 Class A Shares (the “PIPE Shares”) at a price of USD 10.00 per share for an aggregate of USD 111,000 thousand in proceeds (the “PIPE Financing”) on the Closing Date. Such 11,100,000 Class A Shares resulted in increases to share capital and share premium totaling Euros 1,332 thousand and Euros 94,528 thousand, respectively.

In September 2021, Wallbox NV issued 375,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value Euro 0.12, increasing share capital by Euros 45 thousand.

Finally, on November 23, 2021 and December 21, 2021, 43,028 and 1,000 Public Warrants, respectively, were converted into 43,028 and 1,000 Wallbox Class A ordinary shares, par value Euros 0.12, increasing share capital by thousand Euros 5 and raising share premium by Euros 636 thousand.

F-52

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The capital increase that took place during fiscal year 2022 corresponded mainly due to the Private placement, execution of the Stock Plan, the Kensington warrant conversion and payment with shares of the Ares acquisition and Electromaps acquisition.

Capital increases in fiscal year 2023 corresponded mainly to the Private placement, execution of the Stock Plan (see Note 21), the equity-settled consideration for the Coil acquisition, and at-the-market program.

Additionally, during 2023, the Company exchanged 1,020,000 Class B ordinary shares with a nominal value of Euro 1.20 per share (“Class B Shares”) for 1,020,000 Class A Shares with a nominal value of Euro 0.12 per share and 1,020,000 Class C Shares with a nominal value of Euro 1.08 per share.

Capital increases in fiscal year 2024 correspond mainly to the Private placement, execution of Stock Plan (see Note 21), the payment in share for the earn out of Ares acquisition, the Kensington warrant conversion (see Note 13) and at-the-market program.

Additionally, during 2024, the Company exchanged 8,750,000 Class B ordinary shares with a nominal value of Euro 1.20 per share ("Class B shares") for 8,750,000 Class A Shares with nominal value of Euro 0.12 per share and 8,750,000 Class C Shares with a nominal value of Euro 1.08 per share.

The share premium is freely distributable, provided that equity is not lower than the aggregate of share capital as a result of such distributions and the legal reserves.

Nature and purpose of reserves

Consolidated prior years’ accumulated deficit

At December 31, 2024, total consolidated accumulated deficit was Euros (569,175) thousand (Euros (420,195) thousand at December 31, 2023.

A free distribution is restricted for the amount of capitalized internal development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position. As at December 31, 2024 the amount of capitalized development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position amounts to Euros 66,308 thousand (2023: Euros 66,408 thousand) as further detailed in Note 10.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. This legal reserve is not freely distributable. This reserve was Euros 12,784 thousand at December 31, 2024 (Euros 5,868 thousand at December 31, 2023).

Other equity components

Share-based payments

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognize the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration. This reserve was Euros 22,626 thousand at December 31, 2024 (Euros 31,223 thousand at December 31, 2023). Refer to Note 21 for further details of these plans.

Equity-settled earn-out

In addition, this caption includes Euros 738 thousand corresponding to the amount to be paid in shares for to the acquisition of Ares (2023: Euros 921 thousand corresponding to the amount to be paid in shares for the acquisition of Ares and Coil.

Measurement adjustments to financial assets through OCI

Investments in hedge funds referred to in Note 13 are measured at fair value at year end. The change in their valuation is recognized as other equity components through other comprehensive income.

Others

Within the others the Group has included the impact of reversing the put option liability related to ABL acquisition (Note 17)

F-53

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

17. PROVISIONS

Details of the provisions are as follows:

At December 31, 2024	Non-current									Current
(In thousand Euros)	Other			Service warranties			Total Non-current			Other		Service warranties			Total Current
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year		11,652			2,184			13,836			—		1,752			1,752
Reversal of ABL put option liability (Note 6)		(12,000	)		—			(12,000	)		—		—			—
Financial expense from provisions update (Note 22)		1,669			—			1,669			—		—			—
Charge / (Credit) to results:		(899	)		458			(441	)		500		97			597
(+) additional provisions recognized (net)		655			2,032			2,687			—		1,475			1,475
(+/-) Short-term transferred		(500	)		—			(500	)		500		—			500
(-) Amounts used during the year		(1,054	)		(1,574	)		(2,628	)		—		(1,378	)		(1,378	)
Carrying amount at year end		422			2,642			3,064			500		1,849			2,349
At December 31, 2023	Non-current									Current
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
(In thousand Euros)	Other			Service warranties			Total Non-current			Service warranties			Total Current
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year		120			1,319			1,439			1,318			1,318
Business combinations (Note 6)		10,405			—			10,405			—			—
Charge / (Credit) to results:		1,127			865			1,992			434			434
(+) additional provisions recognized (net)		1,245			3,060			4,305			—			—
(+/-) Short-term transferred		—			(1,752	)		(1,752	)		1,752			1,752
(-) Amounts used during the year		(118	)		(443	)		(561	)		(1,318	)		(1,318	)
Carrying amount at year end		11,652			2,184			13,836			1,752			1,752

Service warranties

Products developed and sold by the Group are under warranty for a period of three years and, therefore, a provision is made annually to cover the estimated costs that could be incurred in relation to projects and products under warranty at year end. This provision is calculated based on an estimate of warranty costs incurred and their relation to the volume of sales under warranty.

Other provisions

As of December 31, 2024, “Other” provisions caption includes mainly the contingent consideration (earn-out) related to Ares amounting to Euros 922 thousand During 2024, we have reversed the put option liability related to ABL acquisition as a consequence of it not being executed prior to its expiration. (Note 6).

As of December 31, 2023, the "Other" provisions included mainly the contingent consideration (earn-out) related to Ares and put option liability related to ABL acquisition (Note 6) amounting to Euros 11,342 thousand and a provision for indemnities for an amount of Euros 311 thousand.

As of December 31, 2024 there are various ongoing claims in relation to commercial agreements, amounting to a maximum expenses of Euros 2 million. The Company, along with its external advisors assesses the likelihood of success of the claim as possible, but not probable, and therefore no provision has been recorded in relation to these claims.

F-54

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

18. GOVERNMENT GRANTS

Details of Government grants at December 31, are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)		December 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
Grants	Government Entity	Non-current liability		Current liability		Non-current liability		Current liability
Movilidad 2030	Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)		530		43		701		88
Flexener	Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)		48		4		118		31
Magnetor	Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)		—		—		13		7
Zeus Ptas	Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)		303		25		475		7
Alt impacte	Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)		356		29		389		49
Minichargers	Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)		49		4		62		9
Electrolinera	Instituto para la Diversificación y Ahorro de la Energía (IDAE)		—		—		421		—
Accio - creació lloc treballs	Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)		101		8		110		37
Hermes Estudios	Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo		591		48		692		223
Hermes Viabilidad	Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo		1,232		100		1,505		51
Hermes Formación	Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo		142		11		233		49
Top Gun	Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)		26		2		47		—
Torres Quevedo	Agencia Estatal de Investigación		71		6		83		—
ILIOS - PERTE VEC 2	Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo		2,900		235		—		—
GRID FORMING LOAD	European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (CINEA)		371		30		—		—
REDWDS - USA	California Energy Commission		496		40		—		—
Total			7,216		585		4,849		551

As of December 31, 2024 government grants include the grants assigned to the Group by the “Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)” and "Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)", “Agencia Estatal de Investigación”, “Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo”, "European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (CINEA)" and "California Energy Comission" for an amount of Euros 1,034 thousand, Euros 494 thousand, Euros 77 thousand, Euros 5,259 thousand, Euros 401 thousand and Euros 536 thousand, respectively, to develop new technologies and promote smart mobility solutions.

As of December 31, 2023 government grants include the grants assigned to the Group by the “Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)”, "Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)", "Instituto para la Diversificación y Ahorro de la Energía (IDAE)", “Agencia Estatal de Investigación” and “Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo” for an amount of Euros 1,558 thousand, Euros 585 thousand, Euros 421 thousand, Euros 83 thousand and Euros 2,753 thousand, respectively, to develop new technologies and promote smart mobility solutions.

As of December 31, 2024 Euros 1,872 thousand are pending to be received from government entities, as compared to Euros 3,200 thousand as of December 31, 2023 (Note 24).

The impact in the statement of profit or loss (recognized in the “Other income” caption) for 2024 amounts to Euros 1,198 thousand, as a result of the established conditions agreed with the aforementioned entities (Euros 1,706 thousand for 2023).

F-55

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

19. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024		2023		2022
Lines:
Sales of goods		146,222		129,416		136,372
Sales of services		17,721		14,353		7,813
Total		163,943		143,769		144,185
Geographical markets (*):
EMEA		125,182		116,929		120,619
NORAM		37,417		25,701		23,552
APAC		1,344		1,139		14
Total		163,943		143,769		144,185

(*) The differences between geographical markets information and the segment disclosures in the Note 7 comes from the intercompany eliminations.

There is no individual customer exceeding 10% of total revenues during 2024, 2023 or 2022.

Service revenue includes mainly installations services, software operation and maintenance.

A contract liability and long term deferred income are recognized if a payment is received or if a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Group transfers the related goods or services. These contract liabilities and long term deferred income are mainly related to the contracts for extended warranties to the clients. Contract liabilities and long term deferred income are recognized as revenue when the Group performs under the contract. (i.e., transfers control of the related goods or services to the customer).

20. EXPENSES AND NET OTHER INCOME

A. Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

Details of changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used are as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024		2023		2022
Consumption of finished goods, raw materials and other consumables		93,426		87,933		81,002
Scrap stock, slow moving & obsolete accrual		5,275		999		864
Work carried out by other companies		8,176		6,571		3,739
Impairment of assets (see Note 11)		1,043		—		—
Total		107,920		95,503		85,605

Changes to inventories are recorded within the consumption of finished goods, raw materials and other consumables caption.

F-56

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B. Operating expenses

Operating expenses are primarily as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024			2023			2022
Professional services		11,686			11,591			14,129
Marketing expenses		4,831			10,387			23,934
Delivery		4,462			4,580			10,291
External temporary workers		2,306			2,599			4,994
Office expense		7,428			7,970			7,296
Insurance premium		1,918			2,330			3,350
Utilities and similar expenses		4,573			3,310			4,471
Online platforms fees		385			1,212			3,381
Customs duty tax		533			577			887
Travel expenses		2,164			2,581			4,139
Short-term and low value leases		1,785			2,314			3,454
Bank Services		822			738			880
Expected credit loss for trade and other receivables (Note 13)		(176	)		(120	)		1,003
Repairs		2,246			1,362			509
Other impairment and losses (see Note 13)		2,264			2,013			2,870
Warranty provision (see Note 17)		555			1,299			1,738
Other		6,307			5,045			4,229
Total		54,089			59,788			91,555

C. Net other income

Details of Net other income are primarily as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024			2023		2022
Negative Goodwill (Note 6)		—			11,166		—
Subsidies (Note 18)		1,198			1,706		680
Impact of disposals tangible assets (see Note 8)		(1,029	)		—		—
Impact of disposals intangible assets (see Note 10)		(355	)		—		—
Other		211			1,388		1,164
Total		25			14,260		1,844

21. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Details of employee benefits for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024		2023		2022
Wages and salaries		54,028		49,228		43,106
Share-based payments		2,837		13,307		32,625
Social Security		14,623		18,701		13,083
Total		71,488		81,236		88,814

The Group has not entered into any defined contribution or defined benefit plans for which pensions costs are incurred. The majority of employees are working in Spain and are participating in a state pension plan for which the expenses are included in social security.

F-57

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Details of the personnel expense recognized for share-based payment transactions are as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024			2023			2022
Management stock option plan		143			2,915			14,377
Founder Stock options plan		—			—			8,195
RSU Employees		2,253			11,289			6,862
Performance based earn out in shares and RSU's management Ares		289			647			531
Performance based earn out in shares and RSU's management COIL		—			(744	)		1,769
RSU Management		1,006			1,508			3,103
ESPP		135			265			-
Capitalization of share-based payment transactions in intangible assets		(989	)		(2,573	)		(2,212	)
Total		2,837			13,307			32,625

Management Stock Option Plan

At a meeting held on July 25, 2018, the shareholders voted to implement a share-based plan (the “Management stock option plan” or “MSOP”) link with Wallbox Chargers and to provide a more direct incentive structure.

This arrangement was an equity-settled plan. Consequently, the Group recognizes a personnel expense against an increase in equity based on the fair value of the options at grant date, i.e., the day on which the Management Stock Option Plan contract is signed by the Company and the member of management.

Each of the tranches had vesting conditions linked to the employment of the beneficiaries and to their performance.

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transaction, these options will be available to be executed in exchange for Wallbox NV shares, Euros 0.12 par value (previously Euros 0.50 par value) in a period of 10 years from the Closing date, and each outstanding option was converted into 240.990795184659 options based on the “Exchange Ratio”.

The Management Stock Option Plan grants management stock options to purchase Class A Shares at a per share exercise price equal to Euro 0.0021.

The Company records this share-based payments plan based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. The estimated fair value of the award was based on the closest financial round of share capital issued for the firsts grants and the latest ones are based on the estimated market price of the Parent’s stock on the date of the grant, in practice the share price of Wallbox NV at the grant date is used during this reporting period.

Employee Stock Option Plan

During the COVID-19 pandemic, shareholders agreed to offer all employees of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. (the “Beneficiaries” or, individually, the “Beneficiary”) the possibility of participating in a share-based payment plan (the “Employees Stock Options Plan” or “ESOP”) to receive stock options (the “Options”) to purchase a certain number of ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of Wallbox Chargers. Participation in this Plan was voluntary, and it was created as a cash saving measure, as it was offered in exchange for a reduction in the salaries of the Beneficiaries, which has resulted in strategic cash maintenance during the uncertain period caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The exercise price of the options is Euros 0.50. Furthermore, because of these savings, the Company was able to continue with its strategic plans and continues to hire the best professionals from the industry to exit the COVID-19 period with a strong position relative to its competitors.

This arrangement was an equity-settled plan. Consequently, the Group recognized a personnel expense against an increase in equity based on the fair value of the options at grant date, which in this case was May 1, 2020.

The Employee Stock Option Plan vesting period finished at the end of 2020 and all of the options granted were available for execution when one of the liquidity events defined in this Plan took place. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transaction, these options will be available for execution in exchange for Wallbox NV shares, Euros 0.12 par value (previously Euros 0.50 par value), in a period of 10 years from the Closing date, and each outstanding option was converted into 240.990795184659 options based on the “Exchange Ratio”.

The Company recorded this share-based payments plan based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and recognizes an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. The estimated fair value of the award was based on

F-58

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

the closest financial round of share capital issued for the firsts grants and the latest ones are based on the estimated market price of the Parent’s stock on the date of the grant, in practice the share price of Wallbox NV at the grant date is used during this reporting period.

Founders Stock Option Plan

At a meeting held on June 30, 2021, the shareholders of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. agreed to implement a share-based payment plan (Legacy Stock Option Program) to strengthen the bond with the founders of Wallbox and in order to align the interests of the founders with the creation of additional value for the Company. This would be accomplished via Options with a strike price at a valuation equal to or higher than current market value and by allowing the founders to benefit from more liquid Options which are fully vested and transferable from their date of concession.

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan, these options will be available to be executed in exchange for Wallbox NV shares, Euros 0.12 par value (previously Euros 0.50 par value), and the exercise price of the options will be equivalent to Euros 1.93 per share after applying the “Exchange Ratio” of 240.990795184659 (previously Euros 466.24 per share).

The maximum number of Shares that shall underlie all of the Options included in this plan shall be, at the Effective Date, the equivalent of 4,289 shares of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. (1,033,610 Class A shares of Wallbox NV after applying the Exchange Ratio). Options under this plan shall be granted on Class B ordinary shares of the Company.

The Board of Directors of the Company shall deliver a personal notice to each Beneficiary, with an invitation to participate in the Plan, which shall contain, among others, the number of Options granted to each Beneficiary; and, where appropriate, the individual conditions governing the participation of the Beneficiary in the Plan. For the purposes of this Plan, the date of concession shall be that date indicated in the Invitation Notice.

These invitations were sent in 2022, so the Group recognized the expense accordingly to the valuation of these options in 2022 as they vested following their grant. The Group valued each option at USD 8.66. To determine the fair value at grant date of these options the Group used American option chain, where each option has a maturity of 5 years.

Each beneficiary must comply with the following conditions in order to exercise the options:

A lock-up period of three years, during which time they will be able to exercise the options proportionally on a monthly basis; however this lock up period was cancelled in December 2023.
The Company has not initiated a Temporary Suspension of exercise; and
Any other specific conditions included in the Beneficiary’s Invitation Notice have been fulfilled.

RSU for Employees

At a meeting held on April 6, 2022, the compensation committee approved the implementation of an Incentive Award Plan pursuant to which Awards of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU“) were granted to employees. Each RSU granted represents a right to receive one listed share of Wallbox NV at the end of each vesting period, subject to the grantee’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

The RSUs vest according to the below schedule, subject to the grantee’s continued service through each applicable vesting date:

33% will vest on the 1st anniversary date as from the date of grant,
33% will vest on the 2nd anniversary date as from the date of grant.
34% will vest on the 3rd anniversary date as from the date of grant.

In addition, the Company granted RSUs to the employees of the subsidiaries acquired in the second half of 2022. These RSUs are subject to certain performance-based vesting conditions, which have been considered 100% covered when valuing these RSUs.

The Company records this share-based payments plan based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and recognized an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. Considering that there is no exercise price applicable, the estimated fair value of the award is based on the listed share price of Wallbox, NV on the date of grant.

RSUs for Management

F-59

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

At a meeting held on April 6, 2022, the compensation committee approved to grant an Incentive Award Plan pursuant to which awards of RSUs were granted to management. Each RSU granted represents a right to receive one listed share of Wallbox N.V. at the end of each vesting period, subject to continued service.

The RSUs are subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions and vest as follows:

Serviced-based Condition: one third of the RSUs are subject to the service -based condition and will vest as follows:
50% of this 33% will vest on the 1st anniversary date as from the date of grant,
50% of this 33% will vest on the 2nd anniversary date as from the date of grant.
Performance-based Condition: two-thirds of the RSUs are subject to the performance-based condition and will vest as follows:
Period 1: 50% will vest:
If between April 8, 2025 and April 8, 2029 (both dates included), at any time, the closing stock price (the last price at which the Company stock trades during the regular trading session) equals or exceeds $25 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days period.
Accelerator event: If the Company announces results for Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2024 reporting (i) revenue of at least Euro 1 billion , (ii) the Company’s auditor confirms that the cash flows corresponding to 2024 is positive, and (iii) if from December 1, 2024, at any time, the closing stock price (the last price at which the Company stock trades during the regular trading session) equals or exceeds $25 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days period.
Period 2: 50% will vest:
If between April 8, 2027 and April 8, 2029 (both dates included), at any time, the closing stock price (the last price at which the Company stock trades during the regular trading session) equals or exceeds $30 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days period.

Also on November 11, 2022 the Compensation committee has approved granting new RSUs to certain management personnel of the group. These RSUs will vest according only to performance conditions which are aligned with the performance conditions disclosed above.

The Group has valued each RSU, under such plan as follows:

Service-based Condition: This fair value has been determined by discounting the forward price of Wallbox NV stock at each vesting date. The price in this tranche has been based on the spot price at grant date.

Performance-based Condition: This fair value has been based on Wallbox’s price developments according to the Black-Scholes model. Prices for each averaging window are obtained via Monte Carlo simulation.

In addition, during 2023, the Company granted RSUs to members of the Board of Directors. These RSUs have fully vested in 2023.

ESPP

In January 2023, the Group launched an offering period under the Amended and Restated 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) for a length of one year, with the purpose of increasing employee engagement and motivation. This program has been extended for the subsequent years considering two open windows per year where the employees can decide to join or leave the plan. The offering has been designed in accordance with the share-based payments plan approved by the Company upon listing in October 2021. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan consists of an offer to buy a maximum of 20,000 shares by each of the Company’s employees who participates in the ESPP with a discount of up to 15%, with a limit of 1% to 10% of annual salary per year.

Movements during the year

The following table illustrates the movements in stock options at December 31, excluding earn out payments in shares for the business combinations in 2022:

F-60

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Number of warrants	ESOP			MSOP			Founders		RSU Employees			RSU Management			RSU Coil & Ares			Total
At December 31, 2023		910,382			3,003,867			1,013,609		2,984,802			1,458,334			350,615			9,721,609
Granted		—			—			—		1,822,625			1,720,415			—			3,543,040
Exercised		(229,291	)		(1,063,152	)		—		(1,101,262	)		(248,976	)		(95,926	)		(2,738,607	)
Other		(5,400	)		5,400			—		—			—			—
Cancelled		—			(13,253	)		—		(1,372,241	)		(333,333	)		(31,889	)		(1,750,716	)
At December 31, 2024		675,691			1,932,862			1,013,609		2,333,924			2,596,440			222,800			8,775,326
Number of warrants	ESOP			MSOP			Founders			RSU Employees			RSU Management			RSU Coil & Ares			Total
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
At December 31, 2022		1,285,619			6,238,316			1,033,609			2,027,765			2,000,000			496,019			13,081,328
Granted		—			38,610			—			2,425,280			—			—			2,463,890
Exercised		(375,237	)		(3,271,405	)		(20,000	)		(944,298	)		(249,999	)		(145,404	)		(5,006,343	)
Cancelled		—			(1,654	)		—			(523,945	)		(291,667	)		—			(817,266	)
At December 31, 2023		910,382			3,003,867			1,013,609			2,984,802			1,458,334			350,615			9,721,609
Number of warrants	ESOP			MSOP			Founders		RSU Employees			RSU Management		RSU Coil & Ares		Total
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
At December 31, 2021		1,584,192			7,253,823			—		—			—		—		8,838,015
Granted		—			33,000			1,033,609		2,198,289			2,000,000		496,019		5,760,917
Exercised		(298,573	)		(927,410	)		—		(12,800	)		—		—		(1,238,783	)
Cancelled		—			(121,097	)		—		(157,724	)		—		—		(278,821	)
At December 31, 2022		1,285,619			6,238,316			1,033,609		2,027,765			2,000,000		496,019		13,081,328

The number of exercisable options at December, 31:

Number of exercisable options
ESOP	675,691	910,382	1,285,619
MSOP	1,932,862	2,729,650	4,873,644
Founders	1,013,609	1,013,609	258,402
RSU	—	—	—
Total	3,622,162	4,653,641	6,417,665

The ESOPs and MSOP’s weren’t exercisable until an “Exit event” occurred. As the company was listed as from October 2021, the vested options became exercisable. As a listing on a stock market qualifies as an “Exit event”.

The weighted average fair value and exercise price for each plan is calculated as follows, excluding earn out payments in shares for the business combinations in 2022:

	Units						Exercise price						Average fair value						Remaining
	2024		2023		2022		2024		2023		2022		2024		2023		2022		contractual life
Management stock option plan		1,932,862		3,003,867		6,238,316		0.0021		0.0021		0.0021		3.07		2.91		3.10	All options are vested
Employee stock option plan		675,691		910,382		1,285,619		—		—		—		0.91		0.88		0.85	All options are vested
Founder Stock options plan		1,013,609		1,013,609		1,033,609		1.93		1.93		1.93		7.93		7.93		7.93	All options are vested
RSU Employees		2,333,924		2,984,802		2,027,765		—		—		—		0.33		1.55		9.32	2025-2027
RSU Coil & Ares		222,800		350,615		496,019		—		—		—		9.43		9.43		9.43	2025
RSU Management		2,596,440		1,458,334		2,000,000		—		—		—		1.44		2.81		2.81	2025-2029
		8,775,326		9,721,609		13,081,328

22. FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES

Details of financial income and expenses are as follows:

F-61

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

(In thousand Euros)	Note	December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Financial income
Fair value adjustment of the put option			—		—		2,002
Fair value gain on financial investments			1,932		1,127		280
Fair Value of derivative			—		191		15
Other finance income			13		154		10
Total financial income			1,945		1,472		2,307
Financial expenses
Interest and fees on bank loans	13		19,957		13,791		3,711
Interest on leases	9		1,911		1,341		1,267
Fair value loss on financial investments			—		—		1,343
Impairment of financial investments			—		—		1,411
Fair value of derivative			101		—		—
Financial expenses from provisions update	17		1,669		—		—
Other finance costs			42		115		266
Total financial expenses			23,680		15,247		7,998
(In thousand Euros)	December 31, 2024			December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
Exchange differences		(4,044	)		1,466		(3,618	)
Total		(4,044	)		1,466		(3,618	)

On July 27, 2022, Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. acquired the remaining 49% of share capital of Electromaps, S.L.U., resulting in ownership of 100% of its share capital as of that date, for purchase consideration of Euros 1,799 thousand. The transaction resulted in recognition of a gain on the settlement of the associated financial liability totaling Euros 2,002 thousand, which was recorded as financial income in the statement of profit or loss. The payment of the consideration was made through a cash payment of Euros 150 thousand on July 29, 2022 and Euros 150 thousand on August 30, 2022. The remaining amount was paid through the issuance of 163,861 Class A shares of Wallbox NV whose nominal value is Euros 0.12 per share.

23. LOSS PER SHARE

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

As the Company had losses in all three periods, potential issuable ordinary shares from Management Stock Options, Employee Stock Options, RSU plans and Warrants are not dilutive (losses per share would be less and anti-dilution would exist). Hence, these shares are not considered in the calculation of losses per diluted share.

Details of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings/loss per share are as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024			2023			2022
Loss for the year		(151,792	)		(112,071	)		(62,800	)
Dilutive effects on earnings per share		—			—			—
Total loss for basic and diluted earnings per share		(151,792	)		(112,071	)		(62,800	)
Number of shares	December 31, 2024			December 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and diluted earnings per share (thousand shares)		231,233			187,679			163,367
(In Euros)	December 31, 2024			December 31, 2023			December 31, 2022
Basic and diluted losses per share		(0.66	)		(0.60	)		(0.38	)

24. TAX CREDIT AND OTHER RECEIVABLES/OTHER PAYABLES

F-62

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A. Tax credit and other receivables/Other payables

(In thousand Euros)	December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
VAT receivable		2,740		3,800
Government grants receivable		1,872		3,200
Income tax credit receivable (short term)		1,073		1,258
Income tax credit receivable (long term)		6,047		6,056
Other tax receivable		181		171
Tax credit and other receivables		11,913		14,485
(In thousand Euros)	December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
---	---	---	---	---
VAT payable		1,612		2,741
Current income tax liability		—		—
Social Security payable		307		1,372
Personal Income Tax payable		1,152		2,096
Deferred tax liabilities		3,412		9,347
Deferred tax liabilities and other payables		6,483		15,556

B. Amounts recognized in profit or loss

	Year ended December 31,
(In thousand Euros)	2024			2023			2022
Loss before Tax / Profit		(158,515	)		(112,774	)		(67,726	)
Tax income (at 25%)		39,629			28,150			16,932
Unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses and temporary differences		(39,629	)		(28,150	)		(16,932	)
R&D tax credits		(1,064	)		(685	)		(5,468	)
Other movements		(5,659	)		(18	)		542
Income tax credit		(6,723	)		(703	)		(4,926	)

As Wallbox N.V. is a Spanish tax resident, is the corporate tax rate of Spain is being used, which is a nominal tax rate of 25%.

Deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax assets have been recognized totaled Euros 28,926 thousand at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2023 deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset were recognized in the statement of financial position amounted to Euros 5,106 thousand.

The amount of Euros 28,926 thousand (Euros 5,106 thousand at 2023) was related to deductible temporary differences generated in 2024, primarily associated with the impairment recognized in 2024, share-based payment plan provision, obsolescence provision and part of the financial expenses, and also the temporary differences related to IFRS 16.

At December 31, details of unrecognized tax losses to be offset in the future are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
2015	47	47
2016	439	439
2017	56	56
2018	1,579	1,579
2019	3,318	3,318
2020	9,025	9,025
2021	122,456	122,456
2022	3,167	3,167
2023	41,962	42,480
2024	80,676	-
Total	262,725	182,567

The tax losses detailed above correspond to the Spanish tax consolidated headed by Wallbox NV. There is no time limit to apply these tax losses. Additionally, the unrecognized tax losses of Wallbox USA Inc amount to Euros 69,228 thousand as of December 31, 2024 (Euros 54,533 thousand as of December 31, 2023). Regarding ABL GmbH, the unrecognized tax losses amount to Euros 16,494 as of December 31,

F-63

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

2024 (Euros 2,517 thousand as of December 31, 2023). The unrecognized tax losses of the rest of the subsidiaries amount to Euro 16,068 thousand (Euros 17,267 thousand as of December 31, 2023).

Tax losses may be offset indefinitely in the future. The existence of unused tax losses, as well as the lack of track record of generating tax profits, evidences that future taxable profit may not be available to the Group, at least for the near and medium term, as the Company is early stage. Having considered all evidence available and the current investment phase, management determined that there was insufficient positive evidence to support the fact that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which to offset the tax losses. Accordingly, no deferred tax asset is recognized in the financial statements.

25. GROUP INFORMATION

A. Related parties

Details of transactions and balances with related parties are as follows:

	Year ended December 31, 2024
(In Thousand Euros)	Shareholders		Joint Venture		Key management		Total
Revenue		—		—		—		—
Interest		—		—		—		—
Impairment of financial assets		—		—		—		—
Statement of financial position
Accounts receivables and accounts payables		—		—		—		—
	Year ended December 31, 2023
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
(In Thousand Euros)	Shareholders		Joint Venture		Key management		Total
Statement of profit or loss
Revenue		328		—		—		328
Statement of financial position
Accounts receivables and accounts payables		369		—		—		369
	Year ended December 31, 2022
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
(In Thousand Euros)	Shareholders		Joint Venture			Key management		Total
Statement of profit or loss
Revenue		67		—			—		67
Interest		—		47			—		47
Impairment of financial assets		—		(1,945	)		—		(1,945	)
Statement of financial position

Only revenues to shareholders holding a minimal interest in the Group of 50% has been disclosed as a related party transaction in accordance with IAS 24 definitions.

In connection with the August 2024 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 40,372 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 4,279,371 Class A Shares, AM Gestio, S.L. purchased 1,614,857 Class A Shares, Consilium, S.L. purchased 2,139,686 Class A Shares and Generac Power Systems, Inc purchased 28,259,991 Class A Shares , in each case, at price of $1.24 per share.

In connection with the June 2023 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 387,597 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 7,751,938 Class A Shares, AM Gestio, S.L. purchased 1,937,985 Class A Shares, Consilium, S.L. purchased 6,429,330 Class A Shares, Anangu Corp, S.L. purchased 387,597 Class A Shares and Black Label Equity I SCR, S.A. purchased 1,937,985 Class A Shares, in each case, at price of $2.58 per share.

In connection with the December 2023 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 65,574 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 327,869 Class A Shares and Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. purchased 98,361 Class A Shares, in each case, at price of $3.05 per share.

F-64

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

B. Remuneration of Directors and Key Management

The remuneration expenses recorded for the members of the Board of Directors in 2024, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(thousand Euros)	2024		2023		2022
Short-term benefits		394		436		774
Cost of non-executive directors		465		424		303
Share-based payment plan expenses		—		1,078		6,146
Total		859		1,938		7,223

Details of the remuneration expenses recorded for the Company’s senior management (excluding the executive members of the Board of Directors) are as follows:

	Year ended December 31,
(thousand Euros)	2024		2023		2022
Short-term benefits		1,602		1,724		1,908
Termination benefits		325		14		206
Share-based payment plan expenses		1,383		2,863		13,842
Total		3,310		4,601		15,956

No expenses for post-employment benefits were incurred during 2024, 2023 and 2022.

At December 31, 2024 and 2023 the group had no pension or life insurance obligations with members of senior management.

At December 31, 2024 and 2023 no advances or loans had been granted to members of senior management, nor had the Company extended any guarantees on their behalf.

During 2024, public liability insurance premiums of Euros 523 thousand (Euros 996 thousand in 2023) had been incurred to be covered for damages or losses that may be incurred by directors in the performance of their duties. These insurance premiums do however not form part of the remuneration of the Directors and has therefore not be included in the table above.

26. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk management policies are established by management, having previously been approved by the Company’s directors. Based on these policies, the Finance department has established a number of procedures and controls to identify, measure and manage risks associated with the use of financial instruments. These policies, inter alia, prohibit the Company from speculating with derivatives.

Any activity involving financial instruments exposes the Company to credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk.

a) Credit risk

Credit risk arises from possible losses deriving from failure to comply with contractual obligations on the part of the Group’s counterparties, i.e., the possibility of not recovering financial assets at the amount recognized and within the established term.

The maximum credit risk exposure is as follows:

F-65

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

	December 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
(In thousand Euros)	Non-current		Current		Non-current			Current
Customer sales and services		—		29,243		—	—		43,258
Other receivables		—		428		—	—		140
Loans to employees		180		—		180			18
Trade and other financial receivables		180		29,671		180			43,416
Loans granted to Joint Venture		—		—		—			—
Guarantee deposit		1,170		—		1,341			—
Non-current financial assets		1,170		—		1,341			—
Guarantee deposit		—		209		—			82
Financial investments		—		25,901		—			5,728
Other current financial assets		—		26,110		—			5,810
Total		1,350		55,781		1,521			49,226

The Sales and Finance departments establish credit limits for each customer based on information received from an entity specializing in commercial solvency analysis. Refer to Note 13B for further disclosure on the expected credit loss of customer sales and services.

b) Market risk

Market risk arises from possible losses deriving from fluctuations in the fair value or in future cash flows of financial instruments because of changes in market prices. Market risk includes interest rate, currency and other price risks.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from possible losses due to changes in the fair value or the future cash flows of a financial instrument because of fluctuations in market interest rates.

(In thousand Euros)
Fixed rate Loan	16,799	27,926
Floating rate loan	181,670	179,431
Total	198,469	207,357

All values are in Euros.

A 100 basis point change in interest rates would mean an increase (decrease) in profit or loss at December 31, 2024 of Euros 2,027 thousand (Euros (1,951) thousand at December 31, 2023). This calculation assumes that the change occurred on the date of the report applied to the risk exposures existing on that date. This analysis assumes that all other variables are held constant and considers the effect of interest rates.

	2024					2023					2022
(In thousand Euros)	Profit or loss					Profit or loss					Profit or loss
	100 bp increase			100 bp decrease		100 bp increase			100 bp decrease		100 bp increase			100 bp decrease
Floating rate loan		(2,027	)		2,027		(1,951	)		1,951		(1,317	)		1,317

Currency risk

Currency risk is the risk of possible losses due to changes in the fair value of and future cash flows from financial instruments as a result of exchange rate fluctuations.

Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other financial receivables and other current assets / deferred charges are primarily the items included within the Group’s assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency.

F-66

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The following table shows the sensitivity of monetary assets and liabilities to a reasonably possible strengthening (weakening) of the Euro in each of the foreign currencies as of December 31. This analysis assumes that all other variables, particularly interest rates, remain constant and ignores any impact from anticipated sales and purchases. The Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange for all other currencies is not significant.

					2023					2022
					Profit or loss					Profit or loss
(In thousand Euros)			Weakening		Strengthening			Weakening		Strengthening			Weakening
(10% movement)	(2,251	)		2,752		(1,270	)		1,552		(565	)		691

All values are in US Dollars.

Other market price risk

The Group has derivative warrant liabilities (see Note 13) measured at FVTPL.

The derivative warrant liabilities of Euros 2,168 thousand at December 31, 2024 (Euros 3,119 thousand at December 31, 2023) included a fair value adjustment of Euros 1,081 thousand compared to December 31, 2023.

A change of the warrant price by 1% would result in an increase/decrease of the underlying warrant liabilities of Euros 22 thousand (2023: Euros 31 thousand).

c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises where the Group might not hold, or have access to, sufficient liquid funds at an appropriate cost to settle its payment obligations at any given time.

Details of working capital are as follows:

(In thousand Euros)
Current assets	158,367		256,924
Current liabilities	175,751		190,774
Total	(17,384	)	66,150

Although the working capital is negative, this is a consequence of the classification under current liabilities of the grace period mentioned in Note 13, in accordance with IAS 1, and the resulting reclassification due to a breach of certain covenant. As indicated in Note 2 and Note 13, in April 2025 the Group signed the new agreement and reached an understanding with the financial institution concerned with the aforementioned covenant. Therefore, the Group considers that it has the necessary resources to meet its payment obligations arising from its operations. Refer to note 2 for details about the group financial position and the going concern assumptions applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

F-67

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Details of the maturities, by year, of the principal of the loans and borrowings at December 31, are as follows:

	December 31, 2024
(In Euros)	Capital		Interest		Total
2025		131,810		7,293		139,103
2026		28,504		5,458		33,962
2027		19,371		2,174		21,545
2028		13,020		794		13,814
2029		3,217		139		3,356
More than five years		2,547		7		2,554
Total		198,469		15,865		214,334
	December 31, 2023
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
(In Euros)	Capital		Interest		Total
2024		126,496		9,682		136,179
2025		25,533		5,784		31,317
2026		22,859		3,520		26,379
2027		15,831		1,868		17,699
2028		12,017		815		12,831
More than five years		4,621		163		4,784
Total		207,357		21,832		229,189

F-68

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

d) Capital management

For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the Parent. The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximize shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to compensate for changes in economic conditions or its financial requirements in order to execute its business plans. The Group may also issue new shares or issue/repay debt financial instruments to maintain or adjust the capital structure. The Group monitors capital management to ensure that it meets its financial needs to achieve its business objectives while maintaining its solvency.

No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

27. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

After the reporting date of December 31, 2024, the following significant events have occurred:

In the first quarter of 2025, certain employees converted 787,597 options, as part of their stock option plan, into 787,597 Class A ordinary shares of Euros 0.12 of par value, resulting in an increase of share capital of Euros 95 thousand.

Additionally, in the first quarter of 2025, we closed capital increases as part of the ATM programme, pursuant to which we sold 739,742 Class A ordinary shares of Euros 0.12 of per value, resulting in an increase of share capital of Euros 89 thousand.

On February 21, 2025, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 26,707,142 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $9,9 million (€ 9.4 Million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $0.37 per share.

As disclosed in Note 2, on April 8, 2025, all remaining financial institutions adhered to the framework agreement, formalizing the grace period and waiving financial covenant requirements for 2025 (Notes 2 and 13). Additionally, the Group is renegotiating its €15 million bilateral loan with one of the lenders including financial covenants (Note 13).

F-69

28. DETAILS OF WALLBOX GROUP SUBSIDIARIES

				% Equity interest
Company name	Registered office	Activity	Company holding<br>investment	December 31,<br>2024	December 31,<br>2023	Consolidation<br>method
Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	Paseo de la Castellana, 95. Planta 28, 28046, Madrid, Spain	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wallbox NV	100%	100%	*		Fully consolidated
Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp II	1400 Old Country Road, Suite 301, Westbury, NY 11590	Special purpose acquisition company	Wallbox NV	100%	100%	*		Fully consolidated
Wallbox Energy, S.L.U.	Calle Foc 68, 08038, Barcelona, Spain	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	-	100%		—	-
Wallbox UK Limited	378-380 Deansgate, Manchester, United Kingdom M3 4LY	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
SAS Wallbox France	Avenue des Champs Elysées 102, 75008, Paris, France	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
WBC Wallbox Chargers Deutschland GmbH	Oskar-von-Miller-Ring 20, 80333 Munich, Germany	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox Italy, S.R.L.	Piazza Tre Torri 2, 20145 CAP, Milano, Italy	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox Netherlands B.V.	Kingsfordweg 151,1042 GR Amsterdam, The Netherlands	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox USA Inc.	800 W. El Camino Real Suite 180, Mountain View CA 94040, United States	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox Shanghai Ldt.	Unit 05-129 Level 5, No. 482, 488, 492, 518 Xinjiang Road, Jingan District, Shanghai Municipality, China	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox AS	Professor Olav Hanssens vei 7A, 4021 Stavanger, Norway	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox ApS	Rådhuspladsen 16, 1550 København, Denmark	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wallbox Norway AS	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox AB	Kistagången 12, 164 40 Kista, Sweden	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wallbox Norway AS	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox Oy	PL 747, 00101 Helsinki, Finland	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wallbox Norway AS	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Electromaps, S.L.U.	Calle Foc 68, 08038, Barcelona, Spain	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Coil, Inc.	1307 Hayes Street Suite 5<br>San Francisco, CA 94117 US	EV Charge installer	Wallbox USA, Inc.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U.	Calle Foc 68, 08038, Barcelona, Spain	Manufacture of Electronical components	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox Australia PTY, Ltd	152 Elizabeth Street - Level 4 - Melbourne VIC 3000	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
WBX Chargers Portugal, Unipessoal Lda	Edifício Scala, Rua de Vilar, 235, 2.o andar<br>Porto Concelho: Porto Freguesia: Lordelo do Ouro e Massarelos<br>4050 626 Porto	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
Wallbox Belgium BV	1831 Diegem, Pegasuslaan 5, Belgium	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
ABL Gmbh (1)	Albert-Büttner-Straße 11,<br>91207 Lauf / Pegnitz, Deutschland	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	75%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
ABL Morocco S.A.	Lot 2, Ilot 72<br>Tanger 90100, Morocco	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	ABL Gmbh	99%	99%		—	Fully consolidated
ABL Nederland B.V.	Meander 251<br>6825 MC Arnhem, Netherlands	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	ABL Gmbh	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated
ABL (Shangai) Co. Ltd	Yuandong Building, No. 1101 Pudong South Road,200120 Shanghai, China	Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles	ABL Gmbh	100%	100%		—	Fully consolidated

(*) direct ownership

(-) indirect ownership

(1) ABL GmbH is using the exemption rules acc. Sec. 264 (3) German commercial law in the extend that ABL GmbH isn’t required to (prepare,) audit and publish their statutory financial statement as of 31st December 2023 (2024)

F-70

EX-2.1

Exhibit 2.1

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

Wallbox N.V. has one class of securities and one class of warrants registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). References herein to “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Wallbox N.V. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

The following description of our securities and certain provisions of our Articles of Association are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of our Articles of Association and the Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amended & Restated Warrant Agreement, dated October 1, 2021 (the “Wallbox Warrant Agreement”), which have been publicly filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We encourage you to read our Articles of Association, Wallbox Warrant Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Dutch law. Terms not defined in this Exhibit 2.1 shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Articles of Association, the Wallbox Warrant Agreement and the Annual Report on Form 20-F, as applicable.

SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Share Capital

Authorized Share Capital

Wallbox has three classes of shares: (i) Class A ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of €0.12 (the “Class A Shares”), (ii) Class B ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of €1.20 (the “Class B Shares”), and (iii) conversion shares, each with a nominal value of €1.08 (the “Conversion Shares”). Upon the conversion of one or more Class B Shares into Class A Shares and Conversion Shares, the authorized capital shall decrease with the number of Class B Shares so converted and shall increase with the number of Class A Shares and Conversion Shares into which such Class B Shares were converted. See “— Conversion of Shares” below. As of December 31, 2023, Wallbox’s authorized share capital amounts to €108,000,002.16. Following and pursuant to (i) a conversion of 20,000 Class B Shares into Class A Shares and Conversion Shares on March 22, 2023 and (ii) a conversion of 1,000,000 Class B Shares into Class A Shares and Conversion Shares on June 7, 2023, in accordance with Clause 5 of the articles of association, Wallbox’s authorized share capital is divided into 401,020,000 Class A Shares, 48,980,000 Class B Shares and 1,020,002 Conversion Shares.

Under Dutch law, the authorized share capital is the maximum share capital that Wallbox may issue without amending the articles of association.

Form of Shares

Pursuant to the articles of association, Wallbox’s shares (the “Shares”) are registered shares.

Transfer of Shares

Under Dutch law, transfers of Shares (other than in book-entry form) shall require a deed executed for that purpose and, save in the event Wallbox itself is a party to such legal act, written acknowledgement by Wallbox of the transfer.

Under the articles of association, if and as long as one or more Class A Shares are admitted to trading on the NYSE, or if it may reasonably be expected that one or more Class A Shares shall shortly be admitted to trading on the NYSE, Wallbox’s board of directors (the “Board”) may resolve that the laws of the State of New York, United States of America, shall apply to the property law aspects of the Class A Shares, subject to certain overriding exceptions under the Dutch Civil Code. Such resolution and the revocation thereof shall be made available for inspection on the Wallbox’s website and at the Dutch trade register. The Board has adopted such resolution.

Conversion of Shares

Class A Shares are not convertible into any other shares of capital stock of Wallbox. Each Class B Share is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A Share and one Conversion Share. In addition, Class B Shares shall automatically convert into Class A Shares and Conversion Shares in the same ratio referred above, upon the occurrence of a conversion event set forth by the Wallbox articles

of association, including (i) the sale or transfer of such shares, but excluding certain transfers permitted by the Wallbox’s articles of association, or (ii) the death or disability of the excluded holder (within the meaning of the Wallbox articles of association) of such shares, and with effect as of the conversion date (being the date that the non-executive directors determine, in their sole discretion, that a conversion event has occurred).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Class B Shares shall convert into Class A Shares and Conversion Shares in the same ratio referred above, upon the occurrence of the final conversion event (and with effect as per the date on which Wallbox becomes aware the final conversion event has occurred), being: (i) the date set by the Board that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the date after the date on which the aggregate number of issued and outstanding Class B Shares held (jointly) by the holders that were issued Class B Shares pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and their permitted transferees, represents less than 20% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding Class B Shares held by the initial holders on the date on which Wallbox issues Class B Shares for the first time; or (ii) the date set by the meeting of holders of Class B Shares.

Upon the occurrence of a conversion event, the shareholder concerned shall be obliged to notify the Board thereof by means of a written notice addressed to the Board.

If a Conversion Share is held by anyone other than Wallbox (the “Transferor”), such Transferor shall be obliged to offer and transfer such Conversion Shares to Wallbox unencumbered (without any usufruct, right of pledge, attachment or other encumbrance and without depositary receipts issued for such Conversion Shares) and for no consideration. If and for as long as the Transferor fails to offer and transfer the relevant Conversion Shares to Wallbox, the voting rights, meeting rights and rights to receive distributions attached to the relevant Conversion Shares are suspended. If the Transferor fails to offer and transfer the relevant Conversion Shares to Wallbox within the number of days after the conversion date set forth by the Wallbox articles of association, Wallbox is irrevocably empowered and authorized to offer and transfer the relevant Conversion Shares to Wallbox and until such transaction occurs.

The end result of the conversion of Class B Shares and subsequent transfer to Wallbox of Conversion Shares is that a Wallbox shareholder will hold one Class A Share for each Class B Share it held at the time of conversion.

Issuance of Shares and Pre-emptive Rights

Issuance of Shares

Under Dutch law, the general meeting of Wallbox is authorized to issue Shares or to grant rights to subscribe for Shares and to restrict and/or exclude statutory pre-emptive rights in relation to the issuance of Shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares. The general meeting of Wallbox may designate the Board competent to issue Shares (or grant rights to subscribe for Shares) and to determine the issue price and other conditions of the issue for a specified period not exceeding five years (which period can be extended from time to time for further periods not exceeding five years).

Such designation by the general meeting of Wallbox must state the number of Shares that may be issued. The designation of the Board by the general meeting of Wallbox cannot be withdrawn unless determined otherwise at the time of designation. A resolution of the Board to issue Shares (or grant rights to subscribe for Shares) and a resolution to designate the Board thereto can only be adopted at the proposal of the Board. The general meeting of Wallbox shall, in addition to the Board, remain authorized to issue Shares if such is specifically stipulated in the resolution authorizing the Board to issue Shares.

For a period of 5 years commencing on the date of completion of the Business Combination, the Board has been irrevocably authorized to issue Shares (and to grant rights to subscribe for Shares).

Pre-emptive Rights

Under Dutch law and the articles of association, each shareholder has a pre-emptive right in proportion to the aggregate amount of its Class A Shares and Class B Shares upon the issuance of Class A Shares and Class B Shares (or the granting of rights to subscribe for Class A Shares and Class B Shares). No pre-emptive rights shall apply in respect of any issuance of Conversion Shares. This pre-emptive right does not apply to: (i) Shares issued to employees of Wallbox or a group company of Wallbox as referred to in Section 2:24b Dutch Civil Code, (ii) Shares that are issued against payment other than in cash; and (iii) Shares issued to a person exercising a previously granted right to subscribe for Shares.

The pre-emptive rights in respect of newly issued Shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox. Pre-emptive rights may also be limited or excluded by a resolution of the Board if the Board has been designated thereto by the general meeting of Wallbox for a specific period and with due observance of applicable statutory provisions, and the Board has also been designated to issue Shares.

A resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights or a resolution to designate the Board thereto, can only be adopted at the proposal of the Board, and requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if less than half of the issued share capital of Wallbox is present or represented at the general meeting. Unless otherwise stipulated at its grant the designation may not be withdrawn.

If the resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox to issue Shares or to designate the authority to issue Shares to the Board is detrimental to the rights of holders of a specific class of Shares, the validity of such resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox requires a prior or simultaneous approval by the group of holders of such class of Shares.

For a period of 5 years commencing on the date of completion of the Business Combination, the Board has been irrevocably authorized to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights in respect of Shares.

Repurchase of Shares

Subject to Dutch law and the articles of association, Wallbox may acquire fully paid-up Shares either for no consideration or under universal title of succession, or if, (i) its shareholders’ equity less the payment required to make the acquisition, does not fall below the sum of called-up and paid-in share capital and any reserves to be maintained by Dutch law and/or the articles of association, (ii) Wallbox and its subsidiaries would thereafter not hold Shares or hold a pledge over Shares with an aggregate nominal value exceeding 50% of Wallbox’s issued share capital and (iii) the Board has been authorized thereto by the general meeting of Wallbox. Any acquisition by Wallbox of Wallbox Shares that are not fully paid-up shall be null and void.

The authorization to the Board to acquire own Shares is valid for a maximum of 18 months. As part of the authorization, the general meeting of Wallbox must specify the number of Shares that may be repurchased, the manner in which the Shares may be acquired and the price range within which the Shares may be acquired. The authorization is not required if Wallbox repurchases fully paid-up Shares for the purpose of transferring these Shares to employees of Wallbox or a group company of Wallbox as referred to in Section 2:24b Dutch Civil Code under any applicable equity compensation plan, provided that those Shares are quoted on an official list of a stock exchange.

Wallbox can, jointly with its subsidiaries, hold Shares in its own capital exceeding 10% of its issued share capital for no more than three years after acquisition of Shares for no consideration or under universal title of succession. Owned Shares pledged by Wallbox and its subsidiaries are taken into account in this respect. Any Shares held by Wallbox in excess of the amount permitted shall automatically transfer to the directors jointly at the end of the last day of such three-year period. Each director shall be jointly and severally liable to compensate Wallbox for the value of the Shares at such time, with interest at the statutory rate thereon from such time. The same applies to the acquisition of Shares for employees of Wallbox under any applicable equity compensation plan, provided that those Shares are quoted on an official list of a stock exchange and held by Wallbox for more than one year after acquisition thereof.

For a period of 18 months commencing on the date of completion of the Business Combination, the Board has been irrevocably authorized to repurchase Shares. At the annual general meeting held on June 22, 2022, this authorization has been renewed for a period of 18 months following the date of the annual general meeting.

Reduction of Share Capital

The general meeting of Wallbox may, only upon a proposal of the Board, resolve to reduce the issued share capital by (i) cancelling Shares held by Wallbox itself or (ii) amending the articles of association to reduce the nominal value of the Shares. In either case, this reduction would be subject to provisions of Dutch law and the articles of association. Under Dutch law, a resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox to reduce the number of Shares must designate the Shares to which the resolution applies and must lay down rules for the implementation of the resolution. A resolution to reduce the issued share capital requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if less than half of the issued share capital of Wallbox is present or represented at the general meeting.

If the resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox to reduce Wallbox’s issued share capital by reducing the nominal value of Shares through amendment of the articles of association is detrimental to the rights of holders of a specific class of Shares, the validity of such resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox requires a prior or simultaneous approval by the group of holders of such class of Shares.

In addition, a reduction of capital involves a two-month waiting period during which creditors have the right to object to a reduction of capital under specified circumstances.

Wallbox’s Shareholders’ Register

The Board must keep a shareholders’ register; the Board may appoint a registrar to keep the register on its behalf. The register must be regularly updated. The shareholders’ register may be kept in several copies and in several places. Part of the register may be kept outside the Netherlands to comply with applicable local law or pursuant to stock exchange rules.

The shareholders’ register and records names and addresses of all holders of Shares, showing the date on which the Shares were acquired, the date of the acknowledgement by or notification of Wallbox as well as the amount paid on each share. The register also includes the names and addresses of those with a right of usufruct on Shares belonging to another or a right of pledge in respect of such Shares.

Certain Class A Shares are held through The Depositary Trust Company, or DTC, therefore DTC or its nominee is recorded in the shareholders’ register as the holder of those Class A Shares.

General Meetings and Voting Rights

General Meeting

General meetings of Wallbox are to be held in a location determined in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association. The annual general meeting of Wallbox shall be held each year within six months after the end of Wallbox’s financial year. Other general meetings of Wallbox shall be held as often as the Board or the Chair & CEO deems necessary, and shall be held within three months after the Board has considered it to be likely that Wallbox’s equity has decreased to an amount equal to or lower than half of its paid-up and called-up share capital, in order to discuss the measures to be taken if so required.

General meetings are convened by the Board or the Chair & CEO. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights who individually or jointly represent at least the part of Wallbox’s issued share capital prescribed by law for this purpose, may request the Board in writing to convene a general meeting setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If the Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that the general meeting could be held within the relevant statutory period after the request, the requesting shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights may at their request be authorized by the preliminary relief judge of the district court to convene a general meeting.

The notice of a general meeting shall be given by the Board by means of an announcement with due observance of the statutory notice period and in accordance with the law. The notice of a general meeting shall in any event state the items to be dealt with, the items to be discussed and which items to be voted on, the place and time of the meeting and the procedure for participating at the meeting whether or not by written proxy-holder.

The notice of a general meeting shall also state the record date and the manner in which the persons with meeting rights may procure their registration and exercise their rights. Those persons with meeting rights and those persons with voting rights who are listed on the record date for a general meeting as such in a register designated for that purpose by the Board, are deemed persons with meeting rights or persons with voting rights, respectively, for that general meeting, regardless of who is entitled to the Shares at the date of the general meeting of Wallbox. Under Dutch law, the record date is currently the 28th day prior to the date of a general meeting.

Pursuant to the Dutch law, a subject for discussion which has been requested in writing by one or more shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights who individually or jointly represent at least three percent of Wallbox’s issued share capital, shall be included in the notice of the general meeting of Wallbox or shall be notified in the same manner as the other subjects for discussion, provided Wallbox has received the request (including the reasons for such request) not later than sixty days before the day of the meeting. Such written requests must comply with the conditions stipulated by the Board as to be posted on Wallbox’s website.

The general meeting of Wallbox shall be presided over by the chairman of the Board or another director designated for that purpose by the Board. If the chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting and no other director has been designated by the Board to preside over the general meeting, the general meeting itself shall appoint a chairperson. The chairperson of the general meeting shall appoint a secretary of the general meeting. Minutes of the proceedings at a general meeting shall in principle be kept by the secretary.

Voting Rights and Decision-Making

Each Class A Share confers the right on the holder to cast one vote at the general meeting of Wallbox and each Class B Share confers the right on the holder to cast ten votes at the general meeting of Wallbox. If and to the extent voting rights are not suspended, each Conversion Share confers the right on the holder to cast nine votes at the general meeting of Wallbox. To the extent the law or the articles of association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the general meeting of Wallbox shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast.

The chairperson of the general meeting of Wallbox shall decide on the method of voting. Abstentions, blank votes and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes. The ruling by the chairperson of the general meeting of Wallbox on the outcome of a vote shall be decisive. All disputes concerning voting for which neither the law nor the articles of association provide a solution are decided by the chairperson of the general meeting of Wallbox.

No votes may be cast at the general meeting of Wallbox for a Share held by Wallbox or a subsidiary of Wallbox. Wallbox or a subsidiary of Wallbox may not cast a vote in respect of a Share on which it holds a right of pledge or a right of usufruct. However, holders of a right of pledge or a right of usufruct on Shares held by Wallbox or a subsidiary of Wallbox are not excluded from voting, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share belonged to Wallbox or the subsidiary.

When determining how many votes are cast by shareholders, how many shareholders are present or represented, or which part of Wallbox’s issued share capital is represented at the general meeting of Wallbox, no account shall be taken of Shares for which, pursuant to the law or the articles of association, no vote can be cast.

Certain Major Transactions

Pursuant to Dutch law and the articles of association, the Board shall require the approval of the general meeting of Wallbox for resolutions regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of Wallbox or the enterprise connected with it, including in any event:

(a) the transfer of the business enterprise, or practically the entire business enterprise, to a third party;

(b) concluding or cancelling any long-lasting cooperation of Wallbox or a subsidiary of Wallbox with any other legal person or company or as a fully-liable general partner in a partnership, provided that such cooperation or cancellation thereof is of material significance to Wallbox; and

(c) acquiring or disposing of a participating interest in the share capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of Wallbox’s assets, as shown in the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes thereto according to the last adopted annual accounts of Wallbox, by Wallbox or a subsidiary of Wallbox.

Board

Appointment of Directors

The number of executive directors and the number of non-executive directors are determined by the Board. The executive directors and non-executive directors shall be appointed as such by the general meeting at the nomination of the Board.

A director shall be appointed for a term of approximately one year, which term of office shall lapse immediately after the close of the annual general meeting held in the year after his or her appointment. A director may be reappointed with due observance of the preceding sentence. A non-executive director may be in office for a period not exceeding twelve (12) years, which period may or may not be interrupted, unless at the proposal of the Board the General Meeting resolves otherwise. In the event of reappointment of a non-executive director after an eight-year period (or any reappointment thereafter), the our management report shall include the reasons for such reappointment, in accordance with the principles and best practice provisions of Dutch law.

The general meeting may at all times suspend or dismiss any director. The Board may at all times suspend an executive director.

If the seat of an executive director or the seat of a non-executive director is vacant or upon the inability of such director, the remaining executive directors (as to an executive director vacancy or inability) shall temporarily be entrusted with the executive management of the Company, provided that the Board may provide for a temporary replacement, and the remaining non-executive directors (as to a non-executive director vacancy or inability) shall temporarily be entrusted with the performance of the duties and the exercise of the authorities of that non-executive director, provided that the Board may provide for a temporary replacement.

Liabilities of Directors

Under Dutch law, the management of a company is a joint undertaking and each director can be held jointly and severally liable to the company for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. In such a scenario, all directors are jointly and severally liable to the company for failure of one or more co-directors. An individual director is only exempted from liability if such director proves that he or she cannot be held liable for serious culpable conduct for the mismanagement and that he or she has not been negligent in seeking to prevent the consequences of the mismanagement. In this regard, a director may refer to the allocation of tasks between the directors. Further, individual directors can be held liable to third parties based on tort, pursuant to certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek). In certain circumstances, including in the event of bankruptcy of the company, directors may incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities.

Please refer to Item 7. “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” included in our most recent Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein for a description of the indemnification provisions in the articles of association.

Wallbox’s articles of association provide for certain indemnification rights for Wallbox’s directors relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to Wallbox or, at Wallbox’s request, service to other entities, as directors or officers to the maximum extent permitted by Dutch law. In addition to the indemnification rights contained in Wallbox’s articles of association, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors.

Dividends and Other Distributions

General

Wallbox may only make distributions to the extent Wallbox’s equity exceeds the sum of its paid-up and called-up part of its issued share capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law. Distribution of profits shall be made after the adoption of the annual accounts from which it appears that the distribution is allowed.

The holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall be entitled pari passu to distributions, as any and all distributions on the Shares shall be made in such a way that on each Share an equal amount or value will be distributed provided that and with observance of the following order of priority: (a) in the event of a distribution of profits in respect of a financial year, a distribution for an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the nominal value of Conversion Shares shall first be distributed on each issued and outstanding Conversion Share, and (b) following such distribution on Conversion Shares, no further distribution shall be made on Conversion Shares in respect of such financial year.

Right to Reserve and Dividend Policy

The Board may determine which part of the profits shall be reserved, with due observance of Wallbox’s policy on reserves and dividends. The general meeting of Wallbox may resolve to distribute any part of the profits remaining after reservation. If the general meeting of Wallbox does not resolve to distribute these profits in whole or in part, such profits (or any profits remaining after distribution) shall also be reserved.

Interim Distribution

Subject to Dutch law and the articles of association, the Board may resolve to make an interim distribution of profits provided that it appears from an interim statement of assets signed by the Board that the Wallbox’s equity exceeds the sum of its paid up and called up part of its issued share capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law.

Notices and Payment

The date on which dividends and other distributions shall be made payable shall be announced in accordance with the law and published on Wallbox’s website. Distributions shall be payable on the date determined by the Board.

The persons entitled to a distribution shall be the relevant shareholders, holders of a right of usufruct on Shares and holders of a right of pledge on Shares, at a date to be determined by the Board for that purpose. This date shall not be earlier than the date on which the distribution was announced.

Distributions which have not been claimed upon the expiry of five years and one day after the date when they became payable will be forfeited to Wallbox and will be carried to the reserves. The Board may determine that distributions on Shares will be made payable either in euro or in another currency.

Exchange controls

Under Dutch law, there are no exchange controls applicable to the transfer to persons outside of the Netherlands of dividends or other distributions with respect to, or of the proceeds from the sale of, shares of a Dutch company, subject to applicable restrictions under sanctions and measures, including those concerning export control, pursuant to European Union regulations, the Sanctions Act 1977 (Sanctiewet 1977) or other legislation, applicable anti-boycott regulations and similar rules. There are no special restrictions in the articles of association or Dutch law that limit the right of shareholders who are not citizens or residents of the Netherlands to hold or vote shares.

Squeeze-out Procedures

A shareholder who alone or together with group companies holds at least 95% of the issued share capital of Wallbox for his or her own account may initiate proceedings against the other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to such shareholder. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer) (Enterprise Chamber), and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the other shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to the other shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value to be paid for the shares of the other shareholders. Once the order to transfer becomes final before the Enterprise Chamber, the person acquiring the shares shall give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to be acquired whose addresses are known to him. Unless the addresses of all of them are known to the acquiring person, such person is required to publish the same in a daily newspaper with a national circulation.

A shareholder that holds a majority of Wallbox’s issued share capital, but less than the 95% required to institute the squeeze-out proceedings described above, may seek to propose and implement one or more restructuring transactions with the objective of obtaining at least 95% of Wallbox’s issued share capital so the shareholder may initiate squeeze-out proceedings. Those restructuring transactions could, among other things, include a merger or demerger involving Wallbox, a contribution of cash and/or assets against issuance of Shares, the issue of new Shares to the majority shareholder without preemptive rights for minority shareholders or an asset sale transaction.

Depending on the circumstances, an asset sale of a Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) is sometimes used as a way to squeeze out minority shareholders, for example, after a successful tender offer through which a third party acquires a supermajority, but less than all, of the company’s shares. In such a scenario, the business of the target company is sold to a third party or a special purpose vehicle, followed by the liquidation of the target company. The purchase price is distributed to all shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholding as liquidation proceeds, thus separating the business from the company in which minority shareholders had an interest.

Amendments to the Articles of Association

The general meeting of Wallbox may resolve to amend the articles of association at the proposal of the Board. The rights of shareholders may be changed only by amending the articles of association in compliance with Dutch law.

Dissolution and Liquidation

The general meeting of Wallbox may resolve to dissolve Wallbox at the proposal of the Board. If Wallbox is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting of Wallbox, the members of the Board shall become liquidators of the dissolved Wallbox’s property. The general meeting of Wallbox may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

During liquidation, to the extent possible the articles of association shall continue to apply. The Class A Shares and Class B Shares have equal economic rights at liquidation such that any balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Wallbox shall be transferred to the shareholders pro rata in proportion to the number of Class A Shares and Class B Shares held by each shareholder, provided that and with observance of the following order of priority: an amount equal to the nominal value of Conversion Shares shall first be transferred on each Conversion Share to the holders of the Conversion Shares.

Certain Disclosure Obligations of Wallbox

Wallbox is subject to certain disclosure obligations under U.S. rules of the NYSE and the SEC. The following is a description of the general disclosure obligations of public companies under Dutch and U.S. law and the rules of the NYSE as such laws and rules exist as of the date of this document, and should not be viewed as legal advice for specific circumstances.

Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act

On the basis of the Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act (Wet toezicht financiële verslaggeving), or the FRSA, the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (Stichting Autoriteit Financiële Markten), or AFM supervises the application of financial reporting standards by Dutch companies whose securities are listed on a regulated market or comparable non-EEA trading venue.

Pursuant to the FRSA, the AFM has an independent right to (i) request an explanation from Wallbox regarding its application of the applicable financial reporting standards if, based on publicly known facts or circumstances, it has reason to doubt that Wallbox’s financial reporting meets such standards and (ii) recommend to Wallbox the making available of further explanations. If Wallbox does not comply with such a request or recommendation, the AFM may request that the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer) orders Wallbox to (i) make available further explanations as recommended by the AFM (ii) provide an explanation of the way Wallbox has applied the applicable financial reporting standards to its financial reports or (iii) prepare or restate our financial reports in accordance with the Enterprise Chamber’s orders.

Periodic Reporting under U.S. Securities Law

Wallbox is a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NYSE. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. registrants. Wallbox intends to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and NYSE’s listing standards. Subject to certain exceptions, the NYSE rules permit a “foreign private issuer” to comply with its home country rules in lieu of the listing requirements of NYSE.

Certain Insider Trading and Market Manipulation Laws

U.S. law contains rules intended to prevent insider trading and market manipulation. The following is a general description of those laws as such laws exist as of the date of this document and should not be viewed as legal advice for specific circumstances. In connection with its listing on NYSE, Wallbox adopted an insider trading policy. This policy provides for, among other things, rules on transactions by members of the Wallbox Board and Wallbox employees in Shares or in financial instruments the value of which is determined by the value of the shares.

United States

The United States securities laws generally prohibits any person from trading in a security while in possession of material, non-public information or assisting someone who is engaged in doing the same. The insider trading laws cover not only those who trade based on material, non-public information, but also those who disclose material nonpublic information to others who might trade on the basis of that information (known as “tipping”). A “security” includes not just equity securities, but any security (e.g., derivatives). Thus, Wallbox’s board of directors, officers and other employees may not purchase or sell shares or other securities of Wallbox when he or she is in possession of material, non-public information about Wallbox (including Wallbox’s business, prospects or financial condition), nor may they tip any other person by disclosing material, non-public information about Wallbox.

Certain Disclosure and Reporting Obligations of Directors, Officers and Shareholders of Wallbox

Wallbox’s directors, executive officers and shareholders are subject to certain disclosure and reporting obligations under Dutch and U.S. law. The following is a description of the general disclosure obligations of directors, officers, and shareholders under Dutch law as such laws exist as of the date of this document and should not be viewed as legal advice for specific circumstances.

DCGC

With respect to the DCGC, please refer to Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees” included in our most recent Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

Dutch Civil Code

The Dutch Civil Code provides for certain disclosure obligations in Wallbox’s annual accounts. Information on directors’ remuneration and rights to acquire Shares must be disclosed in Wallbox’s annual accounts.

Transfer Agent

Wallbox lists the Class A Shares in book-entry form and such Class A Shares, through the transfer agent, will not be certificated. Wallbox appointed Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as its agent in New York to maintain Wallbox’s shareholders’ register on behalf of the Board and to act as transfer agent and registrar for the Shares. The Class A Shares will trade on NYSE in book-entry form.

Listing of Shares

Wallbox’s Class A Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “WBX.” Beneficial interests in the Class A Shares that are traded on the NYSE are held through the electronic book-entry system provided by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Each person holding Class A Shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the Class A Shares.

The Class B Shares and the Conversion Shares are not, and are not expected to be, listed on a stock exchange.

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

Outstanding Warrants

Public Warrants

The Public Warrants, which entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per Class A Share, became exercisable thirty days after the completion of the Business Combination. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation in accordance with their terms.

Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time, except as described below. Pursuant to the warrant assignment, assumption and amendment agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A Shares. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We will not be obligated to deliver any Class A Shares pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act, as amended, of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) covering the issuance of the Class A Shares underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue Class A Shares upon exercise of a warrant unless the Class A Shares issuable upon such warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant.

We have filed a shelf registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, covering the issuance of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant assignment, assumption and amended and restated warrant agreement, dated as of October 1, 2021, by and between Kensington, Wallbox and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (the “Wallbox Warrant Agreement”). Warrant holders may during any period when we will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. If our Class A Shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A Share equals or exceeds $18.00.

We may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the private placement warrants):

	in whole and not in part;
	at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
---	---
	upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrant holder; and
---	---
	if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and as described under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below) for any 20-trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
---	---

We will not redeem the warrants unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A Shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the warrants.

We have established the $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment) redemption criteria discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the warrants for redemption for cash as described above, Wallbox’s management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of Class A Shares issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of Class A Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the Class A Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Class A Shares to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants. If we call our warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this option, our sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their private placement warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using

the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had all warrant holders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.

Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00.

We may redeem the outstanding warrants:

	in whole and not in part;
	at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock to be determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our Class A Shares (as defined below) except as otherwise described below;
---	---
	if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A Shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and as described under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below) on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders;
---	---
	if, and only if, the private placement warrants are also concurrently called for redemption at the same price and terms as the outstanding public warrants, as described above; and
---	---
	if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto available throughout the 30-day period after written notice of redemption is given.
---	---

The numbers in the table below represent the number of Class A Shares that a warrant holder will receive upon exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of our Class A Shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined based on the average of the last reported sales price for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below.

The stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted as set forth in the first three paragraphs under the heading “ —Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. The adjusted stock prices in the column headings will equal the stock prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant.

Redemption Date<br><br>(period to expiration of warrants)	Fair Market Value of Class A Common Stock
	<10.00	11.00	12.00	13.00	14.00	15.00	16.00	17.00	>18.00
57 months
54 months
51 months
48 months
45 months
42 months
39 months
36 months
33 months
30 months
27 months
24 months
21 months
18 months
15 months
12 months
9 months
6 months
3 months
0 months

All values are in US Dollars.

The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Class A Shares to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the average last reported sale price of our Class A Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 Class A Share for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the average last reported sale price of our Class A Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 share of Class A common stock for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.365 share of Class A Shares stock per warrant. Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Class A Shares.

This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the Class A Shares exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time.

This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the Class A Shares are trading at or above $10.00 per share, which may be at a time when the trading price of our Class A Shares is below the exercise price of the warrants. We have established this redemption feature to provide us with the flexibility to redeem the warrants without the warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold set forth above under “—Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A Share equals or exceeds $18.00.” Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares representing the applicable redemption price for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as described in the Wallbox Warrant Agreement. This redemption right provides us with an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding warrants, and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed and we will be required to pay the redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so. As such, we would

redeem the warrants in this manner when we believe it is in our best interest to update our capital structure to remove the warrants and pay the redemption price to the warrant holders.

As stated above, we can redeem the warrants when the Class A Shares are trading at a price starting at $10.00, which is below the exercise price of $11.50, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of shares. If we choose to redeem the warrants when the Class A Shares are trading at a price below the exercise price of the warrants, this could result in the warrant holders receiving fewer Class A Shares than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their warrants for Class A Shares if and when such Class A Shares trade at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50.

No fractional Class A Shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A Shares to be issued to the holder.

Exercise Limitation.

A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.8% or 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the Class A Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

If the number of outstanding Class A Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Class A Shares, or by a split-up of Class A Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Class A Shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Class A Shares. A rights offering to holders of Class A Shares entitling holders to purchase Class A Shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of Class A Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Class A Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Shares) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per Class A Share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Shares, in determining the price payable for Class A Shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Class A Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Shares on account of such Class A Shares (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each Class A Share in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding Class A Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of Class A Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Class A Shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Class A Shares.

Whenever the number of Class A Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Class A Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Class A Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Class A Shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Class A Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding Class A Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right

to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our Class A Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if the holders of the Class A Shares were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders of Class A Shares in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act

(or any successor rule)) more than 50% of the outstanding Class A Shares, the holder of a warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a stockholder if such warrant holder had exercised the warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Class Shares held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the Wallbox Warrant Agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A Shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Wallbox Warrant Agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the Wallbox Warrant Agreement) of the warrant. The warrants will be assumed by Wallbox pursuant to the Wallbox Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the Wallbox Warrant Agreement, a copy of which the Company has filed with the SEC, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The Wallbox Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or working capital warrants or any provision of the Wallbox Warrant Agreement with respect to the private placement warrants or working capital warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding private placement warrants or working capital warrants, as applicable.

The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Shares or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Class A Shares. After the issuance of Class A Shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Class A Shares to be issued to the warrant holder.

We have agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the Wallbox Warrant Agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. This provision applies to claims under the Securities Act but does not apply to claims under the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.

EX-4.7

Exhibit 4.7

STOCK OPTION PLAN

“WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L.”

FOR

FOUNDERS

|EU-DOCS\47972256.1||

INDEX

1.	PURPOSE OF THE PLAN	3
2.	PLAN MECHANISM	3
3.	STRIKE PRICE	4
4.	EFFECTIVENESS & TERM OF THE PLAN	5
5.	EXERCISE CONDITIONS	5
6.	EXERCISE OF OPTIONS	5
7.	TRANSFER OF OPTIONS	6
8.	TERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARIES’ EMPLOYMENT	7
9.	EMPLOYMENT MATTERS	7
10	PERSONAL DATA	7
11	LISTING OF THE SHARES OF THE COMPANY AND REGULATORY CONSTRAINTS	8
12	CONFIDENTIALITY	8
13	TAXATION	9
14	NOTICES	9
15	LANGUAGES	9
16	SEVERABILITY	9
17	APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION	9
ANNEX 1: INVITATION NOTICE		11
ANNEX 2: BENEFICIARY EXERCISE NOTICE		12
ANNEX 3: CLOSING NOTICE		13
EU-DOCS\47972256.1

“WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L.”

STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR FOUNDERS

1.	PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
1.1	WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L. (hereinafter, “Wallbox” or the “Company”) has approved to offer to the founders of the Company, that is, Enric Asunción Escorsa and Eduard Castañeda Mañé (hereinafter, the “Beneficiaries” or, individually, the “Beneficiary”) the possibility of participating in a stock option plan over shares of the Company (the “Options”) which give to any Beneficiary the opportunity to acquire a certain number of ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Company, in the terms and conditions set forth below (hereinafter, the “Plan”).
---	---
1.2	In the referred framework, this Plan is directed solely to the founders of the Company and is granted with the aim of (i) aligning the interests of the founders with the creation of additional value for the Company with a strike price at a valuation equal to or even higher than current market value, and (ii) allowing the founders to benefit from more liquid Options which are fully vested and transferable from their date of concession.
---	---
1.3	The participation of the Beneficiary in the present Plan is voluntary and will not entail that the Company assumes any sort of undertaking to offer the Beneficiary a participation in future incentive plans which may be agreed by the Company.
---	---
1.4	Board of Directors of the Company has been instructed to carry out the following faculties in relation to the Plan:
---	---
a)	Determination of the Beneficiaries of the Plan;
---	---
b)	Setting of the number of stock options and other conditions of each Beneficiary;
---	---
c)	Construction and interpretation of the general conditions of the Plan; and
---	---
d)	Any other faculties that may be necessary for the proper interpretation of the Plan.
---	---
2.	PLAN MECHANISM
---	---
2.1	The maximum number of Shares that shall underlie all of the Options included in this Plan shall be, at the Effective Date (as defined below), equivalent to 4.289 shares of the current share capital of the Company.
---	---

Such percentage will be therefore subject to dilution, as any other shares, in the event that future capital increases are carried out in the Company, or that additional new rights or benefits not foreseen in this Plan are created.

2.2	Options under this Plan shall be granted over ordinary shares of the Company, which as of the date of this Plan are class A shares in accordance with the approved text of the Bylaws of the Company.
EU-DOCS\47972256.1
2.3	Options granted under this Plan shall be fully vested as from the Concession Date (as defined below).
---	---
2.4	The Board of Directors of the Company, through the CEO or any of its members, shall deliver a personal notice to each Beneficiary (hereinafter, the “Invitation Notice”), with an invitation to participate in the Plan, which shall contain, among others, (i) the number of Options granted to each Beneficiary; and, where appropriate (ii) the individual conditions governing the participation of the Beneficiary in the Plan (hereinafter, the “Particular Conditions”). Form of the Invitation Notice is attached hereto as Annex 1 to this Plan.
---	---
2.5	Together with the Invitation Notice, each Beneficiary will receive a copy of this Plan.
---	---
2.6	For the purposes of this Plan, the date of concession shall be that date indicated in the Invitation Notice except where expressly set forth herein (hereinafter, the “Concession Date”).
---	---
2.7	In proof of its acceptance to participate in the Plan, the Beneficiary shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of the Invitation Notice within the term to that effect stated in the Invitation Notice. The execution of the Invitation Notice by the Beneficiary shall entail its acceptance of each and every one of the terms and conditions set forth in the Particular Conditions.
---	---
2.8	In case the Beneficiary fails to deliver the Invitation Notice duly signed within the term established, it shall be understood that it refrains from participating in the Plan to all effects, not acquiring, consequently, the condition of Beneficiary.
---	---
2.9	The granting of the Options shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Plan and, where appropriate, by the Particular Conditions which may be set forth in the Invitation Notice. In case of conflict between the general conditions of this Plan and the Particular Conditions set forth in the Invitation Letter, the latter shall prevail.
---	---
3.	STRIKE PRICE
---	---
3.1	The exercise or strike price of the Options will be the price per share to be paid by the Beneficiary for the Shares to be acquired, and shall be equivalent to € 466,24 per share, which shall be calculated on the basis of a pre-money fully-diluted valuation of the Company of TWO HUNDRED MILLION EUROS (200,000,000 €) (hereinafter, the “Strike Price”).
---	---
3.2	The Strike Price shall be included in each Invitation Notice granted to a Beneficiary and shall be automatically be updated in the event of share splits or increase in the par value (valor nominal) of the Company’s Shares from the Concession Date and until the time of exercise of the Option.
---	---
EU-DOCS\47972256.1
4.	EFFECTIVENESS & TERM OF THE PLAN
---	---
4.1	This Plan shall enter into force on the date of its approval by the General Shareholders Meeting of the Company (hereinafter, the “Effective Date”).
---	---
5.	EXERCISE CONDITIONS
---	---
5.1	Compliance with each and every one of the following conditions shall be an essential requisite for a Beneficiary to exercise the Options (the “Exercise Conditions”):
---	---
a)	The Beneficiary will have a lock-up period of three years by virtue of which he will be able to exercise the options proportionally on an monthly basis, on the last day of each month at a rate of 1/36 per month from Concession (the “Mandatory Lock-Up”);
---	---
b)	That the Company has not initiated a Temporary Suspension of exercise in accordance with Section 6.7 below; and
---	---
c)	That any other particular conditions included in the Beneficiary’s Invitation Notice have been fulfilled.
---	---
6.	EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
---	---
6.1	Beneficiaries will be entitled to execute their Options at any time provided that all of the Exercise Conditions set forth in section 5 above are met (subject to section 6.7 below).
---	---
6.2	The Beneficiary shall notify to the Company its decision to exercise his/her Options by delivering to the Board of Directors of the Company a notice of exercise duly completed and signed in the terms set forth in Annex 2 to this Plan (hereinafter, the “Beneficiary Exercise Notice”).
---	---
6.3	The Beneficiary shall have a maximum term of 5 years to exercise the Options the (“Exercise Period”). Should a Beneficiary fail to exercise his/her Options, any rights under this Plan would be forfeited.
---	---
6.4	From receipt of the Beneficiary Exercise Notice by the Company, the Company will, in the next General Shareholders’ Meeting, increase the share capital and issue the corresponding ordinary shares as a result of the exercise of the Options and shall communicate to the Beneficiaries the date of acquisition of such shares (hereinafter, the “Closing Notice”). The term between the Beneficiary Exercise Notice and the Closing Notice may not exceed 3 months. Attached as Annex 3 is the template of Closing Notice that shall be used by the Company.
---	---
6.5	In relation to the foregoing, by participating in this Plan, the Beneficiaries acknowledge and accept that shareholders agreement of the Company contains a preferential liquidation clause which could entail an unequal distribution of the proceeds in favor of certain shareholders in certain potential liquidation events defined under the shareholders agreement in detriment of the other shareholders, and therefore of the price to be eventually received by the Beneficiary of its underlying Shares.
---	---
EU-DOCS\47972256.1

In this regard, the Beneficiaries hereby accept the application of such liquidation preference clause and the fact that their underlying Shares are ordinary shares and could therefore be affected by application of such liquidation preference, in the same (and in no worse) terms and conditions than it would affect the remaining shares of the Company not subject to such preference.

In addition to the foregoing, the Beneficiaries further accept that, during the term of this Plan, the conditions of the preferential liquidation clause may be modified and that such liquidation preference shall also be applicable to the underlying Shares in the same terms and conditions (and in no worse) that would be applicable to the remaining shares of the Company not subject to such preference.

6.6	In the event that the Beneficiary breaches the obligations under section 6.5 above, the rights of the Beneficiary under this Plan shall automatically be forfeited and, if applicable, the ownership of its Shares shall also be forfeited. In this regard, by the acceptance to participate in this Plan, each Beneficiary expressly authorises the Company to carry out a capital reduction by amortization of Shares and grants all consents (including to vote in favour of the relevant resolutions) which may be necessary to carry out such amortization. If it proves necessary, the Beneficiary shall reiterate the consents and shall document in the form that the Company deems appropriate and shall make use of his/her rights as shareholders to completely and timely fulfil the covenants contained in this section.
6.7	The Board of Directors shall be entitled to temporarily suspend the exercise of the Options (or a certain number of them) due to applicability of mandatory legal provisions or of resolutions or requests from regulatory authorities or in cases where the Board may resolve that the exercise of such Options may materially adversely affect or be detrimental to the Company or the value of the shares (the “Temporary Suspension”) provided that such Temporary Suspension shall be subject to applicable regulations and shall (except where legally compelled to a longer term) be in force for a maximum continued term of 3 months and in any case for no more than 9 alternative months during a 12 month period.
---	---
7.	TRANSFER OF OPTIONS
---	---
7.1	The Options, once they are exercisable considering clause 5 above, shall be transferable inter vivos, assignable or disposable on the basis of any other title in favour of a third-party as from the Concession Date.
---	---
7.2	The rights over the Options shall automatically be transferred to the heirs of Beneficiaries in the case of death prior to the exercise for any Options, in which case the heirs may exercise the Options in the terms and conditions described in this Plan.
---	---
EU-DOCS\47972256.1
7.3	Except (i) in the case of sale to companies controlled by the Beneficiaries or from the same group of companies, (ii) in the case the Company performs a business combination agreement with a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”) within 6 months from today’s date and/or (iii) the Company’s shares are listed on a regulated market, the sale of company options will give the rest of the shareholders a preemptive right over the options to be sold under the same terms and conditions as those offered to the Beneficiaries.
---	---
8.	TERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARIES’ EMPLOYMENT
---	---
8.1	In the event of termination of the employment relationship with the Company, for any cause, the Beneficiary (or his/her successors in the event of death) shall keep its rights under the Plan in relation with the Options consolidated.
---	---
9.	EMPLOYMENT MATTERS
---	---
9.1	The participation of the Beneficiary in the Plan and the granting of Options shall not trigger any compensation right in favour of the Beneficiary in the case of termination of the employment or services agreement for any cause. In this sense, the value of the Options does not constitute, at the date of granting, a remuneration and shall be outside the scope of the employment or services agreement of the Beneficiary nor has a salary nature.
---	---
9.2	In the event that a Beneficiary is employed or contracted or resides in a country with laws that prescribe certain requirements for the correct application of this Plan, whatever their nature may be, the Board of Directors may at its discretion modify the terms of the Plan for the purpose of qualifying the Plan under such laws of such country; provided, however, that to the extent possible, the overall terms and conditions of the Plan remain as similar as possible, but in no event be made more favorable to the Beneficiary.
---	---
9.3	In no event shall the potential gains deriving from this Plan be computable in the pensionable or regulating salary that serves as a base to determine the voluntary improvements of the protective action of Social Security from which the Beneficiary may benefit. As they do not have a salary nature, neither the participation in the plan nor the granting of the options will be taking into account for any calculation derived from the employment relationship or the compensation that could have been derived from it for any reason.
---	---
10.	PERSONAL DATA
---	---
10.1	The Beneficiary acknowledges and accepts that in order to correctly fulfill and comply with the obligations contained herein, it will be necessary to communicate certain personal information and data arising from the employment relationship to third parties or entities that must intervene for the correct management of the Plan, such as the Company, stock exchange market agents, management consulting companies or financial entities. To these effects, it is expressly agreed that the Company might incorporate its data to a personal data file and to assign it, given the case, to other companies of the group if considered necessary for the proper management of the Plan.
---	---
EU-DOCS\47972256.1
10.2	The Beneficiary commits to submit a written communication to the Board of Directors of the Company if there is any variation or modification regarding his/her personal data.
---	---
10.3	The access, rectification, cancellation and opposition rights may be exercised by written communication to the Company.
---	---
11.	LISTING OF THE SHARES OF THE COMPANY AND REGULATORY CONSTRAINTS
---	---
11.1	The Board of Directors shall be entitled to amend this Plan at any time to the extent necessary to adapt its content to such regulations and/or mandatary restrictions to which the shares of the Company, the Company itself or the Beneficiaries may be subject as a consequence of the Company’s shares becoming listed in a regulated stock market.
---	---
11.2	In addition, to the extent such regulations imply the need to amend the content of Invitation Notices, the Board of Directors shall also be entitled to unilaterally effect those amendments, provided that it shall (i) notify the affected Beneficiaries in writing as soon as reasonably practicable including the details of the necessary amendments being put into effect; and (ii) limit the amendments solely to those necessary to adapt them to applicable regulations and/or market policies.
---	---
11.3	By participating in this plan, the beneficiaries acknowledge and accept the need for any such potential amendments to be implemented in accordance with applicable law and regulations. in this regard, the Beneficiaries hereby undertake to take any actions and sign any documents as may be necessary or convenient to execute the necessary changes, waiving any right they may have to oppose to, suspend or delay in any way whatsoever the implementation or applicability of such amendments .
---	---
11.4	In addition, the Beneficiaries further acknowledge and agree that the shares of the Company may be contributed into a holding company for the purposes of its listing and that the stock options held by the Beneficiaries under this plan may need to be transferred and rolled-over to a new plan of such holding company, provided that the terms of the new plan shall in no case be less favorable to the Beneficiaries than the terms of this Plan.
---	---
12.	CONFIDENTIALITY
---	---
12.1	During the term of the Plan and after its extinction, the Beneficiaries undertake to keep as strictly confidential any information regarding the Company, its business and/or the present Plan, that they might have access to during the term of their employment or professional relationship, as well as the information regarding their participation in the Plan and the terms and conditions of such participation.
---	---
EU-DOCS\47972256.1
13.	TAXATION
---	---
13.1	Any tax that might arise from the granting and/or exercise of the Options, shall be on the account of the relevant Beneficiary or, given the case, of his/her successors. Furthermore, the social security contributions which are legally attributable to the Beneficiary shall be borne by him.
---	---
13.2	Any retention shall be practiced in compliance with the applicable tax legislation at every moment, even if such retention would not have been practiced and required by the tax authorities, shall be borne by the Beneficiary and, given the case, his/her successors.
---	---
13.3	Likewise, given the case, the Beneficiary shall be responsible for the payment on account of the Personal Income Tax or equivalent tax, as a consequence of the income generated by the exercise of the Options, even if originally such income would not have been charged, but the tax authorities require it afterwards.
---	---
14.	NOTICES
---	---
14.1	Any notification or communication to any Beneficiary shall be made in writing and delivered by hand or sent to the address or email address that the Beneficiary has communicated to the Company.
---	---
14.2	Any notification or communication to the Company shall be made in writing and delivered to the Board of Directors at the registered office of the Company and shall be effective upon receipt.
---	---
15.	LANGUAGES
---	---
15.1	The English version of this Plan is the only enforceable version. Should any conflict arise between the English language version of this Plan and any translation hereof, the English language version shall prevail.
---	---
16.	SEVERABILITY
---	---
16.1	If any provision of this Plan is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, for any present or future reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of any of the remaining provisions hereof. This Plan shall be construed in such a way as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. For these purposes, this Plan shall no longer be valid exclusively with respect to the null or invalid provision, and none of the remaining parts or provisions of this Plan shall be null, invalid, prejudiced or affected by such nullity or invalidity, except that due to resulting essential to this Plan it affected the Plan as a whole.
---	---
17.	APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION
---	---
17.1	This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Spain.
---	---
EU-DOCS\47972256.1
17.2	Any dispute, controversy, issue or claim arising out of the performance or interpretation of this Plan, or relating thereof, directly or indirectly, shall be settled by the Courts of the city of Barcelona.
---	---

ANNEX 1: INVITATION NOTICE

Mr/Ms [name of Beneficiary]

|EU-DOCS\47972256.1||

Hand delivered

[city], [date]

Dear Mr. / Ms.:

We hereby inform you that the Governing Body of WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L. has decided to designate you as one of the beneficiaries of the stock option plan of the company (hereinafter the “Stock Option Plan”), offering you the chance to participate in it in the terms and conditions listed below:

•	Number of Options granted: […]
•	Class of underlying shares: […]
---	---
•	Strike Price of the Options: […]
---	---
•	Concession Date: […]
---	---

A copy of the Stock Option Plan is hereby delivered together with this Invitation Notice. We kindly urge you to read carefully the Stock Option Plan since your participation in the same shall require your acceptance of every and all of its terms and conditions.

For that purpose, if you are interested in participating in the Stock Option Plan, please return within [...] days a signed copy of this notice to the attention of [...] as sign of your receipt and unconditional and irrevocable acceptance of each and every one of the provisions of the Stock Option Plan.

Sincerely,	Acknowledged and agreed:
Mr. [...]	Mr / Ms [...]
[Title]	DNI/Passport [...]
	Date: [...]
EU-DOCS\47972256.1

ANNEX 2: BENEFICIARY EXERCISE NOTICE

Mr. [member of the Board of Directors of WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L.]

Member of the Board of Directors of

WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L

[city], [date]

Dear Mr. / Ms. [...],

I hereby give notice of:

☐	My intention to exercise the Options that were granted to me in the Invitation Notice to the Stock Option Plan on [date of invitation], in the form established by the Board of Directors, that is by means of the acquisition of the number of shares underlying the Options that correspond to me.
☐	My intention not to exercise the Options that were granted to me in the Invitation Notice to the Stock Option Plan on [date of invitation].
---	---
Sincerely,
---
Mr./Ms. [...]
[DNI/Passport]: [...]
EU-DOCS\47972256.1

ANNEX 3: CLOSING NOTICE

Mr./Ms. [name of Beneficiary]

Hand delivered

[city], [date]

Dear Mr. / Ms. [...],

We hereby notify that the acquisition of ordinary shares of WALLBOX CHARGERS, S.L. which underlie the Options granted by virtue of the Stock Option Plan will occur as follows:

Place: […]

Date: […]

Number of Shares: […]

Exercise Price: […]

Sincerely,
Mr. [...]
[title]
EU-DOCS\47972256.1

EX-4.22

FILENAME \* MERGEFORMAT Wallbox - Framework Agreement

Signature version

Exhibit 4.22

FRAMEWORK DEBT REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

between

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.U.

WALLBOX USA INC

AR ELECTRONICS SOLUTIONS, S.L.U.

as Accredited

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.U.

WALLBOX NV

as Guarantors

and

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

as initial Funding Entities

DLA Piper Spain, S.L.U.

Paseo de la Castellana 39, 28046 Madrid

T: +34 91 319 12 12

F: +34 91 319 19 40

www.dlapiper.com

FILENAME \* MERGEFORMAT Wallbox - Framework Agreement

Signature version

INDEX
CLAUSE	PAGE
1.	PURPOSE OF THE AGREEMENT FRAME	8
---	---	---
2.	INTERPRETATION	8
3.	TERMS AND CONDITIONS COMMON TO L/P FINANCING	8
4.	COMMITMENT MAINTENANCE OF WORKING CAPITAL LINES	9
5.	REPORTING OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWERS	10
6.	OBLIGATIONS ADDITIONAL TO THOSE ACCREDITED	10
7.	DECLARATIONS OF THE OBLIGATED PARTIES	11
8.	RESPONSIBILITY OF FUNDING ENTITIES	12
9.	COLLABORATION BETWEEN THE FUNDING ENTITIES	12
10.	RESOLUTION OF THE COMMITMENTS OF THE FUNDING ENTITIES	12
11.	ASSIGNMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY	14
12.	COSTS AND EXPENSES	15
13.	COMMUNICATIONS	16
14.	CONDITIONS PRIOR TO OR SIMULTANEOUS TO THE SIGNING OF THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT	16
15.	VAT AND TAX ON PROPERTY TRANSFERS AND DOCUMENTED LEGAL ACTS	16
16.	COMPUTATION DEADLINES	17
17.	PROTECTION DATA. PROCESSING OF PERSONAL DATA OF THE REPRESENTATIVES SIGNATORIES TO THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, OTHER NATURAL PERSONS DESIGNATED FOR THE PURPOSES OF NOTIFICATIONS OR FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OR EXECUTION OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT.	18
18.	ANTICORRUPTION	18
19.	NULLITY PARTIAL	19
20.	LAW	19

FILENAME \* MERGEFORMAT Wallbox - Framework Agreement

Signature version

21.	JURISDICTION	19
ANNEX I - L/P FINANCING AND WORKING CAPITAL LINES AFFECTED BY THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT		21
ANNEX II - MODEL DOCUMENT OF ADHESION TO THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT BY ADDITIONAL FUNDING ENTITY		23
ANNEX III - MODEL DOCUMENT OF ADHESION TO THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT BY THE ACCREDITED PARTY / GUARANTOR		25
ANNEX IV - EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS		27
ANNEX V- MODEL DOCUMENT OF ADHESION TO THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT BY TRANSFEREE FINANCING ENTITY		28
ANNEX VI - DATA FOR COMMUNICATIONS PURPOSES		31
ANNEX VII - PRE-CONDITIONS OR SIMULTANEOUS CONDITIONS FOR SIGNATURE		33

In Barcelona, on 11 November 2024.

Before Ms. Laura Nogales Martín, Notary of Barcelona and of the Illustrious Notarial Association of Catalonia.

INVOLVED

On the one hand,

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.Or. ("Wallbox Chargers") with registered office in Madrid, Paseo de la Castellana, number 95, 28th floor and with N.I.F. B66542903. The person(s) identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf .

WALLBOX USA INC. (the "Wallbox USA") with its registered office at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, United States and with N.I.F. N0258284I. The person(s) identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

AR ELECTRONIC SOLUTIONS, S.L.U. ("AR Electronic") with registered office at Carrer del Foc 68, 08038-Barcelona and with N.I.F. B66162413. The person(s) identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf .

WALLBOX N.V., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, registered in Amsterdam and having its registered office at Carrer del Foc 68, 08038 Barcelona, Spain and N.I.F. N0098134J ("Wallbox NV"). The person(s) identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf .

Hereinafter:

(i) Wallbox Chargers in its capacity as an accredited party under the financing contracts and/or working capital lines identified in Annex I;

(ii) Wallbox USA in its capacity as an accredited under the financing agreements and/or working capital lines identified in Annex I; and

(iii) AR Electronic in its capacity as an accredited under the financing contracts and/or working capital lines identified in Annex I;

they will be called the "Accredited Parties" and each of them, individually and indistinctly, will be called the "Accredited Parties".

Likewise

(iv) Wallbox NV in its capacity as guarantor under the BBVA Financing Agreement identified in Exhibit III below; and

(v) Wallbox Chargers in its capacity as guarantor under the CESCE Santander Financing Agreement identified in Exhibit III below,

the "Guarantors" shall be referred to as the "Guarantors" and each of them, individually and indistinctly, shall be referred to as the "Guarantor".

Finally, the Borrowers and the Guarantors will be jointly referred to as the "Obligated Parties" and each of them, individually and indistinctly, the "Obligor".

And on the other hand,

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. ("BBVA"), a credit institution with registered office in Bilbao, Plaza de San Nicolás, 4 and with tax identification number A-48265169. The persons whose data are identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A. ("Santander"), a credit institution with registered office in Santander, Paseo de Pereda, 9-12 and with N.I.F. A-39000013. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

Hereinafter, the financial institutions identified above, together with those others that adhere to this document in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.2 and, if applicable, the transferee entities of any of them that adhere to this document by virtue of the provisions of the 11.2, shall be called, jointly, the "Funding Entities" and, individually, each of them indistinctly, a "Funding Entity”.

EXPOSED

I. That the Accredited Companies are companies mainly dedicated to the sector of advanced chargers for electric vehicles and innovative energy management systems, which are part of a group of companies – under the terms of Article 42 of the Commercial Code – whose parent company is Wallbox NV (hereinafter, the "Group").

II. That, on this date, the Borrowers (and certain companies of their Group) have subscribed the following indebtedness in order to be able to meet their general corporate needs:

a) certain long-term financing subscribed with the initial Financing Entities and with CaixaBank, S.A. bilaterally and long-term financing subscribed with a syndicate of financing entities in which EBN Banco, S.A. has the position of agent, the details of which are identified in Annex I (A) to this Framework Agreement (the "L/P Financing");

b) certain bilateral working capital lines of various types subscribed with the initial Financing Entities and with Caixabank, S.A., the details of which are identified in Annex I (B) to this Framework Agreement (the "Working Capital Lines").

III. That among the L/P Financings are the following long-term financings subscribed with the initial Financing Entities:

a) a long-term financing agreement for an amount of €17,897,450.86 signed by Wallbox USA, as Borrower, Wallbox Chargers, as Guarantor and Santander, as Financing Entity, on December 20, 2022, which is covered by Compañía Española de Seguros de Crédito a la Exportación S.A. ("CESCE") acting on behalf of the Spanish State through a "Green Investment Policy" with a maximum coverage of eighty percent (80%) (the " CESCE Policy"), which was intervened in a commercial policy on the same date by the Notary Public of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martín, with number 287 of her registry book (the "CESCE Santander Financing Agreement");

b) the following "smart" loan agreements entered into by Wallbox Chargers, as borrower and Santander as lender:

loan agreement number 0049 1878 97 1030030660 for an amount of €2,000,000 signed on May 28, 2021; intervened on the same date by the Notary of Barcelona, Mr. Jaime Agustín Justribó, with number 137 of his registry book.
loan agreement number 0049 1878 96 1030030702 for an amount of €2,100,000 signed on July 16, 2021; intervened on the same date by the Notary Public of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martín, with number 200 of her registry book.
loan agreement number 0049 1878 99 1030030726 for the amount of €2,200,000 signed on August 5, 2021; intervened on the same date by the Notary of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martín with number 216 of her registry book.
loan agreement number 0049 1878 93 1030030727 for an amount of €2,000,000 signed on September 2, 2021; intervened on the same date by the Notary of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martín with number 223 of her registry book
loan agreement number 0049 1878 90 1030030741 for an amount of €4,300,000 signed on 18 October 2021; intervened on the same date by the Notary Public of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martín with number 250 of her registry book;

c) a long-term financing agreement for an amount of €25,000,000 signed by Wallbox Chargers, as Borrower, Wallbox NV, as Guarantor and BBVA, as Financing Entity, on February 9, 2023, which was intervened in a commercial policy on the same date by the Notary Public of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martín, with number 24 of its registry book (the "BBVA Financing Agreement").

IV. That, in order to optimize its financial structure and contribute to strengthening the continuity and viability of the Group's activity, the Borrowers have requested the Financing Entities to formalize this Framework Agreement in order to regulate certain terms common to the L/P Financing, as well as the commitment to maintain the Working Capital Lines in force.

V. That the Financing Entities and the Obligated Parties acknowledge and accept that for the signing of this Framework Agreement and the modifying novation of the L/P Financing in the terms contained herein, it has been essential that, prior to or simultaneously with its signing, each and every one of the conditions referred to in Clause 14 subsequently, to the satisfaction of the Funding Entities.

VI. That, in consideration of the foregoing, the initial and Accredited Financing Entities, stating the validity of the powers by virtue of which they intervene, agree to sign this "Framework Agreement for Debt Reorganization" (the "Framework Agreement"), based on the following

CLAUSES

PURPOSE OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

The purpose of this Framework Agreement is to establish certain commitments to be assumed by the parties in relation to L /P Financing, to establish a series of terms and conditions common to all of them (where appropriate and on a complementary basis,

through the modifying novation of the aforementioned L/P Financing) and to regulate a commitment to maintain the Working Capital Lines in force.

INTERPRETATION

The parties to this Framework Agreement expressly acknowledge and accept that the interpretation and compliance with the L/P Financing must in all cases be consistent with the content of this Framework Agreement, with the understanding that, in the event of inconsistency between the provisions of any of the L/P Financing and the provisions of this Framework Agreement, The provisions herein shall prevail.

Finally, for the purposes of this Framework Agreement:

(i) the L/P Financings, as they are modified by virtue of this Framework Agreement (and without prejudice to any possible bilateral modifying novation that may be formalized by the corresponding parties), will be referred to as the "Financing Agreements" and any of them, individually and indistinctly, the or a "Financing Agreement"; and

(ii) the joint amount of the debt assumed by the Borrowers as principal under the L/P Financings pending amortization or repayment at any given time will be referred to as the "Total L/P Debt".

TERMS AND CONDITIONS COMMON TO L/P FINANCING

The parties to this Framework Agreement agree that, in addition to the provisions included in each of the L/P Financing that are not modified by virtue of this Framework Agreement, they will also be governed by the following terms and conditions, which will be common to all of them:

3.1 Ordinary depreciation

The Total L/P Debt will be amortized by the corresponding Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the respective L/P Financing.

However, by virtue of this Framework Agreement, the parties agree to introduce a grace period of eighteen (18) months in the respective repayment schedules from the following dates:

(i) the BBVA Financing Agreement with retroactive effect from November 9, 2024 (inclusive);

(ii) L/P Financing subscribed with Santander other than the CESCE Santander Financing Agreement: from the date of signature of this Framework Agreement;

(iii) the CESCE Santander Financing Agreement: from the date on which they sign the corresponding amending novation agreement, under the terms provided for in Clause 6.1 posterior; and

(iv) in the case of L/P Financing of any other Financing Entity that adheres to this Framework Agreement under the terms provided for in Clause 6.2 subsequent: from the date of the respective accession to the Framework Agreement.

The grace period will be implemented by proportionally increasing the remaining principal repayment instalments after the end of the grace period by an amount equivalent to the sum of the instalments subject to grace period and, therefore, the payment dates of such instalments and the maturity dates of the underlying L/P Financing will remain unchanged.

3.2 Prevalence of the Framework Agreement

The parties acknowledge and confirm that the provisions contained in this Clause 3 and, in particular, in the Clause 3.1, amend each of the L/P Financing Agreements and agree that, in the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of each of the L/P Financing Agreements and the provisions of this Clause, the latter shall prevail.

COMMITMENT TO MAINTENANCE OF WORKING CAPITAL LINES

In addition to the introduction of the grace period for principal under Clause 3.1 above, the Financing Entities undertake, for their own benefit and interest as well as that of the Obligated Parties and the companies of their Group, to renew the Working Capital Lines and to keep them in force, at least, for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the signing of this Framework Agreement (i.e., at least until November 11, 2026) for the maximum amounts indicated in Annex I (B), provided that the Borrower or the Group company in question, as applicable, is in strict compliance with the provisions of the respective Working Capital Line and the respective Financing Agreements; or, in the event of non-compliance, provided that it has been remedied by the corresponding Borrower in due time and form or dispensed with by the corresponding Financial Institution.

For clarification purposes, in the event that the Borrower in question is in the event of non-payment of any of the Working Capital Lines or the L/P Financing, and such non-compliance was not remedied by the corresponding Borrower in a timely manner or expressly dispensed by the corresponding Financial Institution, then the Financing Entities will not be obliged to allow the making of withdrawals under the respective Working Capital Lines. nor to extend its term of validity when the expiration date in force at the time of the breach arrives.

REPORTING OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWERS

In addition to the obligations established in each of the L/P Financings and/or Working Capital Lines (as applicable), the Borrowers assume with respect to themselves – and, where appropriate, with respect to the companies of their Group vis-à-vis the Financing

Entities – the obligation to immediately inform the Financing Entities in writing of the occurrence of any circumstance of which they are aware:

(a) that has the effect (or could reasonably be expected to have the effect of) any of the formal statements in the Clause 7 subsequent to the date of this Framework Agreement;

(b) that constitutes or could constitute the maturity or early termination of any of the L/P Financings and/or the Working Capital Lines and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Financing Entities, confirm that, except as previously notified or in the confirmation itself, no cause for maturity or early termination of any of them has occurred;

(c) that results or is likely to result in "material adverse change" (as that term is referred to and defined in each Financing Agreement);

(d) that constitutes some case of mandatory early repayment in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding Financing Agreement; or

(e) that reveals the current or imminent insolvency of any of the Obligors in accordance with the provisions of the Insolvency Law (or any other equivalent applicable regulations) or the start of the opening of negotiations with their creditors.

ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWERS

In addition to the obligations contained in the respective L/P Financing or in the Working Capital Lines, by virtue of this Framework Agreement, the Borrowers undertake to:

6.1 to sign the amending novation of the CESCE Santander Financing Agreement in order to implement the changes agreed under this Framework Agreement within three (3) months from this date, once CESCE's authorisation for this purpose has been obtained;

6.2 make its best efforts to ensure that the Financing Entities of L/P Financing and Working Capital Lines that have not signed this Framework Agreement on the date of original signature, adhere to it by means of a public instrument within a period not exceeding six (6) months from its granting (i.e. before or on May 11, 2025), pursuant to the accession document, the specimen of which is annexed to this Framework Agreement as Annex II;

6.3 make their best efforts to ensure that Group companies in which they are accredited and/or guarantors of L/P Financing and Working Capital Lines that have not signed this Framework Agreement on the date of original signature, adhere to it by means of a public instrument within a period not exceeding six (6) months from its granting (i.e. before or on May 11, 2025), by virtue of the accession document, the specimen of which is annexed to this Framework Agreement as Annex III;

6.4 not to constitute any real or personal guarantee, in security of the Financing Agreements and/or the Working Capital Lines other than those existing on the date of signing this Framework Agreement; and

6.5 not to incur financial indebtedness in addition to that existing on the date of signature of this Framework Agreement and which is identified in Annex IV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers may change their financial institution and/or the financial instruments detailed in Annex IV, provided that the total amount of financial indebtedness detailed in said Annex IV is not exceeded.

DECLARATIONS OF THE OBLIGATED PARTIES

7.1 The Obligated Parties make in favour of the Financing Entities (as applicable) the formal declarations contained in the respective Financing Agreements, declarations that will be understood to be incorporated mutatis mutandis into this Framework Agreement for all appropriate legal and contractual purposes, and reiterate them in full in accordance with the provisions thereof.

7.2 In addition, the Obligated Parties make the following formal declarations in favour of the Financing Entities:

(a) all the information, including that of an accounting and financial nature, provided to the Financing Entities for the execution of this Framework Agreement is true, complete and correct in all its relevant aspects, has been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable, and reflects its authentic equity, economic and financial situation (including contingent liabilities) and the results of its operations;

(b) the signing of this Framework Agreement is made for the purpose of guaranteeing the financial viability of the Group and, therefore, its mere subscription does not constitute, nor is there a risk that it will constitute, any cause that may give rise to the early termination of the Financing Agreements or the Working Capital Lines; and

(c) each and every one of the conditions prior to or simultaneous to the signature have been met of this Framework Agreement referred to in Clause 14 posterior.

7.3 Each of the formal declarations contained in this Clause shall be understood to be repeated on each date of payment (of principal and/or interest) and on each date of adhesion of a Financing Entity (either by virtue of the provisions of the Clause 6 or by virtue of assignment in accordance with the provisions of the Clause 11.2), by reference to the facts and circumstances that exist at that time and except for the variations that, with respect to the initial situation, may have been communicated to the Financing Entities at all times in accordance with the provisions of the respective Financing Agreements.

RESPONSIBILITY OF FUNDING ENTITIES

The contractual position assumed by the Financing Entities in this Framework Agreement is joint, and therefore their rights and obligations arising from it are entirely independent. Notwithstanding this, the decisions that, as a result of the development of this Framework Agreement, correspond to the Financing Entities will be adopted by unanimous agreement of the Financing Entities.

COLLABORATION BETWEEN FUNDING ENTITIES

Each of the Funding Entities undertakes with the others to:

(a) to collaborate diligently in order to allow the verification of compliance by the Borrowers with the provisions contained in the L/P Financing, in the Working Capital Lines and in this Framework Agreement; and

(b) exercise their rights in relation to the Financing Agreements and Working Capital Lines to which each one is a party in a way that does not contravene the commitments assumed under this Framework Agreement.

RESOLUTION OF THE COMMITMENTS OF THE FUNDING ENTITIES

10.1 Resolutory Condition

The parties agree that in the event of any of the following circumstances (each, the or a "Resolutory Condition"):

(a) The failure to obtain CESCE's authorisation to amend the CESCE Santander Financing Agreement and/or the failure to sign the novation agreement amending the aforementioned CESCE Santander Financing Agreement to include the terms provided for in this Framework Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.1 previous; or

(b) the failure of any of the Funding Entities identified in Annex I to adhere to this Framework Agreement before or on the date provided for (and under the terms provided) in Clause 6.2; or

(c) the failure of any of the Borrowers and/or Guarantors identified in Annex I to adhere to this Framework Agreement before or on the date provided for (and under the terms provided) in Clause 6.3; or

(d) the occurrence of any cause of non-compliance with any of the Financing Agreements, or with any of the contracts that regulate the Working Capital Lines, provided that such non-compliance has not been remedied by the corresponding Accredited in due time and form or dispensed with by the affected Financing Entity (and without prejudice to whether or not the latter has declared the early maturity of the Financing Agreement in question),

the commitments assumed by the parties under this Framework Agreement and, in particular, those assumed by the Funding Entities under the provisions of the Clauses 3.1 and 4, will cease to apply immediately and the Framework Agreement will be automatically terminated.

For the purposes set forth in this Clause, the Borrowers and the Financing Entities undertake to notify the rest of the Financing Entities/Accredited Entities of the occurrence of any of the Resolution Conditions within a period of no less than five (5) working days from its occurrence.

10.2 Consequences of the Resolutory Condition

As a result of the occurrence of a Resolutory Condition and with effect from the date of effective notification of this circumstance to the other parties to this Framework Agreement (the "Relevant Date"):

(a) the Framework Agreement shall be deemed to have been terminated;

(b) the Financing Entities will no longer be subject to the current maintenance commitment of the Working Capital Lines provided for in Clause 4 and they may choose not to renew them in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding Working Capital Line; and

(c) the waiting period agreed under The Clause 3.1 remaining from the Relevant Date until the end date of said grace period it will be null and void as if it had never been agreed. Consequently, the amount to be repaid by the Borrowers on each of the principal repayment dates of the respective Financing Agreements (together with the relevant accrued interest) must be adjusted by the Financing Entities in consideration of the grace period effectively elapsed until the Relevant Date, so that the amount of the Total L/P Debt outstanding on that date must be distributed among the outstanding amortization installments to be counted from (and including) the Relevant Date until the final maturity date of the respective Financing Agreements, respecting the amortization system in force in each case.

ASSIGNMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

11.1 Assignments by the Obligated Parties

The Obligated Parties may not assign, transfer, substitute or subrogate (or allow subrogation) the rights and obligations contracted in the L/P Financings, in the Working Capital Lines and in this Framework Agreement without the prior written and unanimous authorisation and consent of all the Financing Entities.

11.2 Assignments by Funding Entities

11.2.1 The Financing Entities may assign their contractual position under this Framework Agreement and under their respective Financing Agreement(s) and/or Working Capital Lines in accordance with the terms and conditions provided for in each of them, as applicable.

11.2.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the effectiveness of any assignment of its contractual position (in whole or in part) will require the assignee to adhere to this Framework Agreement by issuing the corresponding public document of adhesion in accordance with the model attached as Annex V to this Framework Agreement, unless the periods described in the Clauses have already elapsed 3.1 and 4 Previous.

11.2.3 The Borrowers expressly authorize each of the Financing Entities to disclose potential assignees thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Stipulation 11.2.1 above, the content of this Framework Agreement, the Financing Agreements and the Working Capital Lines, provided that the recipient of the information signs a confidentiality agreement in the terms substantial to those of the Clause 11.3 of this Framework Agreement;

11.2.4 The costs, expenses and taxes of the assignments that occur in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 11.2, shall be borne by the corresponding Financing Entity and/or the assignee.

11.2.5 Once the assignment has been made under this Clause, the Financing Entities (assignor and assignee) must notify the Borrowers of such assignment (with the details thereof).

11.3 Confidentiality

11.3.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the parties mutually undertake to maintain the strictest confidentiality with respect to this Framework Agreement, as well as the novations of the L/P Financing and the renewals of the Working Capital Lines, and not to disclose any information, directly or indirectly, related to such documents, unless such disclosure is: (a) required by law (or by any judicial or administrative authority); (b) necessary to comply with the requirements of any regulatory authority; (c) for the defense of your rights in a judicial or arbitration proceeding; or (d) for the purposes of complying with the provisions of the Terms 6.1 to 6.3 of this Framework Agreement.

11.3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the 11.3.1, each party may from time to time disclose information related to this Framework Agreement, as well as the

novations of L/P Financing and the renewals of the Working Capital Lines to: (i) its advisors (such as lawyers and financial advisors) and auditors who are legally or by rules of their profession obliged to maintain secrecy with respect to what has been disclosed to them in their capacity as such or, in the absence of such advisers, those who have entered into a confidentiality agreement on terms substantially equivalent to those of this Framework Agreement; and (ii) potential assignees of the Financing Entities as established in the Clause 11.2.3 previous.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

Without prejudice to the provisions of the Clause 11.2.4 above, the parties agree that all Notary fees, legal fees (in accordance with previously agreed budgets), duties, taxes, fees and duties that are accrued and any other expenses arising from the negotiation, preparation, granting, adhesion of Financing Entities and granting of this Framework Agreement or any documents and/or actions related to it will be paid by Wallbox Chargers or, where appropriate, reimbursed by it and mentioned therein. The foregoing shall also include any expenses or costs arising from the issuance of a first authorised copy for each of the Funding Entities, as well as the fees of the legal advisers of the Funding Entities (under the terms previously agreed).

Each Financing Entity is expressly irrevocably empowered by the Borrowers to make any payments due in accordance with this Clause 12 for any reason charged to the accounts of the latter opened with each Financing Entity and/or to implement any actions in relation to such payments. Any amounts owed by Creditors under this Clause 12 (including the reimbursement of those amounts advanced by any Financing Entity) that does not have a specific payment date must be paid within five (5) business days following the receipt by the Creditors of the corresponding requirement.

COMMUNICATIONS

13.1 All requests, notifications, notices and communications in general between the parties to this Framework Agreement that refer to or derive from it and do not have a special formality provided for therein, will be understood to have been duly made when, with the necessary notice, they are carried out by email or any other system that allows the accreditation of their receipt, addressed to the respective callsign indicated next to the addresses indicated in Clause 13.4 or by writing to said addresses.

13.2 Communications of a general nature relating to this Framework Agreement and those referring to it as a whole to be produced by the Obligated Parties shall be addressed, on the same date, to all the Financing Entities – simultaneously – as established in this Framework Agreement.

13.3 In the same way, communications of a general nature relating to this Framework Agreement and those referring to it as a whole that must be produced by the Financing

Entities addressed to the Obligated Parties will be addressed, in addition to the former, to the other Financing Entities.

13.4 Any modification to the addresses indicated in this Framework Agreement will not have any effect until it has been notified in form to the Financing Entities and the Accredited Entities at least five (5) days in advance. In the case of assignees, the address will be that indicated by the transferring Financing Entity in the corresponding communication of the assignment.

The addresses for the purposes of communications are those indicated for each of the parties in Annex VI to this Framework Agreement.

CONDITIONS PRIOR TO OR SIMULTANEOUS TO THE SIGNING OF THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

The Borrowers declare and the initial Funding Entities accept that, prior to or simultaneously with the signing of this Framework Agreement, each and every one of the conditions listed in Annex VII of this Framework Agreement have been met.

The parties acknowledge and accept that the aforementioned conditions are an essential element for the granting of this Framework Agreement by the Financing Entities.

VAT AND TAX ON PROPERTY TRANSFERS AND DOCUMENTED LEGAL ACTS

The parties declare that this Framework Agreement constitutes a transaction subject to Value Added Tax, but exempt from it in accordance with Article 20, section 1, number 18, paragraph c) of Law 37/1992, of 28 December. Likewise, this Framework Agreement is not subject to Transfer Tax and Stamp Duty, in accordance with Articles 7.5 and 31.2 of the revised text of said tax approved by Royal Legislative Decree 1/1993, of 24 September.

CALCULATION OF DEADLINES

16.1 Definitions

For the purposes of calculating the time limits provided for in this Framework Agreement, the definitions contained in this Clause shall be used.

 "Hours": means the time of Madrid, unless expressly stated otherwise.

 By "day" or "calendar day": all the days of the Gregorian calendar. In the periods indicated by days, these will be understood as natural unless expressly established otherwise.

 By "business day":

(i) for the purposes of setting rates and movements of funds, every day of the week except on days when the system is closed or not operational Trans-European

Automated Real Time Gross-Settlement Express Transfer System (TARGET-2); and

(ii) for all other purposes, every day of the week, except Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the cities of Madrid and Barcelona, as well as any other day on which commercial banks are authorised to close in any of the aforementioned cities.

 "Week" means the period between a given day and the same day of the following week.

 "Month" means the period between a given day and the day of the same number in the following month, unless that following month does not have a day of that number, in which case it shall end on the last day of that following month.

 "Quarter" or "three (3) months" means the period of time between a given day and the day of the same number of the following third consecutive calendar month, unless such third month does not have a day of that number, in which case it shall end on the last day of that third month.

 "Semester" or "six (6) months" means the period of time between a given day and the day of the same number of the following sixth consecutive calendar month, unless such sixth month does not have a day of that number, in which case it shall end on the last day of that sixth month.

 "Year" or "twelve (12) months" means the period of time between a given day and the day of the same number of the next twelfth consecutive calendar month, unless such twelfth month does not have a day of that number, in which case it shall end on the last day of that twelfth month.

16.2 Expiration on a non-business day

For the purposes of calculating any of the dates, periods or deadlines provided for in this Framework Agreement, if any of them were or should begin or end on a non-working day, they shall be deemed to have been transferred to the first following working day, unless the latter falls within the following calendar month, in which case they shall be understood to have been transferred to the next working day prior to that one. The excess or deficiency of duration that may occur in a given period of time as a result of the above will be deducted or added, respectively, in the immediately following period.

DATA PROTECTION . PROCESSING OF PERSONAL DATA OF THE REPRESENTATIVES SIGNATORIES TO THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, OTHER NATURAL PERSONS DESIGNATED FOR THE PURPOSES OF NOTIFICATIONS OR FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OR EXECUTION OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT.

For the purposes of processing personal data and information on data protection, the parties refer to the content included in each of the Financing Agreements and/or Working Capital Lines in relation to this matter.

ANTICORRUPTION

Funding Entities are entities committed to the fight against corruption in all its forms, including extortion and bribery. Thus, the Financing Entities have an "Anti-Corruption Policy" that is an essential tool to prevent both them and their employees from engaging in conduct that may be contrary to the regulatory provisions and the basic principles of action of the Financing Entities.

That is why, within the framework of trust and mutual collaboration, the Financing Entities expect the Borrowers to take the measures that are necessary or convenient to guarantee fair behaviour and competition in the market, thus avoiding engaging in conduct contrary to current legislation and the principles that inspire their activity.

The Financing Entities reserve the right to carry out the checks they deem appropriate to ensure compliance, and this Maco Agreement and the L/P Financing(s) or Working Capital Lines of which they are part may expire/terminate in advance if they detect activities that contravene what has been agreed in their respective anti-corruption policy. without the other parties to this Framework Agreement being entitled to receive any consideration.

PARTIAL NULLITY

The nullity of any of the Clauses of this Framework Agreement shall not entail the nullity of the Framework Agreement in its entirety.

This Framework Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with common Spanish law.

JURISDICTION

To the extent that such submission is legally admissible, each of the parties to this Framework Agreement irrevocably submits, expressly waiving any jurisdiction that may correspond to it, to the jurisdiction of the Courts and Tribunals of the capital of Madrid for the hearing and resolution of any claim that may arise from compliance with or interpretation of this Framework Agreement.

The obligated parties:

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.U.

WALLBOX USA Inc.

P.P.

_______________________________

Mr. Enric Asunción Escorsa

WALLBOX NV

P.P.

_______________________________

Mr. Luis Boada Ros

The Funding Entities:

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

P.P.

_______________________________ ______________________________________

Mr. Fernando Galea Pla Mr. Eduardo González Soriano

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

P.P.

_______________________________ _______________________________

D. Daniel Motilla Sánchez Ms. Lorena Muñoz Sánchez

ANNEX I - L/P FINANCING AND WORKING CAPITAL LINES AFFECTED BY THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

[REMOVED]

ANNEX II - MODEL DOCUMENT OF ADHESION TO THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT BY ADDITIONAL FUNDING ENTITY

[REMOVED]

ANNEX III -

[REMOVED]

ANNEX IV -

[REMOVED]

ANNEX V- MODEL DOCUMENT OF ADHESION TO THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT BY TRANSFEREE FINANCING ENTITY

[REMOVED]

ANNEX VI - DATA FOR COMMUNICATIONS PURPOSES

[REMOVED]

ANNEX VII –

[REMOVED]

EX-4.23

Exhibit 4.23

NON-EXTINGUISHING MODIFYING NOVATION OF A FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT FOR DEBT REORGANIZATION AND ADHESION OF FINANCING ENTITIES

between

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.U.

WALLBOX USA INC

AR ELECTRONICS SOLUTIONS, S.L.U.

as Accredited

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.U.

WALLBOX NV

as Guarantors

and

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

CAIXABANK, S.A.

EBN BANCO, S.A.

INSTITUTO DE CRÉDITO OFICIAL, E.P.E.

CATALAN INSTITUTE OF FINANCE

MORA BANC GRUP S.A.

COMPAÑÍA ESPAÑOLA DE FINANCIACIÓN DEL DESARROLLO, COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E.

as Funding Entities

DLA Piper Spain S.L.U.

Paseo de la Castellana 39, 28046 Madrid

T: +34 91 319 12 12

F: +34 91 319 19 40

www.dlapiper.com

IF 1 > 1 "- 1 -"

INDEX

CLAUSES		8
SECTION I		8
NATURE AND INTERPRETATION		8
1.	NATURE AND INTERPRETATION	8
SECTION II		8
ADHESION OF FUNDING ENTITIES		8
2.	CAIXABANK'S MEMBERSHIP	8
3.	ADHESION OF THE UNION	8
SECTION III		11
NON-EXTINGUISHING AMENDING NOVATION OF THE ORIGINAL FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT		11
4.	NON-EXTINGUISHING AMENDING NOVATION OF THE ORIGINAL FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT	11
SECTION IV		12
OTHER PROVISIONS		12
5.	FORMAL DECLARATIONS	12
6.	PRE-CONDITIONS OR SIMULTANEOUS CONDITIONS FOR SIGNATURE	12
7.	COMMUNICATIONS	13
8.	CORRECTION OR SUPPLEMENTATION OF THIS POLICY	13
9.	COSTS AND EXPENSES	14
10.	SECOND COPIES	14
11.	DATA PROTECTION AND ANTI-CORRUPTION POLICY	14
SECTION V		14
APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION		14
12.	APPLICABLE LEGISLATION	14
13.	JURISDICTION	14

ANNEX 1 L/P FINANCING AND WORKING CAPITAL LINES

ANNEX 2 CONSOLIDATED TEXT

IF 2 > 1 "- 2 -"

In Barcelona and Madrid, on 8 April 2025.

With the intervention of Ms. Laura Nogales Martín, Notary of Barcelona and of the Illustrious Notarial Association of Catalonia and of Mr. Andrés Domínguez Nafría, Notary of Madrid and its Illustrious Notarial Association.

On the one hand,

Hereinafter:

(i) Wallbox Chargers in its capacity as an accredited party under the financing contracts and/or working capital lines identified in Annex I;

(ii) Wallbox USA in its capacity as an accredited under the financing agreements and/or working capital lines identified in Annex I; and

(iii) AR Electronic in its capacity as an accredited under the financing contracts and/or working capital lines identified in Annex I;

they will be called the "Accredited Parties" and each of them, individually and indistinctly, will be called the "Accredited Parties".

Likewise, any of the above, when acting in their capacity as guarantors of any of the L/P Financing and/or Working Capital Lines defined in Exhibit II below,

the "Guarantors" shall be referred to as the "Guarantors" and each of them, individually and indistinctly, shall be referred to as the "Guarantor".

Finally, the Borrowers and the Guarantors will be jointly referred to as the "Obligated Parties" and each of them, individually and indistinctly, the "Obligor".

And on the other hand,

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. ("BBVA"), a credit institution with registered office in Bilbao, Plaza de San Nicolás, 4 and with tax identification number

IF 3 > 1 "- 3 -"

A-48265169. The persons whose data are identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

CAIXABANK, S.A. ("CaixaBank"), with registered office in Valencia, Calle Pintor Sorolla, 2-4 and with N.I.F. A-08663619. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

EBN BANCO DE NEGOCIOS, S.A. ("EBN"), a credit institution with registered office at Paseo de Recoletos, 29, 28004 Madrid and with N.I.F. A-28763043. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

INSTITUTO DE CRÉDITO OFICIAL, E.P.E ("ICO"), a public body set up as a public business entity attached to the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Transformation, with registered office at Paseo del Prado 4, 28014 Madrid and with N.I.F. Q-2876002-C. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

INSTITUT CATALÀ DE FINANCES ("ICF"), with registered office at Gran Via de les Corts Catalanes, number 635, Barcelona and with N.I.F. Q-5855055I. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

MORA BANC GRUP, S.A. ("Morabanc"), with registered office at Avenida Meritxell, 96, AD500, Andorra la Vella and with N.I.F. N0431302I. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

COMPAÑÍA ESPAÑOLA DE FINANCIACIÓN DEL DESARROLLO, COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E. ("Cofides"), with registered office at Aseo de la Castellana, 278, 28046 Madrid and with N.I.F. A78990603, as manager in its own name and on behalf of the FUND FOR INVESTMENTS ABROAD, F.C.P.J. The persons identified in the intervention procedure of this document act in their name and on their behalf.

Hereinafter, the financial institutions identified above and, where applicable, the transferee entities of any of them that adhere to this document pursuant to the provisions of Clause 11.2 of the Framework Agreement described below, shall be jointly referred to as the "Financing Entities" and, individually, each of them indistinctly, a "Financing Entity".

Likewise, EBN, ICO, ICF, Morabanc and Cofides will be jointly referred to as the “Trade union” in their capacity as Financing Entities of the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Agreement described in the Exhibit IV following.

IF 4 > 1 "- 4 -"

EXPOSED

II. That, on this date, the Borrowers (and certain companies of their Group) have subscribed the following indebtedness in order, among others, to be able to meet their general corporate needs:

a) certain long-term financing subscribed with the Financing Entities (except the Syndicate) on a bilateral basis and two long-term financings subscribed with the Syndicate in which EBN has the position of agent, the details of which are identified in Annex 1 (A) to this Agreement (the "L/P Financing");

b) certain bilateral working capital lines of various types subscribed with the Financing Entities (except the Union), the details of which are identified in Annex 1 (B) to this Agreement (the "Working Capital Lines").

III. That, in order to optimize its financial structure and contribute to strengthening the continuity and viability of the Group's activity, the Borrowers requested the Financing Entities to formalize a framework debt reorganization agreement in order to regulate certain terms common to the L/P Financings, as well as the commitment to maintain the Working Capital Lines in force.

This request was carried out on November 11, 2024 through the formalization of a framework agreement that was signed by BBVA and Santander, as initial Financing Entities and the Accredited Entities, by virtue of a policy intervened by the Notary Public of Barcelona Ms. Laura Nogales Martín with number 217 of its registry book (the "Original Framework Agreement").

IV. That by virtue of the provisions of Clause 6.2 of the Original Framework Agreement:

a) ICO, ICF, Morabanc and EBN, in their capacity as Financing Entities of the syndicated financing agreement for a maximum amount of €30,000,000 initially signed on October 16 by Wallbox Chargers, as Accredited Company, Wallbox NV and Wallbox USA as guarantors and ICO, ICF, Morabanc and EBN, as Financing Entities and intervened in policy by the Notary Public of Barcelona Ms. Laura Nogales Martín with number 206 of its registry book, where EBN holds the status of agent (the "Syndicated Financing Agreement") identified in Annex I (A);

b) COFIDES, in its capacity as Financing Entity of the financing contract for a maximum amount of € 5,000,000 initially subscribed on October 16 by Wallbox USA, as Accredited Company, Wallbox NV and Wallbox Chargers as guarantors and COFIDES, as Financing Entity and intervened in policy by the Notary Public of Barcelona Ms. Laura Nogales Martín with number 207 of its registry book, in which EBN holds the status of agent (the "COFIDES Financing Agreement") identified in Annex I (A); and

IF 5 > 1 "- 5 -"

c) CaixaBank, in its capacity as Financing Entity for L/P Financing and Working Capital Lines identified in Appendix I (A) and (B), respectively,

they had to adhere to the Original Framework Agreement, within a period not exceeding six (6) months from the original signature.

V. That it is the intention of the Union and CaixaBank to proceed with the aforementioned adhesion. However, to this end, it has been necessary to review certain terms of the Original Framework Agreement and of the L/P Financing and Working Capital Lines subject to it, in order to adapt them to the current situation of the Group and in order to try to guarantee the financial viability sought with the Original Framework Agreement.

VI. That the Financing Entities and the Obligated Parties acknowledge and accept that for the subscription of this Policy and the modifying novation of the L/P Financing in the terms contained herein, it has been essential that, prior to or simultaneously with its signing, each and every one of the conditions referred to in the Clause have been complied with 5 subsequently, to the satisfaction of the Funding Entities.

VII. That, as a continuation of all the above, it is the wish of the Parties to grant this NON-EXTINGUISHING MODIFYING NOVATION POLICY OF A FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT FOR DEBT REORGANIZATION AND ADHESION (hereinafter, the "Policy"), which will be governed by the following

IF 6 > 1 "- 6 -"

CLAUSES

SECTION I

NATURE AND INTERPRETATION

1. NATURE AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 This document constitutes a non-extinguishing amending novation of the Original Framework Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Article 1203 of the Civil Code.

1.2 The Parties agree that defined terms that do not have a specific definition in this Policy shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Original Framework Agreement.

Likewise, hereinafter, the Original Framework Agreement, as it is modified by modification due to the granting and content of this Policy, will be referred to as the "Framework Agreement".

SECTION II

ADHESION OF FUNDING ENTITIES

2. CAIXABANK'S MEMBERSHIP

With effect from today, CaixaBank, in its capacity as Financing Entity for the L/P Financing identified in Annex I (A) and the Working Capital Lines identified in Annex I (B), by virtue of this Policy, formalises its adherence to the Original Framework Agreement, accepting all its terms and conditions. formulating with respect to itself the declarations contained in the Original Framework Agreement and undertaking to comply with the obligations for the Financing Entities arising from said document and on the basis that all references made in the Original Framework Agreement to each Financing Entity imply, as of this date, an individualised reference to CaixaBank as an adhering Financing Entity and as appropriate.

For the appropriate purposes, CaixaBank declares that it is fully aware of the content of the Original Framework Agreement as it has received a copy of it prior to this act and expressly accepts the guarantees already granted in favour of the Financing Entities under their respective L/P Financing and/or Working Capital Lines.

Likewise, CaixaBank, as an adhering entity, states that your data for communications in relation to the Framework Agreement are those indicated in Clause 6 of this Policy.

3. ADHESION OF THE UNION

3.1 Subject to the provisions of Clause 3.2 below, each of the Union's Financing Entities, in its capacity as Financing Entities of the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Agreement, formalize its adhesion to the Original Framework Agreement, accepting all its terms and conditions, formulating with respect to itself the declarations contained in the Original Framework Agreement and undertaking to comply with the obligations that for the Financing Entities are derived from said document and on the basis that all references in the Original Framework Agreement to each Financing Entity suppose,

IF 7 > 1 "- 7 -"

as of this date, an individualized reference to the Union as adherent Financing Entities and as appropriate in each case.

For clarification purposes, it is hereby stated that the Financing Entities that are part of the Syndicate are subject to an agreement between creditors signed in order to regulate the coexistence of the Syndicated Financing Contract and the COFIDES Financing Contract, which was intervened in policy by the Notary Public of Barcelona, Ms. Laura Nogales Martin, with number 208 of its record book. Consequently, the Financing Entities that are part of the Union will act as a single Financing Entity in relation to the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Contract – through EBN (as agent) – in terms of decision-making and voting related to the Framework Agreement.

For the appropriate purposes, each of the Union's Financing Entities declares that they are fully aware of the content of the Original Framework Agreement by having received a copy of it prior to this act and expressly accept the guarantees already granted in favor of the Financing Entities under their respective L/P Financing and/or Working Capital Lines.

Likewise, the Union, as adherent entities, state that their data for communications in relation to the Framework Agreement are those indicated in Clause 7 of this Policy.

3.2 Suspensive Condition

3.2.1 The Syndicate hereby declares – and the other Parties to this Policy hereby agree – that the effectiveness, validity and effects of this Agreement are subject to compliance with the following conditions precedent (the "Conditions Precedent") before 11:59 p.m. on 15 April 2025 ("Deadline for Compliance with the Conditions Precedent"):

(i) the signing of a modifying and non-extinguishing novation of the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Agreement in order to document, among others, the modifications contained in this Framework Agreement;

(ii) the authorisation of CESCE to the non-extinguishing modifying novation of the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Agreement and the signing of two supplements to the corresponding CESCE policy, on terms satisfactory to the agent of said contracts (the "CESCE Policy Supplements"); and

(iii) the payment to CESCE by the Borrower in question of the Syndicated Financing Contract and the COFIDES Financing Agreement (on behalf of the Financing Entities) of the premium determined by CESCE as a result of the Supplement to the corresponding CESCE Policy.

3.2.2 Compliance with the Conditions Precedent will be accredited by the confirmation by the Notaries involved of the subscription by all parties and the sending by the agent of the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Agreement (i.e. EBN) of an email from the domain "@ebnbanco.com" to the following email addresses: lnogales@notariado.org and fmiras@notariado.org; copying to the following addresses: legal@wallbox.com, jfcanalejas@ga-p.com,

IF 8 > 1 "- 8 -"

imedina@ga-p.com, Rocio.Smith@dlapiper.com and cmillan@notarialagasca88.com; indicating that they have complied with the Conditions Precedent in the terms provided for in this Clause.

3.2.3 In the event that the Conditions Precedent are met before the Deadline for Compliance with the Conditions Precedent, the Union's adherence to the Framework Agreement will take effect from 15 April 2025 (the "Effective Date").

3.2.4 The Parties expressly instruct and authorise the intervening Notary (or the one who may replace him at any time), to:

(i) If you have been accredited in due time and form that you have complied with the Conditions Precedent in the terms established above, you must state this in this policy through the appropriate diligence.

(ii) If, by the Deadline for Compliance with the Conditions Precedent provided for in the previous sections, compliance with the Conditions Precedent has not been accredited in the agreed manner, please state this policy by means of diligence, including a statement that the Conditions Precedent have not been complied with and that, therefore, This policy is not legally effective.

IF 9 > 1 "- 9 -"

SECTION III

NON-EXTINGUISHING AMENDING NOVATION

OF THE ORIGINAL FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

4. NON-EXTINGUISHING AMENDING NOVATION OF THE ORIGINAL FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

4.1 With effect from the date of granting this Policy, the Parties agree to novate the Original Framework Agreement amending and not extinguishing.

4.2 In order to incorporate all the changes arising from the incorporation of the Syndicate and CaixaBank into the Framework Agreement and to adapt them to the debt reorganisation needs of the Borrowers for the successful completion of the aforementioned document, the Parties agree to approve, for all appropriate legal and contractual purposes, a modified and recast version of the Original Framework Agreement ⸻excluding appearances, and including Annexes⸻ with the wording included in this Policy as Annex 2 (the "Consolidated Text").

The Parties expressly state that the clauses of the Consolidated Text replace in their entirety the clauses agreed to date, on the understanding that the Framework Agreement ⸻including the Consolidated Text⸻ will constitute the same and only contract. Consequently, the Parties confirm that the granting of this Policy will not alter the original date of execution of the Framework Agreement (which took place on November 11, 2024) nor will it in any way imply the termination of the same.

4.3 The Parties also agree to introduce the following defined terms in the Framework Agreement:

 "External Advisorˮ means FTI Consulting, S.R.L. – or any other external consultant that may replace it at any time with the prior agreement of all the Funding Entities – who will carry out the monitoring and verification tasks provided for in the Framework Agreement.

 "Group Working Capital Lines" means the Working Capital Lines and the rest of the Group's working capital lines existing at any given time and identified in Annex II (A) of the Consolidated Text.

 "Novation of the Framework Agreement" means this Policy for the adhesion of Financing Entities and for the amending novation of the Original Framework Agreement.

 "Union" means EBN, ICO, ICF, Morabanc and Cofides in their capacity as Financing Entities of the Syndicated Financing Agreement and the COFIDES Financing Agreement.

IF 10 > 1 "- 10 -"

SECTION IV

OTHER PROVISIONS

5. FORMAL DECLARATIONS

5.1 The Financing Entities grant this Policy induced by the following declarations of the Borrower, which solemnly states on this date that:

(a) the subscription of this Policy does not contravene any statutory and/or corporate rule and is in possession of all the authorisations that may be required, where appropriate, for the formalisation of the same;

(b) all acts, conditions and formalities, whether required by law or by the Bylaws or other corporate or contractual documents, which must be carried out or complied with in order to: (i) allow the lawful execution of this Policy, as well as the exercise of the rights and compliance with the obligations expressly assumed by said companies by virtue thereof; and (ii) ensure that the obligations expressly assumed in this Policy Policy are legal, valid and binding, have been duly made and completed; and

(c) the granting of this Policy does not violate the obligations assumed by the Borrower in other contracts with third parties, nor does it entitle the counterparties to such contracts to terminate or modify them in any way.

6. PRE-CONDITIONS OR SIMULTANEOUS CONDITIONS FOR SIGNATURE

6.1 The Borrowers declare and the Financing Entities accept that, prior to or simultaneously with the signing of this Policy, each and every one of the following conditions have been met to their satisfaction:

(a) Delivery to the Financing Entities of a copy of the powers of attorney and/or deeds of appointment of the representatives of the Obligated Entities that empower them to grant, in their name and representation and, as appropriate, this Policy.

(b) Delivery to the Financing Entities of any documents necessary for all of them to comply with the applicable regulations on money laundering and know your customer.

(d) That a letter of engagement has been signed with the External Advisor to carry out the monitoring and issuance of reports under the terms provided for in the Framework Agreement and the details of which are included as Annex IV of the Consolidated Text.

(e) Formalisation of the modifying (non-extinguishing) novation contracts of the L/P Financing subject to the Framework Agreement and, where appropriate, ratification of the guarantees granted in favour of the Financing Entities.

IF 11 > 1 "- 11 -"

(f) That no cause for the early termination of any of the Financing Agreements is in force or as a result of the signing of the Framework Agreement.

(g) That all representations and warranties contained in the Clause 4 above are complete, truthful and accurate.

6.2 The parties acknowledge and accept that the aforementioned conditions are an essential element for the granting of this Policy and, therefore, for the maintenance of the Framework Agreement by the Financing Entities.

7. COMMUNICATIONS

7.1 The addresses for the purposes of communications are those indicated for each of the parties in Annex VI of the Consolidated Text attached as Annex 2 to this Framework Agreement.

7.2 All requests, notifications, notices and communications in general between the parties to this Policy and the Framework Agreement that refer to or derive from it and do not have a special formality provided for therein, will be understood to have been duly made when, with the necessary notice, they are carried out by email or any other system that allows the accreditation of their receipt, addressed to the respective code indicated next to the addresses indicated in the aforementioned Annex VI of the Consolidated Text or by writing to said addresses.

7.3 Communications of a general nature relating to this Policy and/or the Framework Agreement and those referring to it as a whole to be produced by the Obligated Parties shall be addressed, on the same date, to all the Financing Entities – simultaneously – as established in the Framework Agreement.

7.4 In the same way, communications of a general nature relating to this Policy and/or the Framework Agreement and those referring to it as a whole that must be produced by the Financing Entities addressed to the Obligated Parties will be addressed, in addition to the former, to the other Financing Entities.

7.5 Any modification to the addresses indicated in Annex VI of the Consolidated Text will not have any effect until it has been notified in form to the Financing Entities and the Accredited Entities at least five (5) days in advance. In the case of assignees, the address will be that indicated by the transferring Financing Entity in the corresponding communication of the assignment.

8. CORRECTION OR SUPPLEMENTATION OF THIS POLICY

If required to do so by the other Parties, the Obligated Parties undertake to grant (at their own expense), within a maximum period of ten (10) business days from such request, as many public and private documents as may be necessary.

9. COSTS AND EXPENSES

All fees of the notary public, tariffs, taxes and any other reasonable, justified and agreed expenses accrued for the preparation and granting of this Policy (as well as the

IF 12 > 1 "- 12 -"

performance of any actions contemplated in it) and its eventual correction, supplement or clarification documents (including legal advisors' fees in accordance with previously accepted budgets), as well as those of issuance of first copy with and without enforceable force, will be borne by the Accredited Companies.

10. SECOND COPIES

The Parties agree to the issuance of second and subsequent enforceable copies of this Policy, for the purposes of Article 517 of the Code of Civil Procedure and expressly authorise the Financing Entities to request the issuance of such copies, the cost of which will be borne by the requesting party.

11. DATA PROTECTION AND ANTI-CORRUPTION POLICY

The parties refer to the provisions provided for this purpose in the Consolidated Text of the Framework Agreement attached to this Policy as Annex 2.

SECTION V

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

12. APPLICABLE LEGISLATION

This Policy shall be governed by and construed in accordance with common Spanish law.

13. JURISDICTION

To the extent that such submission is legally admissible, each of the Parties to this Policy irrevocably submits, expressly waiving any jurisdiction that may correspond to it, to the jurisdiction of the Courts and Tribunals of the capital of Madrid for the knowledge and resolution of any claim that may arise from compliance with or interpretation of this Policy.

The obligated parties:

WALL BOX CHARGERS, S.L.U.

WALLBOX USA Inc.

AR ELECTRONICS SOLUTIONS, S.L.U.

P.P.

_______________________________

WALLBOX NV

p.p.

_______________________________

IF 13 > 1 "- 13 -"

The Funding Entities:

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

p.p.

_______________________________ ______________________________________

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.

p.p.

_______________________________ _______________________________

CAIXABANK, S.A.

p.p.

_______________________________ _______________________________

EBN BANCO DE NEGOCIOS, S.A.

p.p.

_______________________________ _______________________________

INSTITUTO DE CRÉDITO OFICIAL, E.P.E.

p.p.

_______________________________ _______________________________

IF 14 > 1 "- 14 -"

CATALAN INSTITUTE OF FINANCE

p.p.

_______________________________ _______________________________

MORA BANC GRUP S.A.

p.p.

_______________________________ _______________________________

COMPAÑÍA ESPAÑOLA DE FINANCIACIÓN DEL DESARROLLO, COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E. as manager in his own name and on behalf of the FUND FOR INVESTMENTS ABROAD, F.C.P.J.

P.P.

_______________________________ _______________________________

WITH MY INTERVENTION

THE NOTARY

IF 15 > 1 "- 15 -"

ANNEX 1

[Removed]

ANNEX 2: CONSOLIDATED TEXT OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT AS OF 8 APRIL 2025

ANNEX 2 TO THE NOVATION CONTRACT OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

RECAST TEXT OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT AS OF [8] APRIL 2025

CLAUSES

PURPOSE OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

The purpose of this Framework Agreement is to establish certain commitments to be assumed by the parties in relation to L/P Financing and Working Capital Lines and to establish a series of terms and conditions common to all of them through the modifying novation of all of them (where appropriate and in addition, through the modifying novation of the aforementioned L/P Financing and/or Working Capital Lines that they consider necessary or convenient).

In relation to the Working Capital Lines, the parties state that they are of a different nature from each other and that, without prejudice to the commitments assumed by the parties under this Framework Agreement, their specific characteristics will be maintained in the part not expressly modified by this Framework Agreement. For clarification purposes, the Parties expressly state that the provisions of the Clause 4 (Maintenance Commitments of AM Working Capital Lines), constitutes, for all intents and purposes, an express modification of the AM Working Capital Lines.

Likewise, the Borrowers expressly acknowledge and accept that the joint presentation of this Framework Agreement and the corresponding Financing Agreement or AM Working Capital Line (as these terms are defined in Clause 2 lower), shall constitute a sufficient enforceable title for the purposes of judicial claim.

INTERPRETATION

The parties to this Framework Agreement expressly acknowledge and accept that the interpretation and compliance with the L/P Financing must in all cases be consistent with the content of this Framework Agreement, with the understanding that, in the event of inconsistency between the provisions of any of the L/P Financing and/or the AM Working Capital Lines and the provisions of this Framework Agreement, The provisions herein shall prevail.

Finally, for the purposes of this Framework Agreement:

(ii) the joint amount of the debt assumed by the Borrowers as principal under the L/P Financings pending amortization or repayment at any time will be referred to as the "Outstanding L/P Principal";

(iii) the Working Capital Lines, as they are modified by virtue of this Framework Agreement (and without prejudice to any possible bilateral modifying novation that may be formalized by the corresponding parties), will be referred to as the "AM Working Capital Lines" and any of them, individually and indistinctly, the or an "AM Working Capital Line";

(iv) the AM Working Capital Lines, together with the rest of the working capital lines identified in Annex II and/or those that replace or complement them by the companies of the Group at any time, in compliance with the provisions of this Framework Agreement, will be referred to as the "Group Working Capital Lines"; and

(v) the Group's financial indebtedness existing on the date of signature of this Framework Agreement, which is identified in Annex II, together with that which replaces it at any time in compliance with the provisions of the Framework Agreement, shall be referred to as the "Total Debt".

TERMS AND CONDITIONS COMMON TO L/P FINANCING

3.1 Ordinary depreciation

The Outstanding Principal L/P will be amortized by the corresponding Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the respective L/P Financing.

However, by virtue of this Framework Agreement, the parties agree to introduce a grace period on principal in the respective repayment schedules in accordance with the schedules for each of them included in Annex III to this Framework Agreement.

The implementation of the grace period will be carried out by proportionally increasing the remaining principal repayment instalments after the end of the grace period and, therefore, the payment dates of such instalments and the maturity dates of the underlying L/P Financing will remain unchanged.

3.2 Prevalence of the Framework Agreement

COMMITMENT TO MAINTENANCE OF AM WORKING CAPITAL LINES

4.1 In addition to the introduction of the grace period for principal under Clause 3.1 above, the Financing Entities of the AM Working Capital Lines undertake, for their own benefit and interest as well as that of the Obligated Persons and the companies of their Group, to renew the AM Working Capital Lines and to keep them in force – in their corresponding financing modalities – at least, until 30 June 2026 for the maximum amounts indicated in Annex I (B), provided that the Borrower or the Group company in question, as applicable, is in strict compliance with the provisions of the respective AM Working Capital Line and the respective Financing Agreements; or, in the event of non-compliance, provided that it has been remedied by the corresponding Borrower in due time and form or dispensed with by the corresponding Financial Institution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that the above maintenance obligation will not affect CaixaBank's AM Working Capital Line for a maximum amount of €500,000 identified in Annex I (B), whose commitment extends until 28 April 2026.

4.2 Likewise, the parties hereby state that those AM Circulating Lines that are not committed and/or that do not have a limit, shall be understood to be committed until the date provided for in this Clause and/or granted by the limits indicated in the aforementioned Annex I (B).

4.3 For clarification purposes, in the event that the Borrower in question is in cause of non-payment of any of the AM Working Capital Lines or the L/P Financing, and such non-compliance was not corrected by the corresponding Borrower in a timely manner or expressly dispensed by the corresponding Financial Institution, then the Financing Entities will not be obliged to allow the making of provisions under the respective Lines of Circulating AM, or to extend its term of validity upon the expiration date in force at the time of the default.

PROPORTIONALITY IN THE USE OF GROUP WORKING CAPITAL LINES

5.1 The Borrowers expressly and irrevocably undertake and undertake to dispose of the Group Working Capital Lines without discriminating against or favoring some Total Debt Financing Entities over others, including the Financing Entities, so that the following rules will be mandatory for the Borrowers under the Group Working Capital Lines.

5.2 The Borrowers undertake to dispose of the Group Working Capital Lines in such a way that, in relation to the aggregate percentage of use of the working capital lines contracted with each financing entity, there are no differences in percentage terms of twenty percent (20%) between financing entities.

For illustrative purposes, if a financing entity (e.g., Entity A) has drawn, as a whole, sixty percent (60%) of its total working capital lines, the aggregate percentage of drawdown with the other financing entities (e.g., Entities B, C and D) must not be less than forty percent (40%) of the total available with each of them, respectively.

5.3 The verification of compliance with these obligations will be carried out by the External Advisor in view of the information obligations regulated in Clause 6 following.

In the event that such verification shows that the proportionality obligations provided for in Clause 5.2 above, the Accredited Parties shall make their best efforts to, within a period not exceeding sixty (60) days, regularize the situation in accordance with the rules of proportionality provided herein. In the event that the situation is regularized within the indicated period, it will not be considered as a breach and, consequently, the resolutory condition provided for in the terms of the Clause will not be understood to have been fulfilled 12.1 (Resolutory Condition).

5.4 The Parties agree that the proportionality commitment regulated herein shall not apply to the factoring contract for a maximum amount of €12,000,000 entered into with Targobank AG and the recourse factoring line for a maximum amount of €15,000,000 signed with Barclays Bank, S.A., identified in Annex II or to any other lines of the same nature and similar characteristics that may replace them in the future.

REPORTING OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWERS

6.1 In order to enable the External Counsel to make its monthly reports in accordance with the provisions of the Clause 8.6, the Accredited Companies undertake to provide the External Advisor – or to provide access to – any information that is necessary for this purpose in a timely manner.

6.2 In addition to the obligations established in each of the L/P Financing and/or AM Working Capital Lines (as applicable), the Borrowers assume with respect to themselves – and, where appropriate, with respect to the companies of their Group vis-à-vis the Financing Entities – the obligation to immediately inform the Financing Entities in writing of the occurrence of any circumstance of which they are aware:

that has the effect (or could reasonably be expected to have the effect of) any of the formal statements in the Clause 9 subsequent to the date of this Framework Agreement;

that constitutes or could constitute the maturity or early termination of any of the L/P Financings and/or the AM Working Capital Lines and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Financing Entities, confirm that, except as previously notified or in the confirmation itself, no cause for maturity or early termination of any of them has occurred;

that results in the exemption by any Financing Entity of any breach of the Financing Agreement or the AM Working Capital Line in question granted to the corresponding Borrower.

To this end, the Financing Entities by virtue of this Framework Agreement undertake to notify the rest of the exemption from compliance with the obligations provided for in the respective Financing Agreements or AM Working Capital Lines.

Likewise, for clarification purposes, it is hereby stated that the decision on the declaration of a case of non-compliance under the corresponding Financing Agreement or AM Working Capital Line will correspond solely and exclusively to the affected Financing Entity, but its eventual dispensation or correction must be communicated to the rest of the Financing Entities;

that results or is likely to result in "material adverse change" (as that term is referred to and defined in each Financing Agreement);

that constitutes some case of mandatory early repayment in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding Financing Agreement; or

that reveals the current or imminent insolvency of any of the Obligors in accordance with the provisions of the Insolvency Law (or any other equivalent applicable regulations) or the start of the opening of negotiations with their creditors.

6.3 Likewise, and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4 above, the Borrowers are obliged to inform the Financing Entities when there is a "fall in risk" of any of the Group Working Capital Lines (i.e., when a working capital line is cancelled or its limit is reduced by any amount) provided that this entails a fall of at least 20% of the corresponding Group Working Capital Line and, in aggregate, the fall in the Group Working Capital Lines is more than €2,000,000.

For clarification purposes, it will not be necessary to report in those cases in which the "fall in risk": (i) is due to a replacement of the working capital line with the same or another credit institution or (ii) it is a cancellation that is corrected by contracting another working capital line for an equivalent amount or (ii) it is corrected by the injection of equity into the Group through a capital increase; and any of these remedies takes place within a period not exceeding eight (8) weeks.

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWERS

7.1 By virtue of this Framework Agreement, the Financing Entities (other than the Union) agree that the ratios and financial levels (or financial covenants) that may be regulated in the respective Financing Agreements will not be applicable during the term of the same and therefore, any breach of such ratios and/or financial levels will not constitute a breach under the corresponding Financing Agreement.

7.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the term of this Framework Agreement, the Borrowers undertake to comply at all times with the financial ratio indicated below (the "Financial Ratio"):

Cash and Equivalents

The minimum monthly amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents must be THIRTY-FIVE MILLION EUROS (€35,000,000).

For the purposes of this Framework Agreement, "Cash and Cash Equivalents" means the balance of cash and demand deposits with an initial maturity of three months or less, included under the heading "Cash and cash equivalents" of the consolidated balance sheet, including current financial assets.

7.3 Wallbox NV shall deliver to the Financing Entities, as soon as it is available and, in any case, within twenty (20) Business Days following each month, a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of the Group determining the calculation of the Financial Ratio of the Clause 7.2 previous.

ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWERS

In addition to the obligations contained in the respective L/P Financing or in the AM Working Capital Lines, by virtue of this Framework Agreement, the Borrowers undertake to:

8.1 make their best efforts to ensure that Group companies in which they are accredited and/or guarantors of L/P Financing and AM Working Capital Lines that have not signed this Framework Agreement on the original signature date, adhere to it by means of a public instrument before or on May 11, 2025, pursuant to the accession document, a specimen of which is annexed to this Framework Agreement as Annex IV;

8.2 not to constitute any real or personal guarantee in security of the Total Debt other than those existing (or, where appropriate, those that replace them in compliance with the provisions of this Framework Agreement) and, where appropriate, ratified on the date of signing the Novation of the Framework Agreement;

8.3 not to incur financial indebtedness in addition to the Total Debt — which is identified in Annex II — that has a higher rank than any of the L/P Financing for any reason (i.e. either because it is structurally so, or because it is contractually agreed or due to the guarantees granted in its favor). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers may change their financial institution and/or the financial instruments detailed in Appendix II – other than L/P Financing and AM Working Capital Lines – provided that the amount of the Total Debt detailed in said Annex is not exceeded;

8.4 not to make voluntary early repayments, either total or partial, of any debt that forms part of the Group's Total Debt during the term of this Framework Agreement (except, where appropriate, for redemptions in Group Working Capital Lines on a revolving basis and/or redemptions made in order to replace Group Working Capital Lines that are not the AM Working Capital Lines and therefore not subject to this Framework Agreement);

8.5 Hire and keep the External Advisor hired so that he or she can perform the tasks entrusted under the assignment letter dated March 28, 2025, the details of which are included as Annex V and which will materialize in a monthly report to be provided by the External Advisor to the Financing Entities no later than the last day of the month following the month to which the report refers.

The first monthly report will be delivered in relation to the existing data as of April 30, 2025.

DECLARATIONS OF THE OBLIGATED PARTIES

9.1 The Obligated Parties make in favour of the Financing Entities (as applicable) the formal declarations contained in the respective Financing Agreements, declarations that will be understood to be incorporated mutatis mutandis into this Framework Agreement for all appropriate legal and contractual purposes, and reiterate them in full in accordance with the provisions thereof.

9.2 In addition, the Obligated Parties make the following formal declarations in favour of the Financing Entities:

(1) all the information, including that of an accounting and financial nature, provided to the Financing Entities for the execution of this Framework Agreement is true, complete and correct in all its relevant aspects, has been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable, and reflects its authentic equity, economic and financial situation (including contingent liabilities) and the results of its operations;

(2) the signing of this Framework Agreement is made with the purpose of guaranteeing the financial viability of the Group and, therefore, its mere subscription does not constitute, nor is there a risk that it will constitute, any cause that may give rise to the early maturity of the Financing Agreements or the AM Working Capital Lines; and

(3) each and every one of the conditions prior to or simultaneous to the signing of this Framework Agreement referred to in Clause 14 posterior.

9.3 Each of the formal declarations contained in this Clause shall be understood to be repeated on each date of payment (of principal and/or interest) and on each date of adhesion of a Financing Entity (either by virtue of the provisions of the Clause 6 or by virtue of assignment in accordance with the provisions of the Clause 11.2), by reference to the facts and circumstances that exist at that time and except for the variations that, with respect to the initial situation, may have been communicated to the Financing Entities at all times in accordance with the provisions of the respective Financing Agreements.

RESPONSIBILITY OF FUNDING ENTITIES

to the Financing Entities will be adopted by agreement of the unanimity of the Financing Entities (unless otherwise expressly indicated).

COLLABORATION BETWEEN FUNDING ENTITIES

Each of the Funding Entities undertakes with the others to:

(1) to collaborate diligently in order to allow the verification of compliance by the Borrowers with the provisions contained in the L/P Financings, in the AM Working Capital Lines and in this Framework Agreement; and

(2) exercise its rights in relation to the Financing Agreements and the AM Working Capital Lines to which each one is a party in a way that does not contravene the commitments assumed under this Framework Agreement.

RESOLUTION OF THE COMMITMENTS OF THE FUNDING ENTITIES

12.1 Resolutory Condition

The parties agree that in the event of any of the following circumstances (each the or a "Resolutory Condition"):

(1) Failure to comply with the suspensive condition provided for in the Novation of the Framework Agreement in such a way that the Union's adhesion to the Framework Agreement is not effective; or

(2) the failure of any of the Borrowers and/or Guarantors identified in Annex I to adhere to this Framework Agreement before or on the date provided for (and under the terms provided) in Clause 6.3; or

(3) the declaration of early maturity of any of the Financing Agreements or any of the contracts that regulate the AM Working Capital Lines or the total early redemption of any of the above (except as expressly permitted in or by virtue of this Framework Agreement); or

(4) a "risk drop" of the Group Working Capital Lines (other than the AM Working Capital Lines) for an amount equal to or greater than eleven million euros (€11,000,000) and/or such "risk drop" is evidenced in any of the monthly reports submitted by the External Advisor in accordance with the provisions of this Framework Agreement, without having been corrected within eight (8) weeks; or

(5) the failure of any Party to comply with the commitments made under the Clauses 3.1, 4 and 5 of this Framework Agreement (as applicable

in each case), without having been remedied within the period established in said clauses (if any); or

(6) the breach of any of the obligations assumed by the Borrowers under the Clauses 6, 7 and 8 or the falsity or inaccuracy of the statements made by the Accredited in the Clause 9 of this Framework Agreement, unless any of them is corrected within a period not exceeding fifteen (15) working days from its occurrence,

12.2 Consequences of the Resolutory Condition

(a) the Framework Agreement shall be deemed to have been terminated;

(b) the Financing Entities will no longer be subject to the maintenance commitment in force of the AM Working Capital Lines provided for in Clause 4 (including, where appropriate, the limit commitment) and may choose not to renew them and/or not to allow them to be disposed of, in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding AM Circulating Line; and

(c) the qualifying period agreed under the Clause 3.1 will be null and void as if it had never been agreed and the repayment schedules in force prior to the signing of the Framework Agreement will be applied again. Consequently: (i) the principal amortization installments of the Financing Agreements subject to grace periods that have actually elapsed will become due immediately and will be payable within fifteen (15) days from the Relevant Date and (ii) the amortization installments subject to grace periods that have not elapsed on the Relevant Date will be reactivated so that the amounts to be amortized will be due on the dates corresponding to the calendars prior to the signing or adhesion of the Funding Entities to the Framework Agreement as if the deficiency had never been agreed.

12.3 Decisions of the Financing Entities regarding the occurrence of a Resolutory Condition

The Funding Entities agree that the occurrence of a Resolutory Condition may be waived (both at the request of the Borrowers and at the request of any of the Funding Entities) in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Termination Conditions of the Clause 12.1 (except for the exceptions provided for in section (b) below): by agreement of all the Funding Entities.

(b) The Resolutory Condition (f) of the Clause 12.1: by agreement of the Majority of the Funding Entities.

For the purposes of this Agreement, "Majority of Financing Entities" shall be understood to mean the set of Financing Entities whose participation in the sum of the L/P Financing and the AM Working Capital Lines pending amortization represents at least sixty-six point sixty-six percent (66.66%) at any given time.

In the event that a Resolutory Condition occurs and any of the Parties to this Framework Agreement requests the waiver of the resolution, the request will be submitted to the decision of the Funding Entities, which will have a period of ten (10) business days to decide. The decision will be binding on all the Funding Entities and in the event that the result of the decision is positive, the Framework Agreement will remain in force as if the Resolutory Condition had not taken place.

The resolution consequences detailed above will not apply during the period in which the Funding Entities are deliberating on the granting or denial of the waiver as provided in the Clause 12.3 of the Framework Agreement.

DURATION OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

Except as provided in Clause 12 above, the Parties agree that this Framework Agreement shall be in force until the completion of the undertaking to maintain the AM Working Capital Lines referred to in Clause 4 previous.

ASSIGNMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

14.1 Assignments by the Obligated Parties

The Obligated Parties may not assign, transfer, substitute or subrogate (or allow subrogation) the rights and obligations contracted in the L/P Financings, in the AM Working Capital Lines and in this Framework Agreement without the prior written and unanimous authorization and consent of all the Financing Entities.

14.2 Assignments by Funding Entities

14.2.1 The Financing Entities may assign their contractual position under this Framework Agreement and under their respective Financing Agreement(s) and/or AM Working Capital Lines in accordance with the terms and conditions provided for in each of them, as applicable.

14.2.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the effectiveness of any assignment of its contractual position (total or partial) – with the exception, where appropriate, of subrogation by CESCE in accordance with the provisions of the coverage policies subscribed as a guarantee of the CESCE Santander Financing Agreement, the Syndicated Financing Agreement and/or the COFIDES Financing Agreement – will require the assignee to adhere to this Framework Agreement by executing the corresponding public document of adhesion adjusted to the model that is attached as Annex VI to this Framework Agreement, unless the periods described in the Clauses have already elapsed 3.1 and 4 Previous.

14.2.3 The Borrowers expressly authorize each of the Financing Entities to disclose potential assignees thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Stipulation 11.2.1 above, the content of this Framework Agreement, the Financing Agreements and the AM Working Capital Lines, provided that the recipient of the information signs a confidentiality agreement in the terms substantial to those of the Clause 11.3 of this Framework Agreement;

14.2.4 The costs, expenses and taxes of the assignments that occur in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 11.2, shall be borne by the corresponding Financing Entity and/or the assignee.

14.2.5 Once the assignment has been made under this Clause, the Financing Entities (assignor and assignee) must notify the Borrowers of such assignment (with the details thereof).

14.3 Confidentiality

14.3.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the parties mutually undertake to maintain the strictest confidentiality with respect to this Framework Agreement, as well as the novations of the L/P Financing and the renewals of the AM Working Capital Lines, and not to disclose any information, directly or indirectly, related to such documents, except that such disclosure is: (a) required by law (or by any judicial or administrative authority); (b) necessary to comply with the requirements of any regulatory authority; (c) for the defense of your rights in a judicial or arbitration proceeding; or (d) for the purposes of complying with the provisions of the Terms 6.1 to 6.3 of this Framework Agreement.

14.3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the 11.3.1, each party may from time to time disclose information related to this Framework Agreement, as well as the

novations of L/P Financing and the renewals of the AM Working Capital Lines to: (i) its advisors (such as lawyers and financial advisors) and auditors who are legally or by rules of their profession obliged to maintain secrecy with respect to what has been disclosed to them in their capacity as such or, in the absence of such advisers, those who have entered into a confidentiality agreement on terms substantially equivalent to those of this Framework Agreement; and (ii) potential assignees of the Financing Entities as established in the Clause 11.2.3 previous.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

COMMUNICATIONS

16.1 All requests, notifications, notices and communications in general between the parties to this Framework Agreement that refer to or derive from it and do not have a special formality provided for therein, will be understood to have been duly made when, with the necessary notice, they are carried out by email or any other system that allows the accreditation of their receipt, addressed to the respective callsign indicated next to the addresses indicated in Clause 13.4 or by writing to said addresses.

16.2 Communications of a general nature relating to this Framework Agreement and those referring to it as a whole to be produced by the Obligated Parties shall be addressed, on the same date, to all the Financing Entities – simultaneously – as established in this Framework Agreement.

16.3 In the same way, communications of a general nature relating to this Framework Agreement and those referring to it as a whole that must be produced by the Financing

Entities addressed to the Obligated Parties will be addressed, in addition to the former, to the other Financing Entities.

16.4 Any modification to the addresses indicated in this Framework Agreement will not have any effect until it has been notified in form to the Financing Entities and the Accredited Entities at least five (5) days in advance. In the case of assignees, the address will be that indicated by the transferring Financing Entity in the corresponding communication of the assignment.

The addresses for the purposes of communications are those indicated for each of the parties in Annex VII of this Framework Agreement.

CONDITIONS PRIOR TO OR SIMULTANEOUS TO THE SIGNING OF THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

[clause without effect from the Novation of the Framework Agreement]

VAT AND TAX ON PROPERTY TRANSFERS AND DOCUMENTED LEGAL ACTS

CALCULATION OF DEADLINES

19.1 Definitions

For the purposes of calculating the time limits provided for in this Framework Agreement, the definitions contained in this Clause shall be used.

 "Hours": means the time of Madrid, unless expressly stated otherwise.

 By "day" or "calendar day": all the days of the Gregorian calendar. In the periods indicated by days, these will be understood as natural unless expressly established otherwise.

 By "business day":

(i) for the purposes of setting rates and movements of funds, every day of the week except on days when the Eurosystem T2 Real-Time Gross Settlement (RTGS) system is closed or not operational; and

 "Week" means the period between a given day and the same day of the following week.

 "Month" means the period between a given day and the day of the same number in the following month, unless that following month does not have a day of that number, in which case it shall end on the last day of that following month.

 "Semester" or "six (6) months" means the period of time between a given day and the day of the same number of the next calendar month in the sixth consecutive calendar month, unless such sixth month does not have a day of that number, in which case it shall end on the last day of that sixth month.

19.2 Expiration on a non-business day

DATA PROTECTION. PROCESSING OF PERSONAL DATA OF THE REPRESENTATIVES SIGNATORIES TO THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, OTHER NATURAL PERSONS DESIGNATED FOR THE PURPOSES OF NOTIFICATIONS OR FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OR EXECUTION OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT.

For the purposes of processing personal data and information on data protection, the parties refer to the content included in each of the Financing Agreements and/or AM Working Capital Lines in relation to this matter.

ANTICORRUPTION

The Financing Entities reserve the right to carry out the checks they deem appropriate to ensure compliance, and this Maco Agreement and the L/P Financing(s) or AM Working Capital Lines of which they are part may expire/terminate in advance if they detect activities that contravene what has been agreed in their respective anti-corruption policy. without the other parties to this Framework Agreement being entitled to receive any consideration.

PARTIAL NULLITY

The nullity of any of the Clauses of this Framework Agreement shall not entail the nullity of the Framework Agreement in its entirety.

This Framework Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with common Spanish law.

JURISDICTION

ANNEX I

[Removed]

ANNEX II

[Removed]

ANNEX III

[Removed]

ANNEX IV

[Removed]

ANNEX VI

[Removed]

ANNEX VII

[Removed]

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

Subsidiaries of Wallbox N.V.

Legal Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.	Spain
Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp. II	Delaware
Wallbox UK Limited	United Kingdom
SAS Wallbox France	France
WBC Wallbox Chargers Deutschland GmbH	Germany
Wallbox Italy, S.R.L.	Italy
Wallbox Netherlands B.V.	Netherlands
Wallbox USA Inc.	Delaware
Wallbox Shanghai Ltd.	China
Wallbox AS (Intelligent Solution AS)	Norway
Wallbox ApS	Denmark
Wallbox AB (Intelligent Solution Sweden AB)	Sweden
Wallbox Oy	Finland
Electromaps, S.L.U.	Spain
Coil, Inc.	California
AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U.	Spain
Wallbox Australia PTY, Ltd	Australia
WBX Chargers Portugal, Unipessoal Lda	Portugal
Wallbox Belgium BV	Belgium
ABL Gmbh	Germany
ABL Morocco S.A.	Morocco
ABL Nederland B.V.	Netherlands
ABL (Shangai) Co. Ltd	China

EX-11.1

Exhibit 11.1

Wallbox N.V. Insider Trading Compliance Policy

Federal laws and regulations prohibit trading in the securities of a company while in possession of material nonpublic information and in breach of a duty of trust or confidence. These laws and regulations also prohibit anyone who is aware of material nonpublic information from providing this information to others who may trade. Wallbox N.V. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) requires its personnel to comply at all times with federal laws and regulations governing insider trading. Violating such laws and regulations can undermine investor trust, harm the reputation and integrity of the Company, and result in dismissal from the Company or even serious criminal and civil charges against the individual and the Company. The Company reserves the right to take disciplinary or other measure(s) it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate in any particular situation, including disclosure of wrongdoing to governmental authorities.

Persons Covered and Administration of Policy

This Insider Trading Compliance Policy (this “Policy”) applies to all officers, directors and employees of the Company. For purposes of this Policy, “officers” refer to those individuals who meet the definition of “officer” under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”). Individuals subject to this Policy are responsible for ensuring that members of their household comply with this Policy. This Policy also applies to any entities controlled by individuals subject to this Policy, including any corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts, and transactions by these entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy as if they were for the individual’s own account. The Company may determine that this Policy applies to additional persons with access to material nonpublic information, such as contractors or consultants. Officers, directors and employees, together with any other person designated as being subject to this Policy by the General Counsel or his or her designee (the “General Counsel”), are referred to collectively as “Covered Persons.”

Questions regarding this Policy should be directed to the General Counsel, who is responsible for the administration of this Policy.

Policy Statement

Unless otherwise permitted by this Policy, no Covered Person shall:

purchase, sell, gift or otherwise transfer any security of the Company while in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company;
purchase, sell, gift or otherwise transfer any security of any other company, while in possession of material nonpublic information about the other company obtained in connection with their employment by or service to the Company;
directly or indirectly communicate material nonpublic information to anyone outside the Company unless in accordance with Company policy regarding confidential information; or
directly or indirectly communicate material nonpublic information to anyone within the Company except on a need-to-know basis.

|EU-DOCS\45043756.9||

For this purpose:

“Securities” includes stocks, bonds, notes, debentures, options, warrants, equity and other convertible securities, as well as derivative instruments.

“Purchase” and “sale” are defined broadly under the federal securities law. “Purchase” includes not only the actual purchase of a security, but also any contract to purchase or otherwise acquire a security. “Sale” includes not only the actual sale of a security, but also any contract to sell or otherwise dispose of a security. These definitions extend to a broad range of transactions, including conventional cash-for-stock transactions, conversions, the exercise of stock options or warrants, puts, calls, pledging and margin loans, or other derivative securities.

Information is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, sell, or hold a security, or if the information is likely to have a significant effect on the market price of the security. Material information can be positive or negative and can relate to virtually any aspect of a company’s business or to any type of security. Also, information that something is likely to happen in the future—or even just that it may happen—could be deemed material.

Examples of material information may include (but are not limited to) information about:

corporate earnings or earnings forecasts;
possible mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, or dispositions;
major new products or product developments;
important business developments, such as developments regarding strategic collaborations;
management or control changes;
significant financing developments, including pending public sales or offerings of debt or equity securities;
defaults on borrowings;
bankruptcies;
cybersecurity or data security incidents; and
significant litigation or regulatory actions.

Information is “nonpublic” if it is not available to the general public. In order for information to be considered “public,” it must be widely disseminated in a manner that makes it generally available to investors in a Regulation FD-compliant method, such as through a press release, a filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or a Regulation FD-compliant conference call. The General Counsel shall have sole discretion to decide whether information is public for purposes of this Policy.

The circulation of rumors, even if accurate and reported in the media, does not constitute public dissemination. In addition, even after a public announcement, a reasonable period of time may need to lapse in order for the market to react to the information. Generally, the passage of two full trading days following release of the information to the public, is a reasonable waiting period before such information is deemed to be public.

|EU-DOCS\45043756.9||

The laws and regulations concerning insider trading are complex, and Covered Persons are encouraged to seek guidance from the General Counsel prior to considering a transaction in securities.

Quarterly Blackout Periods

The General Counsel will designate a list of persons who (with their controlled entities and household members) must not purchase, sell, gift or otherwise transfer any security of the Company during any blackout period, except as otherwise permitted by this Policy.

The quarterly blackout period:

begins on the 7th calendar day before the end of the last month of each fiscal quarter; and
ends after completion of one trading day after the earnings release for that quarter.

A “trading day” is a day on which U.S. national stock exchanges are open for trading. If, for example, the Company were to release earnings on Monday prior to 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time, then the blackout period would terminate after the close of trading on Monday. If the Company were to release earnings on Monday after 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time, then the blackout period would terminate after the close of trading on Tuesday. Any question as to whether information is publicly available shall be directed to the General Counsel.

Additional Blackout Periods

From time to time, the General Counsel may determine that an additional blackout period is appropriate. Persons subject to an additional blackout period must not purchase, sell, gift or otherwise transfer any security of the Company, except as otherwise permitted by this Policy, and must not disclose that an additional blackout period is in effect.

Pre-Clearance of Transactions

The General Counsel will designate a list of persons (each, a “Pre-Clearance Person”) who (with their controlled entities and household members) must pre-clear each transaction in any security of the Company.

A request for pre-clearance must be in writing, should be made at least two business days in advance of the proposed transaction, and should include the identity of the Pre-Clearance Person, a description of the proposed transaction, the proposed date of the transaction, and the number of shares or other securities involved. In addition, the Pre-Clearance Person must execute a certification that he or she is not aware of material nonpublic information about the Company. The General Counsel, or the Chief Financial Officer for transactions by the General Counsel, shall have sole discretion to decide whether to clear any contemplated transaction. Pre-clearance approval will remain valid for five business days for transactions without a proposed transaction date. Notwithstanding receipt of pre-clearance, if the Pre-Clearance Person becomes aware of material nonpublic information, or becomes subject to a blackout period before the transaction is effected, the transaction may not be completed.

The term “business day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business, other than any such day on which banks, transfer agencies and depositories for securities in New York State are closed.

|EU-DOCS\45043756.9||

Pre-clearance should not be understood to represent legal advice by the company that a proposed transaction complies with the law. None of the Company, the General Counsel, or the Company’s other employees will have any liability for any delay in reviewing, or refusal of, a request for pre-clearance.

Exempt Transactions

This Policy, except for provisions set forth in the Prohibited Transactions section below, does not apply to:

transactions directly with the Company;
gift transactions for family or estate planning purposes, where securities are gifted to a person or entity subject to this Policy, except that gift transactions involving Company securities are subject to pre-clearance;
transactions relating to equity incentive awards without any open-market sale of securities (e.g., cash exercises of stock options or the “net settlement” of restricted stock units but not broker-assisted cashless exercises or open-market sales to cover taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock units);
where the Company offers its securities under an employee stock purchase plan, the purchase of such securities through such employee stock purchase plan; however, the sale of any such securities and changing instructions regarding the level of withholding contributions which are used to purchase such securities is not an exempt transaction;
“sell-to-cover” transactions pursuant to a non-discretionary policy adopted by the Company that is intended to facilitate the payment of withholding taxes associated with vesting of equity awards (other than stock options);
transactions under a pre-cleared Rule 10b5-1 plan;
transactions under a pre-cleared non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement as defined in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K); or
any transaction that was pre-cleared by the General Counsel or his or her designee or, in the case of directors, the Board of Directors and, in the case of the General Counsel, the Chief Financial Officer.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

The restrictions in this Policy, except for provisions set forth in the Prohibited Transactions section below, do not apply to transactions under a trading plan (a “Trading Plan”) that satisfies either:

the conditions of Rule 10b5-1; or
the elements of a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement as defined in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K; and
the General Counsel has pre-approved.

|EU-DOCS\45043756.9||

The General Counsel may impose such other conditions on the implementation and operation of a Trading Plan as the General Counsel deems necessary or advisable.

An individual may only modify a Trading Plan outside of a blackout period and, in any event, when the individual does not possess material nonpublic information. Modifications to and early terminations of a Trading Plan are subject to pre-approval by the General Counsel.

The Company also reserves the right from time to time to suspend, discontinue, or otherwise prohibit transactions under a Trading Plan if the General Counsel or the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines that such suspension, discontinuation, or other prohibition is in the best interests of the Company.

Compliance of a Trading Plan with the terms of Rule 10b5-1 and the execution of transactions pursuant to the Trading Plan are the sole responsibility of the person initiating the Trading Plan, and none of the Company, the General Counsel, or the Company’s other employees assumes any liability for any delay in reviewing and/or refusing to approve a Trading Plan submitted for approval, nor the legality or consequences relating to a person entering into, informing the Company of, or trading under, a Trading Plan.

Prohibited Transactions

The Company has determined that there is a heightened legal risk and the appearance of improper or inappropriate conduct if persons subject to this Policy engage in certain types of transactions. Therefore, Covered Persons shall comply with the following policies with respect to certain transactions in the Company’s securities.

Short Sales

Short sales generally involve selling securities that the seller does not currently own, typically with the intention of buying them back at a lower price in the future. Short sales of the Company’s securities, or sales of shares that the Covered Person does not own at the time of sale, or sales of shares against which the insider does not deliver the shares within 20 days after the sale, are prohibited by this Policy.

Publicly-traded Options

Publicly traded options are transaction in puts, calls, or other derivative securities involving the Company’s equity securities, on an exchange, on an over-the-counter market, or in any other organized market. Transactions in publicly-traded options are prohibited by this Policy.

Hedging Transactions

Hedging transactions involving the Company’s securities are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the market value of the Company’s equity securities. Hedging transactions may be in the form of, for example, prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds, or other transactions that hedge or offset or are designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of the Company’s securities. Hedging transactions are prohibited by this Policy.

Margin Accounts and Pledging

Margin accounts allow investors to borrow funds from a broker to purchase securities, with the securities themselves serving as collateral for the loan. Pledging involves using securities as collateral for

|EU-DOCS\45043756.9||

a loan. Covered Persons are prohibited from pledging Company securities as collateral for a loan, purchasing Company securities on margin (i.e., borrowing money to purchase the securities), or placing Company securities in a margin account.

This prohibition does not apply to cashless exercises of stock options under the Company’s equity plans, nor to situations approved in advance by the General Counsel.

Partnership Distributions

Nothing in this Policy is intended to limit the ability of an investment fund, venture capital partnership or other similar entity with which a director is affiliated to distribute Company securities to its partners, members, or other similar persons. It is the responsibility of each affected director and the affiliated entity, in consultation with their own counsel (as appropriate), to determine the timing of any distributions, based on all relevant facts and circumstances, and applicable securities laws.

Post-Termination Transactions

If an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information when the individual’s service terminates, the restrictions set forth in “Policy Statement” above continue to apply until that information has become public or is no longer material.

Policy Administration

The General Counsel has authority to interpret, amend, and implement this Policy. This authority includes interpreting or waiving the terms of this Policy, to the extent consistent with its general purpose and applicable securities laws. The Chief Financial Officer will administer this Policy as it applies to any trading activity by the General Counsel. The Board will approve any waiver of the terms of this Policy for directors or officers.

Certification of Compliance

All Covered Persons may be asked periodically to certify their compliance with the terms and provisions of this Policy.

Effective Date: May 06, 2025

|EU-DOCS\45043756.9||

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Enric Asunción Escorsa, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Wallbox N.V. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting; or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 6, 2025

By: /s/ Enric Asunción Escorsa

Enric Asunción Escorsa

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-12.2

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Luis Boada, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Wallbox N.V. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting; or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 6, 2025

By: /s/ Luis Boada

Luis Boada

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-13.1

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Wallbox N.V. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 6, 2025

By: /s/ Enric Asuncion Escorsa

Enric Asunción Escorsa

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-13.2

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 6, 2025

By: /s/ Luis Boada

Luis Boada

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-15.1

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Wallbox N.V.

Barcelona, Spain

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-263795) and Form F-3 (No. 333-268347, No. 333-268792, No. 333-271116, No. 333-273323, No. 333-276491 and No. 333-281952) our report dated March 30, 2023, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Wallbox N.V., which appears in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

/s/ BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV

BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV

Zaventem, Belgium

May 6, 2025

EX-15.2

Exhibit 15.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Wallbox N.V.

Barcelona, Spain

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

Registration Statements (From S-8, No. 333-263795)
Registration Statements (From F-3, No. 333-268347. No. 333-268792, No.333-271116. No.333-273323, No. 333-276491 and No.333- 281952)

of our report dated May 06, 2025 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Wallbox N.V. included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) of Wallbox N.V. for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Ernst & Young, S.L.

Barcelona,

May 6, 2025

EX-97.1

Exhibit 97.1

ANNEX I

WALLBOX N.V. POLICY FOR RECOVERY OF ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED

COMPENSATION

Wallbox N.V. (the "Company") has adopted this policy for recovery of erroneously awarded compensation (the "Policy"), effective as of October 2, 2023 (the "Effective Date"). Capitalized terms used in this Policy but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 11.

Persons Subject to Policy

This Policy shall apply to current and former Officers of the Company. Each Officer shall be required to sign an acknowledgment pursuant to which such Officer will agree to be bound by the terms of, and comply with, this Policy; however, any-Officer's failure to sign any such acknowledgment shall not negate the application of this Policy to the Officer.

Compensation Subject to Policy

This Policy shall apply to lncentive-Based Compensation received on or after the Effective Date. For purposes of this Policy, the date on which Incentive-Based Compensation is "received" shall be determined under the Applicable Rules, which generally provide that Incentive-Based Compensation is "received" in the Company's fiscal period during Which the relevant Financial Reporting Measure is attained or satisfied, without regard to whether the grant; vesting or payment of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period.

Recovery of Compensation

In the event that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement, the Company shall recover, reasonably promptly, the portion of any lncentive-Based Compensation that is Erroneously Awarded Compensation, unless the Committee has determined that recovery would be Impracticable. Recovery shall be required in accordance with the preceding sentence regardless of whether the applicable Officer engaged in misconduct or otherwise caused or contributed to the requirement for the Restatement and regardless of whether or when restated financial statements are filed by the Company. For clarity, the recovery of Erroneously Awarded·compensation under this Policy will not give rise to any person's right to voluntarily terminate employment for "good reason," or due to a "constructive termination" (or any similar term of like effect) under any plan; program or policy of or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates.

Manner of Recovery; Limitation on Duplicative Recovery

The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine the manner of recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation, which may include, without limitation, reduction or cancellation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company of Incentive-Based Compensation or Erroneously Awarded Compensation, reimbursement or repayment by any person subject to this Policy of the Erroneously Awarded Compensation. and, to the extent permitted by law, an offset of the Erroneously Awarded Compensation against other compensation payable by the Company or an affiliate of the Company to such person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise prohibited by the Applicable Rules, to the extent this Policy provides for recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation already recovered by the Company pursuant• to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. of 2002 or Other Recovery Arrangements, the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation already recovered by the Company from the recipient of such Erroneously Awarded Compensation may be credited to the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation required to be recovered pursuant to this Policy from such person.

Administration

This Policy shall be administered, interpreted and construed by the Committee, which is authorized to make all determinations necessary, appropriate or advisable for such purpose. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board') may re-vest in itself the authority to administer, interpret and construe this Policy in accordance with applicable law, and in such event references herein to the "Committee" shall be deemed to be references to the Board. Subject to any permitted review by the applicable national securities exchange or association pursuant to the Applicable Rules, all determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of this Policy shall be final, conclusive and binding ·on all persons, including the Company and its affiliates, equityholders and employees. The Committee may delegate administrative duties with respect to this Policy to one or more directors or employees of the Company, as permitted under applicable law, 'including any Applicable Rules.

Interpretation

This Policy will be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of the Applicable Rules, and to the extent this Policy is inconsistent with such Applicable Rules, it shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to ensure compliance therewith.

No Indemnification, No Liability

The Company shall not indemnify or insure any person against the loss of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation pursuant to this Policy, nor shall the Company directly or indirectly pay or reimburse any person for any premiums for third-party insurance policies that such person may elect to purchase to fund such person's potential obligations under this Policy. None of the Company, an affiliate of the Company or any member of the Committee or the Board shall have any liability to any person as a result of actions taken under this Policy.

Application; Enforceability

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, the adoption of this Policy does not limit, and is intended to apply in addition to, any other clawback, recoupment, forfeiture or similar policies or provisions of the Company or its affiliates, including any such policies or provisions of such effect contained in any employment agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, equity-based plan or award agreement thereunder or similar plan, program or agreement of the Company or an affiliate or required under applicable law (the "Other Recovery Arrangements"). The remedy specified in this Policy shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy at law or in equity that may be available to the Company or an affiliate of the Company.

Severability

The provisions in this Policy are intended to be applied to the fullest extent of the law; provided, however, to the extent that any provision of this Policy is found to be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law, such provision will be applied to the maximum extent permitted, and shall automatically be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its objectives to the extent necessary to conform to any limitations required under applicable law.

Amendment and Termination

The Board may amend, modify or terminate this Policy in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion. This Policy will terminate automatically when the Company does not have a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or association.

Definitions

"Applicable Rules" means Section 10D of the Exchange Act, Rule 10D-1 promulgated thereunder, the listing rules of the national securities exchange or association on which the Company's securities are listed, and any applicable rules, standards or other guidance adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange or association on which the Company's securities are listed.

"Committee" means the committee of the Board responsible for executive compensation decisions comprised solely of independent directors (as determined under the Applicable Rules), or in the absence of such a committee, a majority of the independent directors serving on the Board.

"Erroneously Awarded Compensation" means the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation received by a current or former Officer that exceeds the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation that would have been received by such current or former Officer based on a restated Financial Reporting Measure, as determined on a pre-tax basis in accordance with the Applicable Rules.

"Exchange Act'' means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Financial Reporting Measure" means any measure determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company's financial statements, and any measures derived wholly or in part from such measures, including GAAP, IFRS and non GAAP/IFRS financial measures, as well as stock or share price and total equityholder return.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

"IFRS" means international financial reporting standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board.

"Impracticable" means (a) the direct costs paid to third parties to assist in enforcing recovery would exceed the Erroneously Awarded Compensation; provided that the Company (i) has made reasonable attempts to recover the Erroneously Awarded Compensation, (ii) documented such attempt(s), and (iii) provided such documentation to the relevant listing exchange or association, (b) to the extent permitted by the Applicable Rules, the recovery would violate the Company's home country laws pursuant to an opinion of home country counsel; provided that the Company has (i) obtained an opinion .of home country counsel, acceptable to the relevant listing exchange or association, that recovery would result in such violation, and (ii) provided such opinion to the relevant listing exchange or association, or (c) recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and the regulations thereunder.

"Incentive-Based Compensation" means, with respect to a Restatement, any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of one or more Financial Reporting Measures and received by a person: (a) after beginning service as an Officer; (b) who served as an Officer at any time during the performance period for that compensation; (c) while the issuer has class of its securities listed on a national securities exchange or association; and (d) during the applicable Three-Year Period.

"Officer" means each person who serves as an executive officer of the Company, as defined in Rule 10D-1(d) under the Exchange Apt.

"Restatement" means an accounting restatement to correct the Company's material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under securities laws, including restatements that correct an error in previously issued financial statements (a) that is material to the previously issued financial statements or (b) that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.

"Three-Year Period" means, with respect to a Restatement, the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the Board, a committee of the Board, or the officer or officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare such Restatement, or, if earlier, the date on which a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare such Restatement. The "Three-Year Period" also includes any transition period (that results from a change in the Company's fiscal year) within or immediately following the three completed fiscal years identified in the preceding sentence. However, a transition period between the last day of the Company's previous fiscal year end and the first day of its new fiscal year that comprises a period of nine to 12 months shall be deemed a completed fiscal year.

***

20-F

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

2024

For the transition period from to OR

Date of event requiring this shell company report:

Commission file number 001-40865

Wallbox N.V.

Not Applicable

The Netherlands

Carrer del Foc, 68Barcelona, Spain 08038

Enric Asunción

CEOTelephone: +1(404) 574‑1504

investors@wallbox.com Wallbox N.V.Carrer del Foc, 68Barcelona, Spain 08038

Securities registered or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

General Information

Defined Terms and Key Performance Indicators in this Annual Report

Non‑IFRS and Other Financial and Operating Metrics

Market and Industry Data

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

Political and economic uncertainty and macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure of banks or other financial institutions could adversely affect our cash, cash equivalents and investments and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.

We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to continue to face significant competition in our markets.

A loss or disruption with respect to our supply or manufacturing partners could negatively affect our business.

If we are unable to attract and retain key employees our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be harmed.

Our customers are not under long‑term contract and our customer orders may fluctuate.

We are dependent on consumer adoption of our products. If we do not continue to offer a high quality product and user experience, our business, brand and reputation will suffer.

Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks and other network disruptions could result in security and privacy breaches, loss of proprietary information and interruption in service, which would harm our business.

Growing our customer base depends upon the effective operation of our mobile applications with mobile operating systems, networks and standards that are beyond our control.

Disruption of operations, including as a result of natural disasters, at our manufacturing sites or those of third‑party suppliers could prevent us from filling customer orders on a timely basis and adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Our business is significantly dependent on our ability to meet labor needs, and we may be subject to work stoppages at our facilities or at the facilities of our supply and manufacturing partners, which could negatively impact the profitability of our business.

We may have to initiate product recalls or withdrawals or may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions and/or incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations which, if not met, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a significant presence in international markets and plan to continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to a number of risks that could affect our future growth.

We are susceptible to risks associated with an increased focus by stakeholders and regulators on environmental and social matters, including climate change, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we do not obtain adequate capital funding or improve our financial performance, we may not be able to continue as a going concern.

We have acquired businesses and may acquire other businesses and/or companies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our indebtedness could adversely restrict our ability to operate, affect our financial condition, prevent us from complying with requirements under our debt instruments and prevent us from paying cash distributions to our shareholders.

Our results of operations may fluctuate.

Exchange rate fluctuations between the Euro and other currencies may negatively affect our earnings.

We and our subsidiaries may be significantly impacted by changes in tax laws and regulations or their interpretation.

We are subject to the FCPA and other anti‑corruption laws, as well as export control laws, import and customs laws, trade and economic sanctions laws and other laws governing our international operations.

The ongoing military action between Russia and Ukraine has in the past and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Technology, Intellectual Property and Infrastructure

We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which may be time‑consuming and expensive, and our business could be adversely affected.

The increasing adoption of artificial intelligence in our operations presents potential risks, and failure to effectively implement AI could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain patents or otherwise protect our technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.

The EV industry is evolving as are the standards governing EV charging and the current lack of industry standards could result in future incompatibilities and issues that could require significant resources and or time to remedy.

Interruptions, delays in service, communications outages or inability to increase capacity at third‑party data center facilities could impair the use or functionality of our subscription services, harm our business and subject us to liability.

The EV charging market is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations. Any delays in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and our financial results.

We expect to incur research and development costs and devote significant resources to developing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability.

We may be unable to leverage customer data in all geographic locations, and this limitation may impact research and development operations.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection and information security and may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity if we are unable to comply with such obligations.

We rely on the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to offer and promote our apps. If such platform providers change their terms and conditions to our detriment, our business may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

We identified material weaknesses in connection with our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses may not be successful in a timely manner, or at all, and we may identify other material weaknesses.

Our failure to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our failure to comply with Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company could lead to a potential delisting from the NYSE

Risks Related to Class A Shares

The market price of Class A Shares may be volatile, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

An active trading market for Class A Shares may not be sustained to provide adequate liquidity.

The market price of Class A Shares could be negatively affected by future sales of Shares.

We do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The number of issued Shares and outstanding Shares and outstanding Warrants may fluctuate substantially, which could lead to adverse tax consequences for the holders thereof.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding Class A Shares, the market price and trading volume of Class A Shares could decline.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.

As a foreign private issuer, and as permitted by the listing requirements of the NYSE, we follow certain home country governance practices rather than the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are an “emerging growth company” and you cannot be certain whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make Class A Shares less attractive to investors.

As we are a holding company with no operations we rely on operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations.